Pioneer HTZ161DVD Operating Instructions
Operating Instructions cover & anki .fm 1 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Location: bottom of the unit The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (ser vicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance. The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated "dangerous voltage" within the product's enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. CAUTION: TO PREVENT THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE P ARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN IMPOR T ANT D3-4-2-1-1_En-A W ARNING This equipment is not waterproof. T o prevent a fir e or shock hazard, do not place any container filed with liquid near this equipment (such as a vase or flower pot) or expose it to dripping, splashing, rain or moisture. D3-4-2-1-3_A_En W ARNING The voltage of the available power supply differs according to country or r egion. Be sure that the power supply voltage of the area wher e this unit will be used meets the requir ed voltage (e.g., 230 V or 120 V) written on the rear panel. D3-4-2-1-4_A_En Before plugging in for the first time, read the following section carefully . W ARNING T o prevent a fire hazar d, do not place any naked flame sources (such as a lighted candle) on the equipment. D3-4-2-1-7a_A_En VENTILA TION CAUTION When installing this unit, make sure to leave space around the unit for ventilation to impr ove heat radiation (at least 10 cm at top, 10 cm at rear , and 10 cm at each side). W ARNING Slots and openings in the cabinet are pr ovided for ventilation to ensure r eliable operation of the product, and to pr otect it from overheating. T o prevent fir e hazard, the openings should never be blocked or covered with items (such as newspapers, table-cloths, curtains) or by operating the equipment on thick carpet or a bed. D3-4-2-1-7b_A_En Operating Environment Operating environment temperature and humidity : 5 úC to 35 úC ( 41 úF to 95 úF); less than 85 %RH (cooling vents not blocked) Do not install this unit in a poorly ventilated area, or in locations exposed to high humidity or direct sunlight (or strong artificial light) D3-4-2-1-7c_A_En CAUTION The ST ANDBY/ON switch on this unit will not completely shut off all power from the AC outlet. Since the power cord ser ves as the main disconnect device for the unit, you will need to unplug it from the AC outlet to shut down all power . Therefore, make sure the unit has been installed so that the power cord can be easily unplugged from the AC outlet in case of an accident. T o avoid fire hazard, the power cord should also be unplugged from the AC outlet when left unused for a long period of time (for example, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-2a_A_En POWER-CORD CAUTION Handle the power cord by the plug. Do not pull out the plug by tugging the cord and never touch the power cord when your hands are wet as this could cause a short circuit or electric shock. Do not place the unit, a piece of furniture, etc., on the power cord, or pinch the cord. Never make a knot in the cord or tie it with other cords. The power cords should be routed such that they are not likely to be stepped on. A damaged power cord can cause a fire or give you an electrical shock. Check the power cord once in a while. When you find it damaged, ask your nearest PIONEER authorized ser vice center or your dealer for a replacement. S002_En Thank you for buying this Pioneer product. Please read through these operating instructi ons so that you will know how to operate your mode l prope rly. After you have finished reading the instruct ions, put them in a safe place f or future referenc e . HTZ161DVD.book 2 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
CAUTION This product is a class 1 lase r product, but this pr oduct contains a laser diode higher than Class 1. T o ensu re continued safety , do not remove any cove rs o r attem pt to gain access to the inside of the product. Refe r all se rvicing to qualified pe rsonnel. The following caution label a ppea rs on you r unit. Location: to p of the unit CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT D3-4-2-1-8_B_En [T aiwanese model] [All other models] CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, AVOID If the AC plug of this unit does not match the AC outlet you want to use, the plug must be removed and a ppro priate one fitted. Re placement and mounting of an AC plug on the powe r su pply co rd of this unit should be pe r fo rmed only by qualified se r vice pe rsonnel. If connected to an AC outlet, the cut-off plug can cause seve re elect rical shock. Make su re it is pro pe rly dis posed of afte r removal. The equi pment should be disconnected by removing the mains plug f rom the wall socket when left unused fo r a long pe riod of time (fo r exam ple, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-1a_A_En This product is fo r gene ral household pu rposes. Any failu re due to use fo r othe r than household pu rposes (such as long-te rm use fo r business pu rposes in a r estaur ant or use in a car or ship ) and which r equir es r ep air will be char ged for even dur ing the wa rranty pe riod. K041_En HTZ161DVD.book 3 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
4 En Contents 01 Controls and displays Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 02 Getting started Home theater sound setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Setting the ch annel levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Using the on-screen displays . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Playing discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Basic playback controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Resume and Last Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 DVD-Video disc menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus . . . . . . . 12 Listening to the radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Improving poor FM reception . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Memorizing stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Listening to station presets . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Listening to other sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Setting the sleep timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Dimming the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 03 Listening to your s ystem Auto listening mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Listening in surround sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Using Front Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Using Extra Power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Listening in stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Listening with headphones . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Using the SFC modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Adjusting the bass and treble . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Boosting the bass level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 04 Disc playba ck features Scanning discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Playing in slow motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Frame advance/frame reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Playing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Browsing DVD or Video CD/Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator . . . . . 19 Using Playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Programming playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Listening to playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Clearing files from a playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Looping a section of a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using repeat play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using random play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Creating a program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Other functions available from the program menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Searching a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Switching subtit les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Switching lang uage/audio channels . . . . . . . 22 Zooming the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Switching camera angl es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Displaying disc information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 05 USB playback Using the USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Basic playback contr ols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Scanning file s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Playing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Browsing files with the Navigator . . . . . . . . . 25 HTZ161DVD.book 4 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
5 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 06 Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus Audio Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Audio DRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Video Adjust menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 07 Initial Settings me nu Using the Initial Settings men u . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Video Output settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Language settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Options settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Speakers settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Parental Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 About DivXî VOD content . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Speaker Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 08 Other connections Connecting external antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Connecting auxiliary audio components . . . . 31 Line Out options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Connecting the S-video output . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Connecting using the component video output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 About progressive scan video . . . . . . . . . . . 32 About control out connections . . . . . . . . . . . 33 09 Additional information Disc/content format playback compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Disc compatibility table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 About DVD R/DVD RW compatibility . . . . 35 About DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 About MPEG-4 AAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 About WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Using and taking care of discs . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 DVD Video regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Installation and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Hints on installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Cleaning the pickup lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Problems with condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Moving the system unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Screen sizes and disc formats . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 TV system setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Frequency step setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Switchin g off the demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Trouble shooti ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 DVD/CD/Video CD player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 USB connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Setting the Key Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Using the language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Country/Area code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 HTZ161DVD.book 5 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 6 En Chapter 1 Controls and displays Front panel 1 ïµ STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 2 PLAY LIST butto ns Add tracks (during playback), or select a playlist (while stoppe d) (page 19). 3 ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE Opens/closes the disc tray. 4 ï¦ DVD/CD Selects the DVD/CD functi on and starts/ pauses/resumes playback. 5 ï§ Stops playbac k. 6 ï¦ USB Selects the USB function and st arts/paus es playback. 7 VOLUME /â buttons 8 USB interface Connect a USB device for playback (see USB playback on page 24). 9 PHONES jack Connec t headpho nes. 10 Remote Sensor 11 Display See Display below. DVD/CD VOLUME OPEN/CLOSE USB STANDBY/ON PLAY LIST 1 PLAY LIST 2 PLAY LIST 3 5 6 7 4 3 2 1 8 9 11 10 Controls_and _displays.fm 6 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ã æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 7 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Remote co ntrol 1 ïµ STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 2 Function select buttons Selects the source you wan t to listen to ( DVD/ CD , TUNER , USB , LINE ). 3 Number buttons, CLEAR, DISPLAY , SLEEP and DVD controls CLEAR Clears an entry. DISPLAY Displays/chang es disc information shown on-screen (page 23). SHIFT SLEEP Press to set th e sleep timer (page 14). SHIFT AUDIO Selects audio cha nnel/language (p age 22). SHIFT SUBTITLE Displays/changes the subtit les (page 22). SHIFT ANGLE Changes camera angle during DVD multi- angle scene playback (page 23). SHIFT ZOOM Changes the screen zoo m level (page 22). 4 TOP MENU Displays the top men u of a DVD disc in the play position â this ma y be the same as pressing MENU (page 12). 5 Cursor buttons, ENTER and tuning buttons Cursor buttons Use the cursor buttons ( ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ ) to navigate on-screen displays and m enus. ENTER Selects an option or executes a co mmand. TUNE /â Tunes the radio. ST /â Selects station presets when li stening to the radio. 6 HOME MENU Displays (or exits) the on-screen menu fo r Initial Settings, Play Mode functions, etc. 7 Setup and other sound controls SETUP Use to make various system and surround sound settings (page 10, 13 an d 38). TEST TONE Outputs the test tone (for s peaker se tup) (page 10). SURROUND Selects a Surround mo de (page 15) or switches to stereo playback (page 16). HOME MENU PLAYLIST EXTRA PWR STANDBY /ON SHIFT LINE TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND CLEAR LINE OUT MUTE DISPLAY 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 0 SURROUND TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE SLEEP SETUP MENU OPEN/CLOSE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) VOLUME TV CONTROL 1 2 3 8 9 4 7 11 12 14 13 15 16 17 18 5 6 10 HTZ161DVD.book 7 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 8 En SOUND Accesses the sound menu to adjust the SFC Mode, bass and treble, etc. (page 16). 8 Playback controls See Basic p layback con trols on page 11, Disc playback fe atures on page 17 and USB playbac k on page 24 for an exp lanat ion of th ese controls. 9 TV CONTROL buttons These control Pioneer pla sma televisions. 10 SHIFT Press to access the co ntrols highlighted in green. 11 ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE Opens/closes the disc tray. 12 PLAYLIST buttons Add tracks (during playback), or select a playlist (while stoppe d) (page 19). 13 EXTRA PW R Switch es on th e Extr a Power mode (pa ge 16). 14 MENU Press to display a DVD disc or USB menu, or the Navigator (page 1 2 and 25). 15 RETURN Returns to a previous m enu screen. 16 LINE OUT Cycle whether or not to output a downmixed signal from the LINE OUT terminal (p age 31). 17 MUTE Mutes the sound (press again t o cancel). 18 VOLUME /â Adjusts the volume. Controls_and _displays.fm 8 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂ¨ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 9 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Display 1 DTS Lights during playbac k of a DTS source (page 15). 2P R G S V E Lights when progressive scan video output is selected (page 32). 3 SOUND Lights when the SFC Mo des or the tone controls (treble, bass or bass boost) are active (page 16). 4 F.SURR. Lights when either the Extra Power mode (page 16) or Front Soun d listening mode is selected (page 15). 5 RPT and RPT -1 RPT lights during repeat play. RPT-1 lights during repeat one-track p lay (page 20). 6R E C M O D E Lights when Line Out m ode is on (page 31). 7 PGM Lights du ring prog ram or pl aylist pla yback (page 19 and 21). 8 Tuner indicator s â Lights when a broadcast is being received. â Lights when a stereo FM broadcast is being received in auto stereo mo de. â Lights when FM mono receptio n is selected. 9 RDM Lights during random play (page 20). 10 kHz/MHz Indicates the frequenc y un it shown in the character disp lay ( kHz for AM, MHz for FM). 11 Character display 12 Lights when sleep timer is active (page 14). 13 ï¤ Lights during playback. 14 2 PL II Lights during Dolby Pro Logic II decoding (page 15). 15 2 D Lights during playback of a Dolby Digital source (page 15). PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 2 PL 2 D RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM REC MODE 7 13 9 10 8 5 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 4 6 HTZ161DVD.book 9 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 10 En Chapter 2 Getting started Home theater sound setup Place your speakers as shown below for optimal surround sound (se e the Speaker Setup Guide for more placemen t tips). ⢠Standard surrou nd 5-spot setup â This is a standard multichann el surround so und speaker setup for optimal 5.1 channel home theater sound. HTZ161DV D only: Depending on the size and cha racteristics o f your room, you can ch oose to use the followin g setup option: 1 ⢠Front surround 3-spot setup â T his set up is ideal when rear sur round sp eaker placement isnâÂÂt possible or you want to avoid running long spea ker cables in your listening area. Use this setup together with the Front Surround modes to take advantage of wall an d cei ling reflect ions for a very realistic surround effect. After placing your speakers, com plete Setting the ch annel levels below then refer to Speakers settings on pa ge 28 to complete your surround sound setup. Setting the channel levels Set the relative channel levels from you r main listening position. 2 1 Pre ss TEST TONE . The test tone is output in the foll owing order (from the speakers active in th e current listening mode): ⢠L â Front left speaker ⢠C â Center speaker ⢠R â Front right speaker ⢠SR â Right surround speaker ⢠SL â Left surround speaker ⢠SW â Subwoofer 3 2 Use the VOLUME /â button to adjust the volume to an ap propriate level. 3U s e ï©/ïª to adjust the speake r levels in turn. You should hear the test to ne at the same volume from each speaker when seated in the main listening position. The cha nnel level range is ñ10 dB. 4 When youâÂÂre d one, press ENTER to exit test tone setup. Note 1 When using this setup, make sure the front surround mode is switched on (page 15) before selecting any surround mode. F ront left Surround left Listening position Center Subwoofer F ront right Surround right F ront left F ront right Surround left Surround right Listening position Center Subwoofer 2 ⢠This is only available when DVD/CD is selected and playback is stopped. Also make sure headphones are unplugged. ⢠To adjust the overall balance while liste ning to any sound so urce you want, press SETUP , use ï«/ï¬ to select CH LEVEL then press ENTER . Us e ï«/ï¬ to move channel to channel, and ï©/ïª to adjust the channel levels. Press ENTER when youâÂÂre finished. 3 Since the subwoofer produces ultra-low frequencies its sound may seem quieter than it actually is. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 10 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 11 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Using the on-screen displays For ease of use, th is system makes extensive use of graphical o n-screen displays (OSDs). All the screens are naviga ted in basically the same way, using ï© , ïª , ï« , ï¬ to ch ange the highlighted i tem and pressing ENTER to select it. 1 Important ⢠Throughout this manua l, âÂÂSelectâ means use the c ursor bu ttons to highlig ht an item on-screen, then press ENTER . Tip ⢠The button gu ide at the bottom of e very OSD screen shows you which buttons youâÂÂll need to use for that screen. Playing discs The basic pla yback con trols for playing DVD, CD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video and WMA/MP3/MPEG -4 AAC discs are covered here. Further functions are detailed in chapter 4. 1 If the player isnâÂÂt already on, switch it on. If y ou â re p la yi n g a di sc w i th v id eo , al s o tu rn o n your TV and make su re that it is set to the correct video input. 2 Pre ss ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE to load a disc. Load a disc with the la bel side facing up, using the disc tray guide to align the disc (if y ouâÂÂre loading a double-s ided DVD di sc, load it with the side you want to play face down). 3P r e s s ï¤ (play) to start playback. If youâÂÂre playing a DVD or Video CD/S uper VCD, a menu m ay appear. See DVD-Video disc menus and Vide o CD/Super VC D PBC menus on page 12 to navigate these. If you loaded a disc containing JPEG s, a slideshow will start. See Playing a JPEG slideshow on page 17 for more on thi s. ⢠If a disc contains a mixture of DivX video and other m edia fil e types (MP 3, for example), first select whether to pla y the DivX video files ( DivX ) or the other media file types ( MP3 / WMA / JPEG / MPEG-4 AAC ) from the on-screen display. 4 Adjust the volume. Use the VOLU ME control. Basic playback controls The foll owing ta ble show s the basi c controls on the remote for playin g discs 2 . You can find other playbac k feature s in the c hapter 4. Note 1 The screen saver will appear after five minutes of inactivity. Button What it does HOME MENU Displays/exits the on-screen display ï«ï©ïªï¬ Changes the highlig hted menu item ENTER Selects the highlighted menu item RETURN Returns to the main m enu without saving changes 2 You may find wit h some DVD discs that some playback controls donâÂÂt wo rk in certain parts of the disc. Button What it does ï¤ Starts/resumes normal playback. ⢠If the display shows RESUME or LAST MEM playback starts from the resume or last memor y point (see Resume and Last Memory below). ïÂÂ¥ P auses/unpauses a disc. ï§ Stops playback or cancels the resume function (if the display shows RESUME ). HTZ161DVD.bo ok 11 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 12 En Resume and Last Memory When you stop p layback of a disc, RESUME shows in the display indicating that you can resume playback fro m that point. With DVDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, even if ejected, the play position is stored in memory. 1 The next time you load the disc, the display shows LAST MEM and you can resu me playback. If you want to clear the resume point, press ï§ (stop) while RESUME is displayed. DVD-Video disc menus Many DVD-Video discs con tain menus from which you can select what you want to wa tch. Sometimes DVD-Video menus are displayed automatically when you star t playback ; others only appear when you press MENU or TOP MENU . Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus Some Video CD/S uper VCDs have menus from which you can choose what yo u want to watch. These are PBC (Playback control) menus. You can play a PBC Video CD/Su per VCD without ha ving to navigate th e PBC menu by starting playback using a number button to select a track, rather than the ï¤ (play) button. ï P ress to start fast revers e scanning. ï® P ress to start fast forward scanning. ï¯ Skips to the start of the current track or chapter , then previous tracks/chapters. ï° Skips to the next track or chapter . Numbers Use to enter a title/chapter/track number . P ress ENTER to select. ⢠If the disc is stopp ed, playback starts from the selected title (for DVD) or track (for CD/Video CD/Super VCD). ⢠If the disc is playing, playback jumps to the start of the selected title (VR mode DVD-R/-RW), chapter (DVD - Video) or track (CD/V ideo CD/Super VCD). Note 1 ⢠The Last Memory function may not work with some discs. ⢠For DVD-Video discs (except VR mode DVD-R/-RW), the play er stores the play position of the last five discs. Button What it does TOP MENU Displays the âÂÂtop menuâ of a DVD disc â this varies with the disc. Button What it does MENU Displays a DVD disc menuâÂÂthis varies with the disc and may be the same as the âÂÂtop menuâÂÂ. ï«ï©ïªï¬ Moves the cursor around the screen. ENTER Selects the current menu option . RETURN R eturns to the previously displayed menu screen. Numbers Highlights a numbered menu option (some discs only). P ress ENTER to select. Button What it does RETURN Displays the PBC menu. Numbers Selects numbered menu options. Pr e s s ENTER to select. ï¯ Displays the previous menu page (if ther e is on e). ï° Displays the next menu page (if there is one). Button What it does HTZ161DVD.bo ok 12 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 13 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Listening to the r adio The tuner can receive both FM and AM broadcasts, and lets you memori ze your favorite stations so you donâÂÂt have to ma nually tune in every time you wa nt to listen. 1 Pre ss TUNER to switch to the t uner, then press repeatedly t o select the AM or FM band. The display shows the band and frequency. 2 Tune to a frequency. There are three tuning modes â manual, auto , and hig h-speed : ⢠Manual tu ning : Press TUNE /â repeatedly to change the displayed frequency. ⢠Auto tuning : Press and ho ld TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move, then release. The tune r will stop on the nex t station it finds. Repeat to keep searching. ⢠High- speed tuning : Press and ho ld TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move rapidly. Keep the bu tton held down until you reach the frequency you want. I f necessar y, fine tune the f requen cy using the manu al tun ing meth od. Improving poor FM reception If youâÂÂre listening to an FM station in stereo but the reception is weak, you can impro ve the sound quality by switching to mono. 1 Tune to an FM radio station then press SETUP . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to choose FM MODE then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª to se lect FM MONO then press ENTER . The mono indicato r ( ) lights when the tuner is in mono reception mo de. Select FM AUTO above to switch back to auto- stereo mode (the stereo indicator ( ) lights when receiving a stereo broadcast). Memorizing stations You can save up to 30 station presets so that you always have easy a ccess to your favorite stations without havin g to tune in ma nually each time. 1 Tune to an AM or FM radi o station. For the FM band, select mon o or auto-stereo reception as necessary. This setting is saved along with the pre set. 2P r e s s SETUP and use ï«/ï¬ to choose âÂÂST.MEM.â then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª to select the station preset you want then press ENTER . Listening to station pres ets 1 Make sure the TUNER function is selecte d. 2U s e t h e ST /â buttons to sel ect a station preset. ⢠You can also use the number buttons to do this. Listening to other sources You can conn ect auxiliary source s (TV, satellite receiver, etc.) to th is unit for pla yback through the speaker system. See Connecting auxiliary audio components on page 31 for mo re on this. ⢠To connect a USB device to the USB terminal, see USB play back on pa ge 24. 1 Make sure that the external source (TV, satellite re ceiver, et c.) is switched on. 2P r e s s LINE to select the source. 3 If necessary, start playback of the source. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 13 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 14 En Setting the sleep timer The sleep timer switches off the system after about an hour so you can fa ll asleep without worrying about it. 1 â¢P r e s s S H I F T SLEEP repeatedly to select an option then press ENTER . Choose between the following opti ons: ⢠SLP ON â Switches o ff after a bout an hour ⢠SLP OFF â Cancels the sleep timer After selecting SL P ON , you ca n press SHIFT SLEEP again to check h ow much time i s left. Each line indicates approxim ately 12 minutes ( remaining) : Dimming the Di splay You can adjust the brightness of the text in the front pan el displa y. 1P r e s s SETUP and use ï«/ï¬ to choos e DIMMER then press ENTER . This is sh own in the f ront pane l display. 2U s e ï©/ïª to select LIGHT or DARK then press ENTER . Note 1 The display dims when t he sleep timer is set. S L P --- -- HTZ161DVD.bo ok 14 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to you r system 03 15 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 3 Listening to your system Auto li stenin g mode The Auto listening mode is the simplest wa y to listen to any source as it was mastered: the output from the speakers mirrors the channels in the source material. ⢠Press SURROUND to se lect the AUT O listening mode. 1 Listening in surround sound You can listen to stereo o r multichannel sources in surround sound. 2 Surround sound is generated from st ereo sources using one of the Dolby Pro Logic decoding modes. ⢠Press SURROUND repe atedly to s elect a listening mode. 1 The choices that appear in the display will vary accordin g to th e type o f source tha tâÂÂs play ing. ⢠AUTO â Auto listening mode (see above) ⢠DOLBY PL (Dol by Pro Logic) â 4.1 channel surround sound (use with any two-channel source) ⢠MOVIE (Dol by Pro Logi c II Movie) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surro und sound, especially suited to movie sources (use with an y two-chan nel sourc e) ⢠MUSIC (Dol by Pro Logic I I Music) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surro und sound, especially suited to music sources (use with an y two-chan nel sourc e) ⢠STEREO â See Listening in stereo below Using Fron t Surround HTZ161DV D only The Front Sur round mode is effective wh en DVD/CD or USB is selected as the in put source and you are using the Fr ont surround 3-spot speaker setup as described in Home theater sound setup on page 10 and the Speaker Setup Guide . ⢠The surround speakers should be placed on top of th e front speakers a nd oriented towards the walls. 1 Press SETUP a nd use ï«/ï¬ to choose F.SURR then press ENTER. 3 2U s e t o ï©/ïª select MOD E ON or MO DE OFF then press ENTER. 4 After selecting MODE ON , you can use the surround listening modes with Front Surround. Note 1 If the source is Dolby Digital or DTS, the correspondin g indicator lights in the fron t panel display. 2 Note that the input source must be switch ed to DVD/CD or USB for multichannel playback. 3 Note that the F.SURR option does not appear when headphones are connected. 4 ⢠When set to MODE ON , make sure to follow the Setup Guide for best surround sound. ⢠When you have Extra Power set to MODE ON and then change Front Surr ound to MODE OFF , the Listening Mode is automatically switched to AUTO . Home_theater.fm 15 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼ å¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ æÂ¥ãÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ æÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 03 16 En Using Extra Power mode Extra Power mode allows you to e njoy richer, fuller sound from stereo (2.1ch) source s. 1 Extra Power mode is available when listening to DVD/CD or USB sources. For HTZ161DVD : The surround speakers should be placed on top of the front speakers, with all speakers facing forwards . For HTZ262DVD : The front and surround speakers should be placed next to on e another, with all speakers facing forwards . ⢠Press EXTRA PWR to select MODE ON or MODE OFF . 2 After selecting MOD E ON , the F.SURR. indicator lights on th e front panel display. Listening in stereo You can listen to any source â stere o or multichannel â in stereo. When play ing a multichannel so urce, all channels are downmixed to the front left/right speakers and the subwoo fer. â¢P r e s s SURROUND repeatedly until STEREO shows in the display. Listening with headphones When headphones are connected, only th e STEREO mode is available. Using the SFC modes The SFC (Sound Fie ld Control) modes can be used with any multichann el or stereo source for a variety of addition al surround sound effects. 1 Pre ss SOUND . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to select SFC MOD E then press ENTER . 3 Pre ss ï©/ïª then ENTER to select an SFC Sound Mode. Select between OFF , ACTION , DRAMA , ROCK , POP , HALL or LIVE . Adjusting the bass and treble Use the bass and treble controls to adjust the overall tone. 1 Pre ss SOUND . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to select BASS or TREBLE then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª to adjust the so und then press ENTER to confirm . Boosting the bass level There are two bass modes you can use to enhance the ba ss in a source. 1 Pre ss SOUND . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to select BASSMODE then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª to adjust the so und then press ENTER to confirm . Select between OFF , MUSIC or CINEMA . Note 1 When the Extra Power mode is on, most sound features cannot be used. The display will briefly blink EXTRAPWR if you try and use a prohibited function while the Extra Power mode is on. 2 ⢠Note that you cannot use Extra Power mo de when using headphones. If you press EXTRA PWR when headphones are connected, a CANNOT error message appears on the front panel display. ⢠When set to MODE ON , make sure to follow the Setup Guide for best surround sound. ⢠When set to MODE OFF , the listening mode is automatically s et to AUTO . HTZ161DVD.bo ok 16 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 17 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 4 Disc playback features Important ⢠Many of the functio ns covered in this chapter apply to DVD discs, Video CDs/ Super VCDs, CDs, DivX video an d WMA/ MP3/MPEG- 4 AAC/JPEG disc s, althoug h the exact operation of some varies slightly with the kind of disc loaded. ⢠Some DVDs restrict the use of so me functions (r andom or repea t, for example) in some or all parts of the disc . This is not a malfunction . ⢠When playing Video CD /Super VCDs, some of the functions are not available during PBC playba ck. If you wa nt to use them, start the disc playing using a number button to select a track. Scanning discs You can fast-sca n discs f orward or b ackward a t various different speeds. 1 ⢠During pl ayback, press ï or ï® to start scannin g. Press repeatedly to in crease the scanning speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press ï¤ (play). 2 Playing in slow motion You can play DVDs, Vide o CD/Super VCDs and DivX video at four di fferent fo rward slow motion speeds. DVD discs can also be played in reverse slow motion . 1 During playback, press ïÂÂ¥ (pause). 2 Press and hold ï³/ï± or ï²/ï´ until sl ow motion playback start s. Press repeatedly to change the slow motion speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press ï¤ (play). 2 Frame advance/frame re verse You can advance or back up DVD discs fr ame- by-frame. With Video CD /Super VCDs and DivX video you can only use frame advan ce. 1 During playback, press ïÂÂ¥ (pause). 2P r e s s ï³/ï± or ï²/ï´ to reverse or advance a frame at a time. ⢠To resume playback, press ï¤ (play). 2 Playing a JPEG slideshow After loading a disc cont a ining JPEG pictures, press ï¤ to start a slideshow from the first folder/pict ure on the disc. 3 The player displays the p ictu res in each f o lder in alph abetical order. ⢠If the disc contains WMA/MP3/M PEG-4 AAC files, playback of the slideshow an d audio fil es repeats. Duri ng audio pla yback, you can st ill use the skip ( ï¯ /ï° ), sc an ( ïÂÂ/ ï® ) and pause ( ïÂÂ¥ ) functions. Pictures are automatically a djusted so that they fill as much of the screen as possible. Note 1 Onl y one s peed is availa ble for DivX vi deo disc s. 2 ⢠Depending on the disc, normal playback may automatica lly resume when a new chapter is r eached on a DVD disc. ⢠For Video CDs/Super VCDs in PBC mode and WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC tr acks ( in Scan Mode o nly), no rmal pl ayba ck res umes when you reach the beginning or the end of a track. 3 ⢠The time it takes for the player to lo ad a file increases with large file sizes. ⢠Discs can contain up to 299 folders an d up to 648 folders and files combined. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 17 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback featur es 04 18 En While the slideshow is running: Browsing DVD or Video CD/ Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to browse through the contents of a D VD or Vide o CD/Super VC D disc to find the part you want to play. 1 During pl ayback , press HOME MEN U and select âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ from the on- screen menu. 2 Selec t a view optio n. The options available depend on the kind of disc loaded and whether the disc is playing o r not, but includ e: ⢠Title â Titles from a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Chapter â Chapters from the cu rrent title of a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Track â Tracks from a Video CD/ Super VCD disc. ⢠Time â Thumbnai ls from a Video C D/Super VCD disc at 10 minute interva ls. ⢠Original: Ti tle â Or iginal title s from a VR mode DVD-R/-RW disc. ⢠Playli st: Title â Playlist ti tles from a VR mode DVD-R/-RW disc. ⢠Original: Ti me â Thu mbnails from the Original content at 10 minu te intervals. ⢠Playl ist: Tim e â Thumb nails from the Playlist at 10 minute int ervals. The screen shows up to six moving thumbnail images displayed one after a nother. To display the previous/next six thumbnails, press ï¯ / ï° . 3 Select the thumbnail image for what you want to play. You can use either ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and EN TER to select a thumbnail, or the number buttons. To select using the number buttons, enter a two-digit number then press ENTER . Button What it does ïÂÂ¥ P auses the slideshow (or audio ); press again to restart. ï¯ Jumps to the previous picture (or audio file with audio playback). ï° Jumps to the next picture (or audio file with audio playback). ï«/ï¬/ ï©/ïª P auses the slideshow and rotates/flips the displayed picture (P ress ï¤ (play) to restart slideshow). SHIFT ZOOM P auses the slideshow and zooms the picture. P ress again to toggle between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom (P ress ï¤ (play) to restart slideshow). MENU Displays the Disc Navigator screen (see below). Disc Navigator Disc Navigator Title Chapter 01 04 02 05 03 06 Disc Navigator: Title 01- 49: - - HTZ161DVD.bo ok 18 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 19 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to find a particular file or folder b y filename. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ from the on-screen menu. 2U s e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER to nav igate. Use ï©/ïª to move up and do wn the folder/file list. Use ï« to return to the parent folder. 1 Use ENTER or ï¬ to open a highlighted folder. ⢠When a JPEG f ile is hig hlighte d, a thumbnail image is displayed on the right. 3 To pla y the hi ghlighte d track or DivX video file or di splay the highlighte d JPEG file, press ENTER. ⢠When a WMA/MP3/M PEG-4 AAC or DivX video file is selected, pl ayback begins from that file, and co ntinues until the end of the folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is select ed, a slideshow begins, starting with that file , and continues to the end of the folder. Tip ⢠You can al so play a JPEG slideshow while list ening to WMA/MP 3/MPEG- 4 AAC playback. Simply select the audio file you want to listen to follow ed by the JPEG from which you want the slideshow to start. Playback of both the slideshow and the audio fil es repeats. Pla yback contr ols are effective for the JPEG slideshow o nly. ⢠To play the co ntents of the whol e disc rather than just the curren t folder, exit the Disc Naviga tor and start playback usi ng the ï¤ (play) button. Using Playlists With this featu re, you can make up to thr ee playlists of 30 files each for discs containing WMA, MP3, MPEG -4 AAC and JPEG files. Since this unit will r emember all playli sts for the last ten discs you have loaded, this is useful for if you have a la rge nu mber of files that you want to organize quickly and easily. 2 Programming pl aylists 1 With the disc stoppe d, press HOME MENU and select âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ from the on-screen menu. 2 Select the file you want to add to the playlist. See Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Di sc Navigator above if you donâÂÂt know how to do this. 3P r e s s PLAY LIST 1, 2 or 3. The file is added to the playlist you select. 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until youâÂÂre done. Note 1 You can also do this by going to the â .. â folder at the top, then pressing ENTER . 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps 2 The dis c must be loaded fo r the f iles in your playlist to play back. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 19 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback featur es 04 20 En Tip ⢠To add files without the on-screen display, simply press PLAY LIST 1 , 2 or 3 during normal playback of the file you want (except when a JPEG slideshow is playing at the same time as audio). Listening to playlists ⢠With play back stopped, p ress PLAY L IST 1, 2 or 3. During playback, PGM lights in the front panel display. If no playlist has been progra mmed, NO LIST shows in the display. ⢠If the playlist contains both JPEG and audio files, pla yback of the slidesho w and aud io files starts. Clearing files from a playlist 1 Start playback of your playlist. 2 From the âÂÂDisc Naviga torâ screen, select the file you want to remove from the playlist and press CLEAR . Looping a section of a disc The A-B Repeat function allows you to specify two points (A and B) withi n a track (CD, Video CD/Super Video CD) or title (DVD) that form a loop which is played over and over. 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂA-B RepeatâÂÂ. 3 Pre ss ENTER on âÂÂA(Start Point)â to set the loop start poin t. 4 Pre ss ENTER on âÂÂB(End Point)â to set the loop end point. After pressing ENT ER , playback jumps back to the start point and plays the loop. 5 To resume norm al playback, select âÂÂOffâÂÂ. Using repeat play In addition to variou s repeat play options, itâÂÂs also possible to use repeat play tog ether with program play (see Creating a program list on page 21). 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂRepeatâ then select a repeat pl ay option . 1 If program play is active, selec t Program Repeat to repeat the program list, or Repeat Off to cancel. ⢠For DVD discs, select Title Rep eat or Chapter Repeat . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, select Disc Repeat or Track Repeat . ⢠For DivX video discs, select Title Repeat (or Repeat Off ). Using random play Use this function to play tit les or chapters (DVD-Video) or tracks (CD and Video CD/Super VCD) in a random order. 2 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. Play Mode Note 1 You canâÂÂt use repeat play with WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC discs. 2 ⢠You can set the random play option when a disc is pla ying or stop ped. However, you canâÂÂt use random play together with program play. ⢠You canâÂÂt use random play with VR form at DVD-R/-RW discs, WMA/MP3/MPEG- 4 AAC discs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed . HTZ161DVD.bo ok 20 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 21 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 2 Select âÂÂRandomâ then select an option. ⢠For DVD discs, select Random Title or Random Chapter . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, selec t On or Off to switch random play on or off . Tip ⢠Use the following controls duri ng random play: ⢠Rando m play remain s in effect un til you select Random Off from the r andom play menu options. Creating a program list This feature lets you progra m the play order of titles/chapters/tracks on a disc. 1 1 During playback, press HOME M ENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂProgramâ then select âÂÂCreate/Editâ from the list of program option s. 3U s e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER to select a title, chap ter or track for the current step in the prog ram list. For a DVD disc, you can add a title or a ch apter. ⢠For a CD or Vide o CD/Super VCD, select a track to add to the program list. After pressing ENTER to select the title/ chapter/track, the step number a utomatically moves down one. 4 Repeat step 3 to build up a program list. A program list can contain up to 24 steps. ⢠You can insert steps by just highlighting the position where yo u want the new st ep to appear and entering a title/chapt er/track number. ⢠To delete a step, highlight it and press CLEAR . 5 To play the program list, press ï¤ (play). Program play remains ac tive until you turn off program play (see below), erase the progra m list (see below), eject the disc or switch off. Tip ⢠Use the fo llowing controls du ring prog ram play: Other functions available from the program menu There are a number o f other options in the program m enu in ad dition to Create/E dit. ⢠Playback Start â St arts play back of a saved program list ⢠Playback Stop â Tur ns off prog ram play, but does not erase the program list ⢠Program Delete â Erases the program list and tu rns off program pl ay Button What it does ï° Selects a new track/title/chapter at random. ï¯ Returns to the beginning of the current track/title/chapter; further presses se lect another random track/title/chapter. Note 1 You canâÂÂt use Program play with VR format DVD-R/-RW discs, WM A/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC di scs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed. Button What it does HOME MENU Save the program list and exit without starting playback. ï° Skip to the next step in the program list. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 21 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback featur es 04 22 En Searching a disc You can search DVD discs by title or chapter number, or by time; CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs by track number or time; DivX video discs by tim e. 1P r e s s HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂSearch ModeâÂÂ. The search options that appear depend on the kind of disc loaded. 3 Select a search mode. ⢠The disc must be playing in order to use time search. 4 Use the number buttons to enter a titl e, chapter or t rack number, or a time. ⢠For a time searc h, enter the num ber of minutes and seconds into the currently playing title (DVD/ DivX video) or track (CD/ Video CD/Super VCD) yo u want play back to resume from. F or example, press 4 , 5 , 0 , 0 t o h a v e p l a y b a c k s t a r t f r o m 4 5 m i n u t e s i n t o the disc. For 1 hour, 20 min utes and 30 seconds, press 8 , 0 , 3 , 0 . 5P r e s s ENTER to start play back. Switching subtitles Some DVD discs and DivX video discs have subtitles in one or more languag es; the disc box will usually tell you which subtitle languages are ava ilable. You can switch subtitle language during pl ayback. 1 ⢠Press SHIFT SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a subtitle opti on. ⢠To set subtitle preferences, see Language setting s on page 27. ⢠See Displaying Di vX subtitle fi les on page 35 for more on D ivX subtitles. Switching language/audio channels When playing discs rec orded with dialog in two or more languages, o r with dual-mono a udio 2 you can switch these during p layback. 3 ⢠Press SHIFT AUDIO repeatedly to select an audio language opt ion. ⢠To set audio lan guage preferences, see Language settings on page 27. Zooming the screen Using the zoom feature you can magnify a part of the screen by a factor of 2 or 4, while watching a DVD, DivX vi deo title or Video CD/ Super VCD or playing a JP EG disc. 1 During playback, press SHIFT ZOOM to select the zoom factor ( Normal, 2x or 4x). 2U s e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ to change the zoomed area. You can chan ge the zoom factor and the zoomed area freely during pla yback. 4 Note 1 Some discs only allow you to change subtitle language from the disc menu. Press TOP MENU or MENU to access. 2 Some Super VCDs have two soundtracks. With these discs you can switch between the two soundtracks as well as individual channels in each. 3 Some discs only allow you to change audio language from the disc menu. Press TOP MENU or MENU to access. 4 ⢠Since DVD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video title and JPEG pictur es have a fixed resolution, picture quality will deteriorate, especially at 4x zoom. Th is is not a malfunction. ⢠If the navigation square at the top of the screen disappears, press SHIFT ZOOM again to display it. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 22 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 23 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Switching camera angles Some DVD discs feature scenes shot from two or more angles â check the disc box for details. When a multi-angle scene is playing, a icon appears on screen (this can be switched off if you prefer â see Display settings on page 28). ⢠During pl ayback (or when paused), press SHIFT ANGLE to switch angle. Displaying disc information Various track, chapter an d title information can be displayed on-screen during playback. ⢠To show/switch/hide t he information displayed, press DISPLAY repeatedly. Limited disc information also appears in the front pan el di splay. Press DISPLAY to change the displa yed inform ation. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 23 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB playback 05 24 En Chapter 5 USB playback Using the USB interface It is possible to listen to two-channel audi o 1 and watch JPEG files us ing the US B inte rface on the front of this unit. Connect a USB mass storage device 2 as shown below. 1 With the player switched on, press USB. Make sure your TV is on a nd set to the correc t video input. 2 Connect your USB d evice. The USB terminal is located on the front panel. 3P r e s s ï¤ (play) to start playback. If your USB device contains JPEG s, a slideshow will start. See Playing a JPEG slidesh ow on p age 25 for more on this. â¢M a k e s u r e USB DATA is showing in the front panel display (o r the system is in standby) when dis connecting. Important If a USB ERR message lights in the display, it may mean that the power requir ements of the USB device are too h igh for this player, o r that the device is incompa tible. Try the following: ⢠Switch the player off, then on again. ⢠Reconnecting the USB device with the player switched off. ⢠Selecting to another input source (like DVD/CD ), then bac k to USB . ⢠Using a dedicated AC adapte r (supplied with the device) for USB power. If this doesn âÂÂt remedy t he problem, it is likely your USB devic e is incompat ible. Basic playback controls The following table sho ws the basic controls on the remote for USB playback. Note 1 This includes playback of WM A/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC files (except f iles with copy-protection or rest ricted playback). It is not possible to play DivX files through the USB terminal. 2 ⢠Compatible USB devices include external magnetic hard driv es, po rtable flash me mory (p articula rly key drives) and digi tal audio players (MP3 players) of format FAT16/32. It is not possi ble to connect this unit to a personal computer for USB playback . ⢠Pioneer cannot guarant ee compatibility (operation and/or bu s power) with all USB mass storage devices and a ssumes no responsibility for any loss of data that may occur when connected to this unit. ⢠With large amounts of data, it may take longer for the sy stem to read the contents of a USB device. USB mass storage device USB (T ype A) Button What it do es ï¤ Starts normal playback. ïÂÂ¥ P auses/unpauses playback. ï§ Stops playbac k. ï P r ess to start fast reverse scanning. ï® P r ess to start fast forward scanning. ï¯ Skips to the start of the current file, then previous files. ï° Skips to the next file. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 24 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB playback 05 25 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Scanning files You can fast- scan forward o r backward at various different speeds. ⢠During pl ayback, press ï or ï® to start scannin g. Press repeatedly to in crease the scanning speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press ï¤ (play). 1 Playing a JPEG slideshow Press ï¤ to start a slideshow from the first folder/pic ture. 2 The pictures in each folder are displayed in ord er. ⢠If the device contains WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC files, playback of the slideshow and audio fil es repeats. During audi o playback , you can still use th e skip ( ï¯ /ï° ), scan ( ïÂÂ/ ï® ) and pause ( ïÂÂ¥ ) functions. Pictures are a utomatica lly adjust ed so that they fill as much of the screen as possible. While the slideshow is running: Browsing files with the Navigator Use the Navigator to find WMA, M P3, MPEG-4 AAC and JPEG files or folde rs by name. 3 1P r e s s M E N U . 2U s e ï©/ïª/ï«/ ï¬ and ENTER to navigate. Use ï©/ïª to move up/down the folder /file list. Use ï« to return to the parent folder. 4 Use ENTER or ï¬ to open a highlighted folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is high lighted, a thumbn ail image is displa yed on the rig ht. 3 To play the highligh ted track or displ ay the highlig hted JPE G file, pres s ENTER . ⢠When a WMA/MP 3/MPEG-4 AAC file is selected, playback begins from that file, and continue s until the end o f the folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is select ed, a slideshow begins, starting with that file , and continues to the end of the folder. Tip ⢠You can al so play a JPEG slideshow while list ening to WMA/MP 3/MPEG- 4 AAC playback. Simply select the audio file you want to listen to followed by the JPEG from which you want the slideshow to start. Playback of both the slideshow and the audio fil es repeats. Pla yback contr ols are effective for the JPEG slideshow o nly. ⢠To play all of the cont ents, rather than just the current folder, exit the Navigator and start playback using the ï¤ (p lay) bu tton. Note 1 With WMA/M P3/MPEG-4 AAC tracks, playback au tomatica lly r esumes at the en d or beginning of the track. 2 ⢠The time it takes for the player to lo ad a file increases with large file sizes. ⢠USB devices can contain up to 299 folders and up to 648 folders and files combined. Button What it does ïÂÂ¥ P auses the slideshow (or audio); press again to restart. ï¯ Jumps to the previous picture (or audio file with audio playback). ï° Jumps to the next picture (or audio file with audio playback). ï«/ï¬/ï©/ïª P auses the slideshow and rotates/flips the current picture (P ress ï¤ to restart slideshow). SHIFT ZOOM P auses the slideshow and zooms the picture. P ress again to toggle between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom (P ress ï¤ to restart slideshow). MENU Displays the Navigator screen (see below). 3 Filenames may be displayed incorrectly with some digital audio players. 4 You can also do this by going to the â .. â folder at the top, then pressing ENTER . Button What it does HTZ161DVD.bo ok 25 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus 06 26 En Chapter 6 Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus Audio Sett ings menu The Audio Settings menu o ffers features for adjusting the way discs sound. 1P r e s s HOME MENU and select âÂÂAudi o Settingsâ from the on-screen display. 2 Select and change settings usi ng ï©/ïª/ ï«/ï¬ and ENTER . Audio DRC â¢S e t t i n g s : High , Medi um , Low , Off (default) When watching Dolby Digital DVDs at low volume, itâÂÂs easy to lose the quiet er sounds complete ly â includ ing some of the dia log. Switching Audio DRC (Dynamic Range Control) to on can help by bringing up th e quieter sounds, while control ling loud peaks. How much of a difference yo u hear depends on the material youâÂÂre listening to. I f the material doesnâÂÂt have wide varia tions in volume, you may not noti ce much ch ange. 1 Video Adj ust menu From the Video Adjust scre en you can a djust settings that aff ect picture presenta tion. 1 Pre ss HOME M ENU and sel ect âÂÂVi deo Adjustâ fr om the on-scr een disp lay. 2 Make settings using ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER . You can adjust the following settings: ⢠Sharpness â Adjusts the sharpness of edges in the picture ( Fine , Standard , Soft ) ⢠Brightness â Adjusts the o verall brightness ( âÂÂ20 to 20 ) ⢠Contrast â Adjusts the contr ast between light and dark ( âÂÂ16 to 16 ) ⢠Gamma â Adjusts the âÂÂwarmthâ of the picture ( High, Medium, Low, Off ) ⢠Hue â Adjusts the red/green balance ( Gree n 9 to Red 9 ) ⢠Chroma Level â Adjusts how saturat ed colors appear ( âÂÂ9 to 9 ) Adjust the Brightne ss, Contrast, Hue and Chroma Lev el settings usin g ï«/ï¬ . 3 Pre ss ENTER to return to th e Video Adjust screen, or HOME MENU to exit. Note 1 Audio DRC is only effective wit h Dolby Digital audio sources. Audio Settings Audio Settings Audio DRC High Medium Low Off Video Adjust Sharpness Brightness Contrast Gamma Hue Chroma Level Standard 0 0 Off 0 0 î î î î î î Video Adjust Brightness min max 0 HTZ161DVD.bo ok 26 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 07 27 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 7 Initial Settings menu Using the Initial Settings menu The Initia l Settin gs menu provides au dio and video outp ut settings, pa rental lock settings, and display settings, among others. If an option i s grayed out i t means th at it cannot be changed at the cu rrent time. This is usual ly because a d isc is playing. Stop the disc, then change the setting. 1P r e s s DVD/CD . 2 With playback stopped, press HOME MENU and select âÂÂInitial SettingsâÂÂ. 3U s e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER to select the setting and option you want to set. All the settings and op tions are explained on the foll owing pag es. 1 Video Output set tings Langua ge settings Note 1 ⢠In the table, the default setting is shown in bold : other settings are shown in italics . ⢠Some settings, such as TV Screen , Audio Language and Subtitle Language may be overridden by the DVD disc. Often these settings can also be made fro m the DVD disc menu. Initial Settings Setting Option What it means TV Screen (See also Screen sizes and disc formats on page 37.) 4:3 (Letter Box) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widesc reen movies are shown with black bars top and bottom. 4:3 (Pan & Scan) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widesc reen movies are shown with the sides cropped so that the image fills the screen. 16:9 (Wide) Set if you have a widescreen TV. Component Out (See also Connecting using the com ponent video outp ut on page 32 .) Interlac e Set if your TV is not c ompatib le with progressive scan video. Progressive Set if yo ur TV i s compatible with progressive scan video (see your TVâÂÂs instruction manual for details). Press ENTER once more to confirm (or RETURN to cancel). Note that pr ogressi ve sca n video is on ly outp ut from t he component vide o jacks. Setting Option What it means Audio Language English / English (Taiwanese model) If there is an English soundtrac k on the disc, it is played. Languages as displayed / Chinese (Taiwanese model) If there is a language selected (or Chinese for the Taiwanese model) on the disc, it is played. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displ ayed (see Using the language code list on page 42). Initial settings menu.fm 27 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ã æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå åÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ ï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 07 28 En Display settings Options settings Speakers settings Subtitle Language English / Engli sh (Taiwa nese model) If there are English subtitles on the disc they are displayed. Languages as displayed / Chinese (Taiwanese model) The subtitle langua ge select ed (or Chinese for t he Taiwa nese model) on the disc is displayed. Othe r Langua ge Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 42). DVD Menu Language w/Subtitle La ng. DVD disc menus are displayed in the same language as your selected subtitle language, if possible. Languages as displayed DVD menus are displayed in the selec ted language, if possible. Othe r Langua ge Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 42). Subtitle Display On Subtitles are displayed in your selected subtitle language. Off Subtitles are always off by defa ult when you play a DVD disc. Setting Opt ion What it means OSD Language English / Engli sh (Taiwa nese model) On-screen displays ar e shown in English. Languages as displayed / (Taiwanese model) On-screen displays are shown in the language selected (or Chinese for th e Taiw anese mo del). Angle Indicator On A camera ic on is di splayed on-screen during multi-angle scenes on a DVD disc. Off No multi-angle indication is shown. Setting Opt ion What it means Parental Lock â See Parent al Lock below. DivX(R) VOD Display See About DivXî VOD content below. Setting Opt ion What it means Speaker Distance â Specify the distance of your speakers from your listening position (see Speaker Distance on page 30). Setting Opt ion What it means Initial settings menu.fm 28 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ã æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå åÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ ï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 07 29 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol Parental Lock ⢠Default level: Off ; Default password: none ; Default Coun try/Area code: us (2119) To give you some control ov er what your children watch on your DVD pla yer, some DVD- Video discs feature a Parent al Lock level. If your player is set to a lower level than the disc, th e disc wonâÂÂt play. Some discs also supp ort the Country/Area Code feature. The player does not play certain scenes on these discs, depending on th e Country/Area Code yo u set. Registering a new passw ord Register a password to change the Parental Lock level or enter a Country/Area code. 1 1 Select âÂÂPasswordâÂÂ. 2 Use the number buttons to input a four- digit password then p ress ENTER . Changing your password To change your pa ssword, confirm your existing password then enter a new one. 1 Select âÂÂPassword ChangeâÂÂ, input your existing password, then press ENTER . 2 Enter a new password and press ENTER . Setting/changing the Parenta l Lock 1 Select âÂÂLevel ChangeâÂÂ. 2 Use number buttons to enter your password, then press ENTER . 3 Select a new level and press ENTER . â¢P r e s s ï« rep eatedly to loc k more levels (more discs will require the password); press ï¬ to unlock levels. You canâÂÂt lock level 1. Setting/changing the Country/Are a code You can find the Country/Area code list on page 43. 1 Select âÂÂCountry CodeâÂÂ, in put your password, then press ENTER . 2 Select a Country/Area co de then press ENTER . There are two ways you can do this: ⢠Select by code letter: Use ï©/ïª to chang e the Country/Area code. ⢠Select by code number: Press ï¬ then us e the number buttons to enter th e four-digit Country/Area code. The new Country/Area co de takes effect afte r ejecting the disc once. About DivX î VOD conte nt In order to play DivX VOD (vide o on demand) content on th is player, you first need to register the player with your DivX VO D content provider. You do thi s by generati ng a DivX V OD registration code, whic h you submi t to your provider. 2 Important ⢠DivX VOD content is protected by a DRM (Digital Ri ghts Management) system. T his restricts play back of conten t to spec ific, registered devices. ⢠If you load a disc that contains DivX VOD content not authorized fo r your player, the message Authorization Error is displayed and th e content will not pla y. Note 1 ⢠Not all discs use Parental Lock, and will play without requiring the password first. ⢠If you forget your password, youâÂÂll need to reset the player to register a new password (see Res etting the system on page 42) . Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Parental Lock DivX (R) V OD Passw ord Level Change Country Code Initial Settings 2 Resetting the player (as described in Resetting the system on page 42) will not cause you to lose your registration code. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 29 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 07 30 En Displaying your DivX VO D registration code 1 Press HOME MENU an d select âÂÂIni tial SettingsâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂOptions âÂÂ, then âÂÂD ivX (R ) VODâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂDispla yâÂÂ. Your eight-digi t registra t ion code is displayed. Make a note of the code as yo u will need it when you register with a DivX VOD pro vider. Playing Di vX î VOD content Some DivX VOD content may only be playable a fixed nu mber of times. W hen you load a disc containing this typ e of DivX VOD content, th e remaining number of plays is sh own on-screen and you then have th e option of playing the disc (thereby u sing up one of the remain ing plays), or stopping. If you loa d a disc that contains expired DivX VOD co ntent (for example, content that has zero remaining plays), the message Rental Expire d is displayed. If your DivX VOD c ontent allows an unlimited number of pla ys, then you may load the disc into your player a nd play the content as often as you like, and no message will be displayed. Speake r Distance ⢠Default setti ng: 3.0m To get the best surround so und from your system, you should set up the speakers equal distances from your listeni ng position. 1 Press HOME MENU an d select âÂÂIni tial SettingsâÂÂ. 2 Select â Speaker sâÂÂ, then âÂÂSpeaker DistanceâÂÂ. 3U s e ï©/ïª to select a speaker. 4P r e s s ï¬ to change the speaker distance for the highlighted speaker. 5U s e ï©/ïª to change the distance. ⢠When you change the distance settings of the front l eft ( L ) or front right ( R ) speakers, all the other speaker distances change relative to it . ⢠Front left/right ( L /R ) speaker distances can be set from 30 cm to 9 m in 30 cm increments. 1 ⢠The center speak er ( C ) can be set from âÂÂ2.1 m to 0 m relati ve to the front left/ri ght speake rs. ⢠Surround left/right ( SL /SR ) speakers can be set from âÂÂ6.0 m to 0 m relative to the front left/ri ght speakers. 2 â¢T h e s u b w o o f e r ( SW ) c a n b e s e t f r o m â 2 . 1 m to 0 m relative to the front left/r ight speake rs. 6 Press ï« to go back to the speaker list if you want to modify a nother spea ker, or press ENTER to exit the Speaker Distance screen. Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Display Initial Settings Parental Lock DivX (R) V OD Note 1T h e L and R speakers are paired; you canâÂÂt set them differently. 2 Make sure to set them the same distance when using th e F ront Surround (page 15) and Extra P ower mode (page 16). Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Speaker Distance Initial Settings Video Output Language Display Options Speakers L C R SR SL SW 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m Initial Settings HTZ161DVD.bo ok 30 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 08 31 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol Chapter 8 Other connections Connecting external antennas For an external AM antenna, use 5 m to 6 m of vinyl-insu lated wire and set up either indo ors or outdoors. Leave the loop anten na connected. Only use th e included AM loop a ntenna. For an external FM antenna, use a PAL connector to hook up an external FM anten na. Connecting auxiliary audio components Using the stereo analog inputs, you can connect an external c omponent such as a tape deck or MD player for playback through this system. ⢠Connect the AUDI O IN jacks t o the analog outputs of an external playback component. Connect using RC A pin-plug stereo cables. Line Out options The Line Out func tion allows you to determine how sound from LINE OU T termina ls is output. 1 ⢠Press LINE OUT to cycle thr ough LINE ON and LINE OFF option s, then pr ess ENTER to confirm you selecti on. ⢠LINE ON â Multic hannel sources are downmixed to 2.1 ch (stere o). A 2 ch downmix signal is produced from the LINE OUT terminal. Outdoor antenna 5 m to 6 m Indoor antenna (vinyl-coated wire) AM LOOP ANTENNA P AL connector Note 1 ⢠When the line out mode is on, most sound feat ures cannot be used. The display will briefly blink LINE ON if you try and use a prohibited function while the line out mode is on. ⢠The line out mode switches off if you change the input function ( DVD/CD , TUNER , etc.) or switch the power off. ⢠This option is not effective when listening a source from LINE . SURROUND SUB WOOFER FRONT CENTER SPEAKERS (4 é - 6 é ) AUD IO R L R R L L R L VIDEO OUT V IDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO I DEO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL T o audio output T ape deck, etc. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 31 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 08 32 En ⢠LINE OFF â For regular multichannel playback through your spe aker system. Note that no signal is produc ed from the LINE OUT terminal. Connecting the S-video output If your TV has an S-video input, you can use this instead of the standard video outpu t for a better quality picture. ⢠Use an S-video cable t o connect the S- VIDEO OUT to an S-video input on your TV. Line up the small triangle above the jack with the same mark on the plug before plugging in. Connecting us ing the component video output If your TV has comp onent video inputs, you can use these in stead of the standard or S-video video outputs for a better quality picture. 1 ⢠Use a component video cable to connect the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT to a set of component input s on your TV. About progressive scan video Compared to interlace video, progressive scan video effectively doubles the scanning rate of the picture, resulting in a very stable, flicker- free image. Progressive scan video is available only from th e component video output. Compatibility of this player with progressive-scan and high-definition TVs. ⢠This player is compat ible with progressive video Macro Vision S ystem Copy Guard. 2 SURR O FR O SP E AUD IO R L R R L R VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL TV T o S-video input Note 1 The component video output is switchable between interlaced and progressive formats. S ee Video Output settings on page 27. 2 Consumers should note that not all high-definition televisi on sets are fully compatible with this product and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the picture. In case of 525 progress ive scan picture problems, it is recommended that the user swi tch the connection to the âÂÂstandard definitionâ output (Interlace). If there are questions re garding our TV set compatibility with this model, please contact our customer service center. AUD I O R L VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO LINE IN L 75 é TV T o component input HTZ161DVD.bo ok 32 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 08 33 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol About control out connections Many Pioneer com ponents support SR CONTROL co nnections, by which y ou can use the remote controls of any connected components by aiming them at the sensor of just one component. Wh en you use a remote control, the control sig nal is passed along the chain to the appropriat e component. This can be useful when you have multiple components contained inside an entertainment center. If you use this feature, you must ma ke sure that also hav e at least on e set of anal og audio jac ks connected to another component for grounding purp oses. ⢠Using a cabl e with mono mini-plugs on either side (sold separa tely), conn ect the CONTROL IN jack on another Pioneer component to the CONTROL OUT jack on this unit. This will al low you to control the other component by pointing it s remote at this unit. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 33 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 34 En Chapter 9 Additional information Disc/content format playback compatibility This player is compatib le with a wi de range of disc types (media) and formats. Playable discs will generally feature one of the following logo s on the disc and/or di sc packaging. Note however that some disc types, such as recordable CD and DVD , may be in a n unplayable format. See the Disc compatibil ity table below for more information . ⢠This unit will pl ay DVD R/ RW discs. ⢠is a trademark of FUJIFILM C orporation . ⢠is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing Co rporation. ⢠Also compa tible with KODA K Picture C D. This player supp orts the IECâÂÂs Super VCD standard for superio r picture qu ality, dual soundtracks, and wi descreen support. About DualDisc playback A DualDisc is a new two -sided disc, one side of which c ontains D VD content video, audio, etc. while the other side contains non-DVD content such as digi tal audio material. The non-DVD, audio side of the disc is not compliant with the CD Audio specification and therefore may not play. The DVD side of a DualDisc plays in this product. DVD-Audio content will not play. For more detailed information on th e DualDisc specification, please refer to the disc manufactu rer or disc retailer. Disc compatibility table DVD- Video DVD -R DVD -RW Video CD F ujicolor CD Audio CD CD-R CD-RW VIDEO CD Super Video CD (Super VCD) Media Compatible formats CD-R/-RW ⢠CD-Audio, Vide o CD/Super VC D, ISO 9660 CD-ROM* * ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2 co mpliant. CD physical format: Mode1, Mode2 XA Form1. Romeo and Joliet file systems are both compatibl e. ⢠Multi-session pla yback: No ⢠Unfinalized disc playback: No DVD-R/-RW ⢠DVD - Video (Video mode ), Video Re cording (VR)*, U DF Bridge DVD-ROM * Edit points may not play exactly as edited; screen may go momentarily blank at edited points. ⢠Multi Border playback: No ⢠Unfinalized playback: N o PC-creat ed disc ⢠Discs recorded u sing a PC may not be playabl e due to the setting of the software used to create the disc. In th ese instances, check the DVD-R /-RW or CD-R/-RW software man ual or disc boxes for more on comp atibility. ⢠Discs recorded in packet write mode are not compat ible. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 34 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 35 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol About DVD R/DVD RW compatibility Only DVD R/DVD RW discs recorded in âÂÂVideo Mode (DVD Vide o Mode)â which have been finalized, can be played ba ck. However, some editing m ade during the recording may not be played back accurately. About DivX DivX is a co mpressed digi tal video f ormat created by the DivX î video cod ec from DivX, Inc. This p layer can play D ivX video files b urned on CD-R/-RW and DVD-R/-RW/-ROM discs. Keeping the same terminology as DVD-Video, individual DivX video f iles a re called âÂÂTit lesâÂÂ. When nam ing files /titles on a CD-R/- RW or DVD-R/-RW disc prior to burning, ke ep in mind that by def ault they wil l play i n alphabetic al order. DivX video compa tibility ⢠Officia l DivX î Certified product. ⢠Plays all versions of DivX î video (including DivX î 6) with standard play back of DivX î media files. 1 ⢠File extensions: .avi and .divx (these must be used for the player to recognize DivX video files). Note that all files with the .avi extension are re cognized as MPEG4, but not all of these are necessarily DivX video files and therefore may not be playable on this player. Displaying DivX subtitle files The font sets listed be low are availa ble for DivX external subtitle files. You ca n see the proper font set on- screen by setting the Subtitle Language (in Languag e settings on page 27) to matc h the subt itle file. 2 Group 1: Albanian (sq), Basque (eu), Catalan (ca), Danish (da), Dutch (nl), Eng lish (en), Faroese (fo), Finnish (fi), French (fr), Ge rman (de), Icelandic (is), Irish (ga), It alian (it), Norwegian (no), Portuguese (pt), Compre ssed audio ⢠MPEG -1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3), Windows Media Audio (W MA), MPEG - 4 AAC ⢠Sampling rates: 32 kHz/44.1 kHz/ 48 kHz ⢠Bit-rates: Any (128 kbps or higher recommen ded) ⢠VBR (variab le bi t rate) MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC playba ck: No ⢠WMA lossless e ncoding: No ⢠DRM (Digital Rig hts Management) compatible: Y es (DRM-protected audio files will not play in this player .) ⢠File extensions: .mp3, .wma, .m 4a (these must be used for the player to recognize MP3/WMA/MPEG -4 AAC files) ⢠F ile structure (may d iffer): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and files (com bined) withi n each folder JPEG file ⢠Baseline JPE G and EXIF 2.2* still image files up to a resolution of 3072 x 2048 *File format for digital still ca meras ⢠Progressive JPEG compatible: No ⢠File extensio ns: .jpg (must be us ed for the player to recog nize JPEG files) ⢠File structure (may diffe r): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and files (com bined) withi n each folder Media Compatible formats Note 1 Playback of .avi video files larger than 4 GB is not possible. 2 ⢠For ext ernal subtitle files the following subtitle format file name extensions are supported (p lease note that these files a r e not shown within the disc navigation menu): .srt, .sub, .ssa, .smi ⢠Some external subtitle files may be disp layed incorrectly or not at all. ⢠The filename of the movie file has to be repeated at th e beginning of the filename for the external subtitle file. ⢠The number of external subt itle files which can be swit ched for the same movie file is limited to a maximum of 10. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 35 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 36 En Rhaeto-Romanic (rm), Scottish (gd), Spanish (es), Swedish (sv) Group 2: Albanian (sq), Croatian (hr), Czech (cs), Hungarian (hu), Polish (pl), Romanian (ro), Slovak (sk), Slovenian (sl) Group 3: Bulgarian (bg), Byelorussian (be), Macedonian (mk), Russian (ru), Serbian (sr), Ukrainian (uk) Group 4: Hebrew (iw), Yiddish (ji) Group 5: Turkish (tr) DivX, D ivX Cer tified , an d associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under license . About MPEG-4 AAC Advanced Audio Coding (A A C ) i s a t t h e c o r e o f the MPEG-4 AAC standard, wh ich incorporates MPEG-2 AAC, forming the basis of the MPEG -4 audio compression techno logy. The file format and extension used depen d on the app lication used to encode the AAC file. This u nit plays back AAC files enco ded by iTunes î bearing the extension â .m4a âÂÂ. DRM-protected files will not play, and files encoded with some vers ions of iTunes î may not play, or fi lenames may display incorrectly. Apple and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. About WMA This player can playbac k Windows M edia Audio content. WMA is an acronym for Windows Media A udio and refers to an audio compression tec hnology developed by Micr osoft Corporation. WMA content can be encoded by using Windows Media î Player version 7.7.1, Windows Media î Player for Windows î XP, or Windows Media î Player 9 series. Windows Medi a is either a r egistered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporati on in the United States and/or othe r countries. This product inc ludes technology owne d by Microsoft Corporation an d cannot be used or distributed without a license from Microsoft Licensing, Inc. Using and taking care of d iscs Handling discs Hold the disc by its edges when handl ing so as not to leave fingerprints, dir t or scratches on either side of the disc . Damaged or dirty discs can affect playba ck performance . If a disc becomes marked with fingerp rints, dust, etc., clean using a soft, dry clot h. Wipe lightly from the ce nter of the disc using straight strokes. D onâÂÂt wipe the disc surface with circular strokes. If necessary, use a cloth soak ed in alcohol, or a commercially available CD /DVD cleaning kit to clean a disc more tho roughly. Never use benzine, thinner or other cleaning agents suc h as those designed for cleanin g vinyl records. Storing discs Avoid leaving discs in excessivel y cold, humid, or hot enviro nments (including under dir ect sunlight ). DonâÂÂt glue paper or put s tickers onto the disc, or use a pencil, ball-poi nt pen or other sharp-t ipped writin g instrum ent. These co uld all dam age the disc. Discs to avoid Discs spin at high speed inside the player. If a disc is crack ed, chipped, warp ed, or otherwise damaged, donâÂÂt risk using it in your player â you could end up damaging the un it. This unit is designed for use with conventional, fully circular discs only. Pioneer d isclaims all liabilit y arising in connectio n with the use of shaped discs. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 36 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 37 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol DVD Video regions All DVD Video discs carr y a region mark that indicates which region(s) of the world the disc is compatible with. Your DVD system also has a region mark (on the rear pan el). Discs from incompat ible regi ons will not play in thi s player. Discs marked ALL play in an y player. When you insert a disc that cannot be played on this player, one of the following messages is displayed: Incompatibl e disc region number CanâÂÂt play disc Installation and maintenance Hints on installation We want you to enjoy using this system for years to come, so please bear in mind the following points when choosing a location : Do... ï± Use in a we ll-ventila ted room. ï± Place on a solid, flat, level su rface, such as a table, shelf or stereo rack . DonâÂÂt ... ï³ Use in a plac e exposed t o high temp eratures or humidity, includ ing near radiat ors and other heat-generating appliances. ï³ Place on a window sill or other place where the system will be exposed to direc t sunlight. ï³ Use in an excessively dusty or damp environment. ï³ Place directly on top of an amplifier , or other component in your stereo syste m that becomes hot in use. ï³ Use near a telev ision or monitor as you may experience interference â especially if the television use s an indoor antenna. ï³ Use in a kitchen or othe r room where the syst em may be ex posed to smo ke or steam. ï³ Use on a thick rug or carpet, or cover with cloth â this may prevent proper cooling of the sys tem unit. ï³ Place on an unstable surface, or on e that is not large enough to su pport all four of the system unitâÂÂs feet. Cleaning the pickup lens The DVD playerâÂÂs lens shou ld not become dirty in normal use, but if for so me reason it s hould malfunction due to dust or dirt, consult your nearest Pioneer authorized service center. Although lens cleaners are co mmercially available, we do not recommend using them since some may damage the lens. Problems with condensation Condensation may form insi de the player if it is brought into a warm room from outside, or if the temperature of the r oom rises quickly. Although the condensati on wonâÂÂt damage the player, it may temporaril y impair perf ormance. Leave it to adjust to the warmer tempera ture for about an ho ur before switching on. Moving the system unit If you need to move the main unit, first remove a disc if thereâÂÂs one in the player, then press ïµ STANDBY/ON on the front panel to turn the system off. Wait for GOOD BYE to disappear from the display, th en unplug the power cord. 1 Never lift or move the unit during playback â discs rotate at high speeds and may damage. Screen sizes and disc formats DVD-Video discs come in different screen aspects, ranging from TV pr ograms, which are generally 4:3, to CinemaSco pe widescreen movies 2 , with an aspect ratio of up to about 7:3. Note 1 Unplugging the u nit before GOOD BYE disappears from the display may cause the sy stem to r eturn to the f actory set tings. 2 Many widescreen discs override the systemâÂÂs settings so that th e disc is shown in letterbox format regardless of the setting. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 37 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 38 En Televisions also come i n different aspect ratio s; âÂÂstandardâ 4:3 and widescreen 16:9. 1 TV system setting Not applicable to Taiwanese model The def ault sett ing o f this s ystem is AUTO , and unless you notice that the picture is distor ted when playing some discs, you should leave it set to AU TO . If you find picture distortion with some discs, set the TV system to match your country or regionâÂÂs system . However, this may restrict the kinds of di sc you can watch. See the tabl e for the kin ds of dis cs com patible w ith each setting ( AUTO , PAL and NTSC ). 2 1 Switch t he unit int o standby, then press SETUP . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to choose TV SYS then press ENTER . The TV system changes as follows: ⢠AUTO ï¤ NTSC ⢠NTSC ï¤ PAL ⢠PAL ï¤ AUTO The system automatically switches o n and youâÂÂll see the new TV system settin g in the display after seei ng WELCOME . 3 Frequency step setting If you find that you canâÂÂt tune into stations successfully, the frequency step may not be suitable for your countr y/region. 1 Switch the uni t into standby, then press SETUP . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to choose AM 9K/10K then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª t o s e l e c t A M 9 K o r A M 1 0 K t h e n press ENTER . Switching off the demo Follow the steps below to switch the automatic demo feature off (t his st arts when you plug in for the first time): 1 With the unit in standby, press SETUP . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to choose DEMO then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª to select DEMO OFF and press ENTER . Set to 4:3 (Let ter Box) , widescr een discs are shown with black bars top and bottom. Set to 4:3 (Pan&Scan) , widescreen discs are shown with the left and right sides c ropped . Alth ough th e pictur e looks larger, you donâÂÂt actual ly see the who le picture. Note 1⢠U s i n g t h e 16:9 (Wide) setting with a standard 4:3 TV, or one of the 4:3 settings with a wi descreen TV, will result in distortion. ⢠When you watch discs recorded in 4:3 format, you can use the TV controls to select how the picture is presented. Y our TV may offer various zoom and stretch options ; see the instructions that came with your TV for details. ⢠Some movie aspect ratios are wider than 16:9, so even with a widescreen TV, thes e discs will still play in a âÂÂletterboxâ styl e. 2 Most models of the newly developed count down PAL TV system detect 50 Hz (PAL )/60 Hz (NTSC) and automatically switch vertical amplitude, resulting in a display without vertical shri nkage. However, in some cases, the image may appear without color. If your PAL TV does not have a V-Hold c ontrol, you may not be able t o wa tch NTSC discs because of picture roll. If the T V has a V-Hold control, adjust it until the picture stops rolling. On some TVs, the picture may shrink vertically, leaving black bands at the top and bottom of the screen. Player setting Media Type Format NTSC PAL AUTO DVD/Super VCD/ Video CD/DivX Video NTSC NTSC PAL NTSC PAL NTSC PAL PAL CD/MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC/ JPEG/no disc â NTSC PAL NTSC or PAL 3 You have to switch the player into standby (press ïµ STANDBY/ON ) befo re each change. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 38 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 39 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol Troubleshoot ing Incorrect opera tions are often mistak en for troubl e and malfun ctions. If you think that there is something wrong with this compon ent, check the points below. Som etimes the trouble may lie in another componen t. Investigate the other components and electrical appliances being used. If the trouble cannot be re ctified even after exercising th e checks listed below, ask your neare st Pioneer authorized service center or your de aler to carry o ut repair work. ⢠If the system does not operate normally due to external effects such as static electricity disconnect the plug from the outlet and in sert again to return t o normal operatin g conditi ons. General Problem Remedy The power doe s not turn on, or switches off suddenly ( an error message m ay be displayed at startup). ⢠Wait for one minute before switching ba ck on. ⢠Make sure there are no loo se strands of wire touchi ng the unit. T his coul d cause the system to shut off automa tically. ⢠Check that the speakers are connecte d correctly. ⢠Make sure the voltage of the mains power source is correct for the model. ⢠Try reducing the volume level. ⢠If the problem persists, take it to your nearest Pioneer authorized service center or your d ealer for servicing. No sound is output when a func tion is selecte d. ⢠If youâÂÂre us ing the line inpu t, make sure the component is connected correc tly (see Connecting au xiliary au dio compo nents on page 31). ⢠Press MUTE on th e remote con trol to tu rn muting o ff. ⢠T urn up the volume. No sound from surround or center speakers. ⢠Refer to Setting the channel levels on page 10 to check the spea ker levels. ⢠When TUNER or LINE is selected, you can only hear the source in stereo. Switch the in put sou rce to DVD/CD or USB for mult ichannel sou nd. ⢠Check that th e Line Out mode hasn âÂÂt been switched on (see Line Out options on page 31). ⢠Check that you ha venâÂÂt selected the STEREO mode (see Listening in surround sound on page 15 ). ⢠Connect the speakers properly (refer to the Setup G uide). CanâÂÂt o perate the remot e control. ⢠Replace the batteries (refer t o the Setup Gu ide). ⢠Operate wit hin 7 m, 30ð of the remote sen sor (refer to the Setup Guid e). ⢠Remove any obstac les or operate from another pos ition. ⢠Avoid exposi ng the remote sensor on the front panel to direct light. ⢠To ope rate other Pioneer com ponents, make sure that the control cable and analog audio cable are connec ted. TRAYLOCK shows in the display and the tray canâÂÂt be ejec ted. ⢠Press and hold ï¨ (OPEN/CLOSE) on the front p anel for abou t eight se conds. Then the t ray can be open ed/closed using ï¨ (OPEN/ CLOSE) . SND. DEMO shows in the display a nd the un it canâÂÂt be contro lled. ⢠Press and hold ï§ (stop) on the front pane l for about f ive seconds. The di sc tray ejects automatica lly to indicate the So und Demo mode is disa bled. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 39 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 40 En DVD/CD/ Video CD player Problem Remedy The disc is ej ected automati cally after loading. ⢠Clean the disc a nd align th e disc prope rly in the d isc guide. ⢠If the reg ion number on a DV D-video disc does no t match the nu mber on the player, the disc can not be used (see DVD Video regions on page 37). In this instance, one of the following messages a ppears on screen: Incompatible disc region number / Ca nâÂÂt play disc . ⢠Allow time for any conden sation inside th e player to evap orate. Avoi d using the player near an ai r-conditioning unit. Playback not possible . ⢠If the disc is loaded upside down, reload the disc with labe l side face up. Picture play back stops and butt ons cannot be used. ⢠Press ï§ (stop), then ï¤ (play) to start playback again. ⢠Switch the power off once, then on again using t he front p anel ïµ STANDBY/ON button. Settings are cance led. ⢠When the po wer is cut, settings will be canceled. No picture/No c olor. ⢠Check that c onnections are co rrect and that plugs are inserted fully. ⢠Check the man ual of the TV/m onitor to make sure the settings are correct. ⢠If the Progressiv e setting is selecte d and you have used comp onent video ca bles to connect a TV that is not compatible with a progressive scan signal, you will n ot be able to s ee any picture at all. With your TV conn ected using e ither the composite or S -video te rminals, cha nge the Compon ent Out settin g to Interlac e (see Video Output settings on page 27). Screen is stretched or aspect doesnâÂÂt cha nge. ⢠The TV Screen settin g is incorrect. Set t he TV Screen opt ion to match th e TV/ monitor youâÂÂre using (see Video Output settings on page 27). When recorded on a VCR or passed through an AV selector, the re is distu rbance in the playback picture. ⢠This system us es copy-protection tech nology which may pre vent recording or cause picture problems when connec ted thro ugh a V CR or AV selec tor. This is not a malfun ction . Picture disturbance during playback or dark. ⢠This player is compatible with Macro- V ision System copy guar d. Some disc s include a copy pre vention signal, and whe n this type of disc is played b ack, stripes etc., may appear on some sect ions of the picture depending on the TV. This is n ot a malfunction. ⢠Discs respond different ly to particular player func tions. This may result in the screen becoming bl ack for a brief insta nt or shaking slightly when th e function is executed. These problems ar e largely due to differen ces between discs and disc conten t and ar e not malf unctio ns of this player. Noticeab le difference in DVD and CD volume. ⢠DVDs and CDs use d ifferent recording methods. This is not a malfu nction. CD-ROM disc is not recognized. ⢠Make sure th at the CD-ROM was re cord ed us ing the ISO 96 60 disc format. S ee Disc compatibility table on page 34 for more on disc co mpatibil ity. DVD-ROM disc is not recognized. ⢠Make sure th at the DVD-ROM was reco rded using the UDF bridge format. See Disc compatibility table on page 34 for more on disc co mpatibil ity. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 40 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 41 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol Tuner USB connection Error Messages Files donâÂÂt show up in the Dis c Navigator / Photo Browser. ⢠The files on the dis c must be nam ed with the co rrect file e xtension: .mp 3 for MP3 files; .wma for WMA files; .m4a for MPEG-4 AAC files; .jpg for JPEG files (upper or lower-case is OK). See Disc compatibi lity table on pa ge 34. CanâÂÂt play WMA or MPEG-4 AAC files. ⢠The files were recorded us ing DRM (dig ital rights ma nagement). Th is is not a malfunctio n. Problem Remedy Problem Remedy Considerab le noise in radio broadca sts. ⢠Connect th e AM antenna (ref er to the Se tup Guide) an d adjust the dire ction and position for best r eception. Yo u may also connect an addition al intern al or extern al AM antenna (re fer to Connecting external antennas on page 31). ⢠Fully extend the FM wire an tenna, positi on for best reception, and secure to a wall. You may also co nnect an outd oor FM antenna ( see Connecting external antennas on page 31 ). ⢠Turn off othe r equipment th at may be causing the noise or move it further away. ⢠The tuning interval is incorrect for your cou ntry or region. See Frequency step setting on page 38 to switch the tuning interval. Auto tu ning does no t pick up some statio ns. ⢠The radio signal is weak. Auto tuning will only detect r adio st ations wit h a good signal. For more sensitive tuni ng, connect an outdoor antenna. Problem Remedy USB mass storage device is not recognized by the system. ⢠Make sure you have completely inserted the USB connector t o this unit. ⢠Check that the memory form at is FAT16 or FAT 32. ⢠USB devices with an intern al USB hub a re not supported . Files donâÂÂt show up in the Navi gator/Ph oto Browser. ⢠The files must have the co rrect file extension: .mp3 for MP3 files; .wma for WMA files; .m4a for MPEG-4 AAC files; .jpg for JP EG files (upper or lower-case is OK). ⢠Make sure the file permission hasnâÂÂt been rest ricted ( throu gh a password, etc.). CanâÂÂt play WMA or MPEG-4 AAC files. ⢠The files were recorded us ing DRM (dig ital rights ma nagement). Th is is not a malfunctio n. Message Description LINE ON ⢠An operatio n is prohibited because the Line Out mode is o n (page 31). EXTRAPWR ⢠You cannot adju st SFC Modes or tone co ntrols (bass, treble, and bass boost) when using EXTRA PWR mode. SND. DEMO ⢠The sound demo is on. See Gene ral in Troubleshooting on page 39. CANNOT ⢠An operation is prohibited because DVD/CD or USB isnâÂÂt selected, headphones are con nected , or TE ST TONE is pressed during disc playback. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 41 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 42 En Resetting the system Use the front panel controls to reset all system settings to the factory defa ult. ⢠With the system on, press ïµ STANDBY/ ON while holding down ï¦ USB. The next time you switch on, all the system settings should be reset. Setting the Key Lock You can disable the fr ont panel buttons by switching the Key Lock featur e on. 1 With the system in standby, p ress SETUP and use ï«/ï¬ to choose KEYLOCK then press ENTER . This is sh own in the f ront pane l display. 2U s e ï©/ïª to select LOCK ON or LOCK OFF then press ENTER . Using the language code list Some of th e language options (se e Language settings on page 27) allow you to set your preferred language from any o f the 136 languages in the Lan guage code list below. 1 Select â Other Langu ageâÂÂ. 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to select either a c ode letter or a code number. 3U s e ï©/ïª to select a code letter or a code numbe r. See the Language code li st below for a complete list of languages and codes. MUTING ⢠An operation is prohibited because the sound is muted (press MUTE ). STEREO ⢠An operation is prohibited because the DVD/CD or USB fu nction isnâÂÂt selected. TRAYLOCK ⢠The tray lock is on. Se e General in Tr oubleshooting on page 39. KEYLOCK ⢠The key loc k is enabled. See Setting the Key Lock below. USB ERR ⢠See Important in Using the USB interface on page 24 fo r more on this. EEP ERR ⢠Contact your P ioneer authorized se rvic e center or your dealer for servicing. EXIT ⢠Appears when a menu is automatically ex ited after a set pe riod of inac tivity. Message Description HTZ161DVD.bo ok 42 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 43 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol Langua ge code list Language (Language c ode letter), Lang uage code Country/Area code list Country/Area, Country/Area c ode, Country/Area code letter Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar ( aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic ( am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az ), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo ), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (h a), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croat ian (h r), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Iceland ic (is), 09 19 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1 009 Javane se (j w), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambo dian ( km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 13 18 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne ), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Rom anian (ro ), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskr it (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si ), 1909 Slovak (sk), 191 1 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanes e (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo), 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 251 5 Zulu (zu), 2621 Argentina, 0118, ar Australia, 0121, au Austria, 0120, at Belgium, 0205, be Brazil, 0218, br Canada, 0301, ca Chile, 0312, cl China, 0314, cn Denmark, 0411, dk Finland, 0609, fi France, 0618, fr Germany, 0405, de Hong Kong, 081 1, hk India, 0914, in Indonesia, 0904, id Italy, 0920, it Japan, 1016, jp Korea, Republic of, 1118, kr Malaysia, 1325, my Mexico, 13 24, mx Netherlands, 1412, nl New Zealand, 1426, nz Norway, 1415, no Pakistan, 1611, pk Philippines, 1608, ph Portuga l, 1620, pt Russian Federation, 1821, ru Singapor e, 1907, s g Spain, 0519, es Switze rland, 0308, ch Sweden, 1905, se Taiwan, 2023, tw Thailand, 2008, th United Kingdom, 0702, gb United States of America, 2119, us HTZ161DVD.bo ok 43 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 44 En Specifications ⢠Amplifier section RMS Power Output: Front, Center, Surround . . . 60 W per channel (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 é ) 50 W per channel (1 kHz, 10%, T.H.D., 6 é) Subwoofer . . . 60 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 é ) 50 W (100 Hz, 10%, T.H.D., 6 é) ⢠Disc section Digital audio characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD fs: 96 kHz, 24-bit Type . . . . . . . DVD system, Video CD/Super V CD system and Compact Disc digital audio system Frequency response . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Hz to 44 kHz (96 kHz sampling)/ 4 Hz to 22 kHz (48 kHz sampling) Wow and Flutter . . . . . . . . Limit of measurement (ñ0.001 % W.PEAK) or less (JEITA) ⢠FM tuner section Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.5 MHz to 108 MHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 é , unbalanced ⢠AM tuner secti on Frequency range: With 9 kHz step . . . . . . . . 531 kHz to 1602 kHz With 10 kHz step . . . . . . . 530 kHz to 1700 kHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loop antenna ⢠Miscellaneous Power requirements: Singapore, Indonesia, H ong Kong, Malaysia, Philipines models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 220 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz Taiwanese model . . . . . . . AC 110 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 W Power consumption in standby . . . . . . . . . 0.42 W Dimensions . . . . . . . 420 mm (W) x 60 mm (H) x 332 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 kg ⢠Accessories ( DVD/CD receiv er) Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6 dry cell batteries (to confirm system operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Video cable (yellow plugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AM loop antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 FM antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Power cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Setup Guide These operating instructions S-DV1 61 Speak er syst em ⢠Front speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensio ns . . . . . . . 105 mm (W) x 115 mm (H) x 114 mm (D) Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60 kg ⢠Center speaker Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensio ns . . . . . . . 115 mm (W) x 105 mm (H) x 114 mm (D) Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60 kg ⢠Surround speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensio ns . . . . . . . 105 mm (W) x 118 mm (H) x 114 mm (D) Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.63 kg â¢S u b w o o f e r Enclosure . . . . . . . B ass- reflex floorstanding type System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way system Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm cone type HTZ161DVD.bo ok 44 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 45 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz to 2.0 kHz Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . . . . 190 mm (W) x 360 mm (H) x 317 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 kg ⢠Acce ssories Non-skid pads (small) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mounting brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Screws (for mounting brackets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 S-DV2 62T Spea ker system ⢠Front/surr ound speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . Clo sed-box floorstanding type (magnetically shielded ) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-way system Speakers: Woofer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone typex2 Tweeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 cm semi-dome type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . 260 mm (W) x 1096.3 mm (H) x 260 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 kg ⢠Center speaker Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded ) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . . . . . 220 mm (W) x 90 mm (H) x 100 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.70 kg ⢠Acce ssories Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Speaker stand bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Screws (for bases) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 S-DV262SW Sp eaker sy stem ⢠Subwoofer Enclosure . . . . . . Bass-reflex floorstanding type System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way syste m Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz to 2.5 kHz Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . . . 190 mm (W) x 360 mm (H) x 320 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 kg ⢠Accessories Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Note ⢠Specificat ions and design subject to possible modification wi thout notice, due to improvements. This product includes F ontA venueî fonts licenced by NEC corporation. F ontAvenue is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is pr otected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited uses only unless other wise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Additional_information.f m 45 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ æÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 46 En Manufactured under l icense from D olby Laboratories.âÂÂDo lbyâÂÂ, âÂÂPro Logicâ and the double -D symb ol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. âÂÂDTSâ and âÂÂDTS Digital Su rroundâ are registered trademarks of DTS, Inc. Published by Pioneer Corporation. Copyrigh t é 2007 Pio neer Corporation . All rights reserved. DRM (digital rights management) copy protection is a technology designed to prevent unauthorized copying by restricting playback, etc. of compressed audio files on devices other than the PC (or other recording equipment) used to record it. F or detailed information, please see the instruction manuals or help files that came with your PC and/or software. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 46 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 47 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol HTZ161DVD.bo ok 47 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ä½Âç½®ï¹ÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âé¢æÂ¿ä¸ ã D3-4-2-1-7c_A_ChH D3-4-2-2-2a_A_ChH æÂÂè¬ÂæÂ¨è³¼è²·æÂŒÂ°å ÂéÂÂç¢åÂÂã è«Âå¾¹åºÂé±è®ÂæÂ¾Â ä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以便æÂ£ç¢ºå°æÂÂä½ÂæÂ¨ çÂÂç¢åÂÂãÂÂå¨é±è®Âå®ÂæÂ¾ÂÂå å¾Âï¼Âè«Âå°Â堶妥çºä¿Â管ï¼Â便æÂ¼æÂ¥å¾ åÂÂèÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 2 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT D3-4-2-1-8_A_ChH 注æÂ æÂÂ¢åÂÂçº第ä¸Âé¡Âé·å°Âç¢åÂÂï¼Âä½ÂæÂÂ¢åÂÂå ·æÂÂé«ÂæÂ¼ç¬¬ä¸Âé¡Âä¹Âé· å°ÂäºÂ極é«ÂãÂÂçº確ä¿Âå ¶å®Âå ¨æÂ§ï¼Âè«Âå¿移åÂÂä»»ä½Âæ©ÂèÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ試æÂÂ¥ 觸æÂ¬æ©Âå §é¨ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Âæ¥ÂæÂÂè¡Â人å¡å°Âæ±ÂÃ¥ÂÂ婿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂ注æÂÂæ¨Â籤éÂÂè²¼æÂ¼æÂ¨çÂÂæ©ÂçµÂä¸Âã ä½Âç½®ï¼ÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂ¹ CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, AVOID HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 3 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
4 ChH ç®é 01 æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 éÂÂæÂ§å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 顯示屠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 02 éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 使ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 èÂÂè½æÂ¶é³橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 調æÂÂ顯示å±Â亮度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 03 èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 以ç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 éÂÂç¨åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 使ç¨å 大åÂÂçÂÂ模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 使ç¨ SFC 模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 04 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 æ ¼é²î¿格éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . 19 使ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 製ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 èÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 渠餿ÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 建ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . 21 æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂå°Âç½èªÂè¨Âî¿é³頻è²é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 05 USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 æÂÂæÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 å©ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂçÂÂ覽æªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 4 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
5 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 06 é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 é³頻 DRC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶@. . . . . . . . . . . . 26 ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 07 ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 æÂÂ人éÂÂå® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivXî VOD 堧容 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 08 å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºãÂÂé¸頠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 飿ÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 éÂÂæÂ¼æÂ§å¶輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 09 å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠ç¢ÂçÂÂî¿堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 éÂÂæÂ¼ DVD R/DVD RW ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . 35 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 éÂÂæÂ¼ MPEG-4 AAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 DVD Video é©ç¨å°å . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 渠æ½Âè®Â寫é ÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 æ°´æ°£åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 é»è¦Â系統è¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 é »çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 éÂÂéÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 DVD/CD/VCD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 調諧å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 USB 飿ÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂéµé (Key Lock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 è¦Âæ ¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 5 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 6 ChH 第 1 ç« æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ 1 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 PLAY LIST æÂÂéµ å¯æÂ°å¢ÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ ï¼Â第 19 é Âï¼ ã 3 î OPEN/CLOSE éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã 4 î DVD/CD é¸å DVD/CD Ã¥ÂÂè½並éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ«åÂÂî¿æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 î î î î åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ã 6 î USB é¸å USB Ã¥ÂÂè½並éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ«åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 7 VOLUME /â æÂÂéµ 8 USB ä»Âé¢ é£æÂÂ¥ USB è£Âç½®æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 24 é Âç USB æÂ æÂ¾ ï¼Âã 9 PHONES æÂÂå æÂ¥ä¸Âè³æ©Âã 10 éÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ 11 顯示屠è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå 顯示屠說æÂÂã DVD/CD VOLUME OPEN/CLOSE USB STANDBY/ON PLAY LIST 1 PLAY LIST 2 PLAY LIST 3 5 6 7 4 3 2 1 8 9 11 10 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 6 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 7 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español éÂÂæÂ§å¨ 1 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 Ã¥ÂÂè½é¸åÂÂæÂÂéµ å¯é¸å æÂ¨è¦Âè è½çÂÂä¾Â溠@DVD/CD ã TUNER ã USB ã LINE ï¼ ã 3 æÂ¸åÂÂéµã CLEAR ã DISPLAY ã SLEEP å DVD æÂ§å¶ CLEAR 渠é¤輸堥頠ç®ã DISPLAY å¯顯示î¿è®ÂæÂ´è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠ï¼Â第 23 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SLEEP æÂÂä¸Â以è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂ ï¼Â第 14 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT AUDIO å¯é¸åÂÂé³頻è²éÂÂî¿å°Âç½èªÂ訠ï¼Â第 22 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SUBTITLE å¯顯示î¿è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂå¹ ï¼Â第 22 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT ANGLE å¯è®ÂæÂ´ DVD å¤Âè§Â度場度æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ觠度@第 23 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯è®ÂæÂ´ç«é¢æÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼Â第 22 é Âï¼ ã 4 TOP MENU å¯å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ä¸Â顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂä¸Â層é¸å® æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½å¯è½åÂÂæÂÂ丠MENU ï¼Â第 12 é Âï¼ ç¸å ã 5 游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµã ENTER Ã¥ÂÂ調諧æÂÂéµ 游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ 使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ ï¼ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ï¼Âå¯å°Â覽å¨屠顯示ç«é¢åÂÂé¸å®ã ENTER å¯é¸åÂÂé¸頠æÂÂå·è¡Âå½令ã TUNE /â å¯調é¸æÂ¶é³æ©Âã ST /â å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ¶è½æÂ¶é³æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂæÂ¶è½çÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° ã 6 HOME MENU å¯顯示 ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂåºï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç çÂÂå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®ã 7 è¨Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ä»Â鳿ÂÂæÂ§å¶ SETUP ç¨以é²è¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種系統åÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âç½® ï¼Â第 10 ã 13 å 38 é Âï¼ ã TEST TONE å¯輸åº測試é³調 ï¼Âç¨æÂ¼æÂÂè²å¨è¨Â置@ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ã HOME MENU PLAYLIST EXTRA PWR STANDBY /ON SHIFT LINE TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND CLEAR LINE OUT MUTE DISPLAY 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 0 SURROUND TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE SLEEP SETUP MENU OPEN/CLOSE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) VOLUME TV CONTROL 1 2 3 8 9 4 7 11 12 14 13 15 16 17 18 5 6 10 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 7 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 8 ChH SURROUND é¸åÂÂç°ç¹Âè²模张ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³章é«Âè²æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã SOUND å¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ鳿ÂÂé¸å®以調æÂ´ SFC 模å¼ÂãÂÂä½Âé³å é«Âä½Âç ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 8 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 11 é Âç åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ ãÂÂ第 17 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 以åÂÂ第 24 é Âç USB æÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂéÂÂé äºÂæÂ§å¶çÂÂ說æÂÂã 9 TV CONTROL æÂÂéµ éÂÂäºÂæÂÂéµå¯æÂ§å¶å ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âã 10 SHIFT æÂÂä¸Âå¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½æÂÂç¶ åÂÂçÂÂæÂ§å¶ã 11 î OPEN/CLOSE éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã 12 PLAYLIST æÂÂéµ å¯æÂ°å¢ÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ ï¼Â第 19 é Âï¼ ã 13 EXTRA PWR Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ ãÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂãÂÂ模张ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 14 MENU æÂÂä¸Âå¯顯示 DVD å Âç¢ÂæÂ USB é¸å®æÂÂå°Â覽å¨ ï¼Â第 12 å 25 é Âï¼ ã 15 RETURN å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã 16 LINE OUT æÂ¯å¦è¦Âè½ÂæÂÂçº徠LINE OUT 端å ï¼Â第 31 é Â@輸 åº混縮信èÂÂã 17 MUTE å¯å°Âè²é³éÂÂé ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå³å¯åÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂé³@ã 18 VOLUME /â å¯調æÂ´é³éÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 8 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 9 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 顯示屠1 DTS æÂ¤çÂÂæÂ¼æÂÂæÂ¾ DTS ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã 2 PRGSVE å¨é¸åÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Â頻輸åºæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 32 é Âï¼ ã 3 SOUND SFC æÂÂé³調æÂ§å¶ ï¼Âé«Âé³ãÂÂä½Â鳿ÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå æÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 4 F.SURR. é¸å ãÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂãÂÂ模张ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ æÂ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½® ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂèÂÂè½模张ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 5 RPT å RPT-1 RPT å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã RPT-1 å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾å®æÂ²æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 20 é Âï¼ ã 6 REC MODE å¨åÂÂå ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºã 模å¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 31 é Âï¼ ã 7 PGM æÂ¤çÂÂæÂ¼ç¯Âç®æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 19 å 21 é Âï¼ ã 8 調諧卿ÂÂ示ç â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨æÂ¥æÂ¶å°廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨èªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å° ç«Âé«Âè² FM 廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨é¸å FM å®è²éÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ã 9 RDM 鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 20 é Âï¼ ã 10 kHz/MHz çºæÂÂ示åÂÂå Â顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示çÂÂé »çÂÂå®你@kHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ AM ï¼ MHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ FM ï¼ ã 11 Ã¥ÂÂå Â顯示屠12 æÂ¤çÂÂå¨ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 14 é Âï¼ ã 13 î æÂ¤çÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 14 2 PL II æÂ¤çÂÂå¨ Dolby Pro Logic II 解碼æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã 15 2 D æÂ¤çÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾ Dolby Digital ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 2 PL 2 D RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM REC MODE 7 13 9 10 8 5 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 4 6 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 9 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 10 ChH 第 2 ç« éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® è« ä¾Â砧丠åÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂºæÂ¾ æÂÂè²å¨ï¼Â使堶ç¢çÂÂæÂ ä½³ç° ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ鱿ÂÂè²å¨å®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ÂæÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ æÂºè¨Âä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂ示@ã â¢ æ¨ÂæºÂç°ç¹Âè² 5 é»Âè¨Âç½® â éÂÂæÂ¯ä¸Â種è½æÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³ 5.1 è²éÂÂå®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂçÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂå¤Âè²éÂÂç°ç¹Âè² æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼Âã å é©ç¨ HTZ161DVD æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ è« è¦ÂæÂ¿é çÂÂ大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¹æÂ§é¸ æÂÂ使ç¨以丠çÂÂè¨Âå®Âé¸ é  ï¼ 1 ⢠åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² 3 é»Âè¨Âç½® â æÂ¤ç¨®è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼Âå¨ç¡泠é²è¡Âå¾Âç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂæÂºè¨ÂæÂ ï¼ æÂÂæÂ¨å¸ÂæÂÂè½é¿ å Âå¨èÂÂè½åÂÂå §ä½Âè¨ÂéÂÂé·çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨ç·ÂæÂ ï¼ ç¸ç¶ çÂÂ實 ç¨ãÂÂè« è ã åÂÂç½®ç° ç¹Âè²ãÂÂ模张丠起使 ç¨æÂ¤ç¨®è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼ ï¼ ä»¥åÂÂå å©ç¨çÂÂå£ÂÃ¥ÂÂ天è±æÂ¿ çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Âæ¢Âä»¶ï¼ÂæÂÂä¾Â極度é¼çÂÂçÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ ã å¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂæÂºè¨Âå¾Âï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¥èÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå 訠置è²éÂÂé³é ï¼Â第 28 é Âç æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® 以å®ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ çÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âç½®ã è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é è¨Âç½®æÂ¨ä¸»è¦ÂèÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂç¸å°Âè²éÂÂé³éÂÂã 2 1 æÂÂ丠TEST TONE ã 測試é³調æÂÂæÂÂ以ä¸Âé ÂåºÂ輸åº ï¼Âå¾Âç®åÂÂèÂÂè½模张ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨@@⢠L â 左åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠C â ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠R â å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SR â å³ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SL â 左ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SW â éÂÂä½Âé³ 3 2 使ç¨ VOLUME /â æÂÂéµ以調æÂ´é³éÂÂè³é©度 çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以輪æµÂ調æÂ´æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂé³éÂÂã ç¶ Ã¥ÂÂå¨主è¦ÂèÂÂè½你置ä¸Âï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂ該æÂ è½å°ä¾Âèª毠å æÂÂè²å¨åÂÂ樣é³é çÂÂ測試é³調ãÂÂè² éÂÂé³éÂÂç¯Âå çº ñ10 dB ã 4 å¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以éÂÂåº測試é³調 è¨Âç½®ã éÂÂ註 1 使ç¨æÂ¤é  è¨Âå®ÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Â確å®Âå¨é¸åÂÂä»»ä¸Âç°ç¹Âè²模å¼ÂæÂÂå·²å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²模张ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 左åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ å³åÂÂç½® å³ç°繠左åÂÂç½® å³åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠å³ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ 2 ⢠æÂ¤é  å å¨é¸å DVD/CD ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂè½使ç¨ãÂÂå¦è«Â確å®Âè³æ©Âå°ÂæÂªæÂ¥ä¸Âã â¢ è¦Â調æÂ´æÂÂèÂÂè½é³æÂÂä¾ÂæºÂçÂÂæÂ´é«Â平衡ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP éÂ括Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸å CH LEVEL ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ãÂÂ使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ å¾Âä¸Âè²éÂÂç§»è³å¦ä¸Âè²éÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ以 îÂÂ/î éµ調æÂ´è²éÂÂä½ÂæºÂãÂÂå¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 ç±æÂ¼éÂÂä½Â鳿ÂÂç¢çÂÂè¶ ä½ÂéÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âå æÂ¤å ¶é³æÂÂè½起ä¾ÂæÂÂè¼Â實éÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂé³éÂÂå®ÂéÂÂä¸ÂäºÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 10 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 11 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 使ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ çºäºÂ使ç¨æÂ¹ 便ï¼ÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂ¡ç¨äºÂ大 éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå½¢åÂÂç å¨ å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ ã æÂÂæÂÂç«é¢ç å°Â覽æÂ¹å¼ÂåºæÂ¬ä¸ ä¸¦ç¡ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè«Â使 ç¨ î ã î ã î ã î éµè®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½頠ç® @並æÂÂ丠ENTER å®ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂã 1 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠æÂ´æÂ¾ÂÂå @ãÂÂé¸åÂÂã æÂ¯æÂÂ使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµåÂÂç½ å¨å±Âç«é¢ä¸ÂçÂÂé  ç®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¹ÂæÂÂã æÂÂ示 â¢ å¨ OSD ç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹çÂÂæÂÂ鵿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¯åÂÂ訴æÂ¨æÂÂä½ ç«é¢æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂæÂÂéµã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ é©ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ã CD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã DivX è¦Âé »å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂåºæÂ¬ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ï¼Âå¨æÂ¤åÂÂé©ç¨ãÂÂé²éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½æÂÂå¨第 4 ç« ä¸Â詳細說æÂÂã 1 å¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨å°ÂæÂªéÂÂæ©Âï¼Âè«Âå°Âå®ÂéÂÂæ©Âã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾å«æÂÂå½±åÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå° é» è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂ並確å®Âè¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¯æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥ã 2 æÂÂ丠î OPEN/CLOSE 以置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂã 樠籤é¢æÂ ä¸Â置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âå© ç¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âæ§½å°Â溠ç¢Âç ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç½®å ¥çÂÂæÂ¯éÂÂé¢ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Â置堥æÂÂè«Âå° æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä¸Â颿ÂÂä¸Âï¼ ã 3 æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæÂ¯ DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼Â便 æÂ åºç¾ä¸Âé¸å®ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 12 é Âç DVD-Video 碠çÂÂé¸å® å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® 堧容ï¼Â以 çÂÂçÂ¥å°Â覽çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âã èÂ¥æÂ¯æÂ¨ç½®å ¥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂç¶ä¸Âå«æÂ JPEG ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂå±Â示ãÂÂèÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 17 é Âç æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂå §å« DivX è¦Âé »åÂÂå ¶ä»ÂåªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¡Âå ï¼Âä¾Â妠MP3 ï¼ ï¼Âé¦Âå Âè«Âå¾Âè¢å¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼Âä¸Âé¸åÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ ï¼ DivX ï¼ÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂåªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¡Âå @MP3 / WMA / JPEG / MPEG-4 AAC ï¼ ã 4 é³éÂÂ調æÂ´ã è«Â使ç¨ VOLUME ä¾ÂæÂ§å¶é³éÂÂã åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ 丠表ä¸Âå æÂÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç¨以 æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂç åÂÂé  åºæÂ¬ æÂ§å¶ 2 ã æÂ¨å¯以å¨第 4 ç« ä¸ÂæÂ¾å°堶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ã éÂÂ註 1 è¢å¹Âä¿ÂèÂ፬ÂåºÂæÂÂå¨系統éÂÂç½®äºÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂå¾Âåºç¾ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU 顯示î¿éÂÂåºå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® ENTER é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂ主é¸å®ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂä»»ä½Âè®ÂæÂ´ æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME æÂ LAST MEM çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥Â便æÂÂå¾ÂæÂ¢å¾© æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂå¾Âè¨ÂæÂ¶çÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âã 2 å¨æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂç¼ç¾æÂÂäºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶å¯è½ç¡æ³Âç¨ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂäºÂé¨åÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 11 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 12 ChH æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂåºç¾å¨è¢ å¹Âä¸Âï¼Â表示æÂ¨å¯以å¾Â該é»Âä½Âç½®ä¾ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD èÂÂ訠ï¼Âå³使éÂÂåº ï¼ æÂÂæÂ¾ä½Â置亦æÂÂå²åÂÂå¨è¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âè£Âã 1 ä¸Â次æÂ¨ç½®å ¥ç¢ çÂÂæÂ ï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂ顯示 LAST MEM çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣@å æÂÂè®ÂæÂ¨å¾ÂæÂ¤æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 妠æÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³ è¦Â渠é¤æÂ¢å¾© æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Âè«Âå¨è¢ å¹Â丠顯示 RESUME çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ ã DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® 許夠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«æÂ¨å¯以é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âè§Â賠堧容çÂÂé¸å®ã æÂÂæÂÂï¼ DVD-Video é¸å®æÂÂèªåÂÂå¨æÂ¨éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ é¡¯ç¤ºå¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âï¼Âå ¶ä»Âç¢ÂçÂÂåªæÂÂå¨æÂ¨æÂÂ丠MENU æÂ TOP MENU æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯示ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® æÂÂ亠VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å ·æÂÂæÂ¨å¯å¾Âä¸Âé¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âè§ è³Â堧容çÂÂé¸å®ãÂÂéÂÂäºÂ便æÂ¯ PBC ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ï¼Âé¸ å®ã æÂ¨å¯以ç´æÂ¥å©ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ï¼Âä¸Âç¨æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âå°Â覽 PBC é¸å®ï¼Â便坿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ´å¼µ PBC VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã î æÂ«åÂÂî¿繼çºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂã î å¯åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¶ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣@ã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿«è½Âã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«è½Âã î å¯跳è³ç®åÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂç« ç¯ÂçÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼Â以å åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿章ç¯Âã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂç« ç¯Âã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯ç¨以輸堥æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç®çÂÂç·¨èÂÂã æÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂæÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂæÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ï¼ ãÂÂ章篠@DVD-Video ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂ註 1 â¢ãÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD-Video ç¢Âç ï¼Âé¤ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW å¤Âï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯å²åÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂäºÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ TOP MENU 顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂç ãÂÂä¸Â層é¸å®ã æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½æÂÂè¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ丠åÂÂã MENU å¯顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® éÂÂæÂÂä¾ ç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¯è½è ãÂÂä¸Â層é¸å®ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç¸åÂÂã îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî å¨ç«é¢ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢移åÂÂ游æ¨Âã ENTER é¸åÂÂç®åÂÂé¸å®ä¸ÂçÂÂé¸頠ã RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂ顯示çÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯é¸åÂÂç·¨æÂÂèÂÂ碼çÂÂé¸å®é¸頠ï¼Âå é©ç¨æÂ¼æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ ãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ RETURN 顯示 PBC é¸å®ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ é¸åÂÂç·¨æÂÂèÂÂ碼çÂÂé¸å®é¸頠ãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã î 顯示åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ話@ã î 顯示ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ話@ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 12 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 13 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español èÂÂè½æÂ¶é³橠調諧å¨å¯以æÂÂ¥ FM å AM 堩種廣æÂÂï¼Â並è®ÂæÂ¨è½ 夠å°Âèª己æÂ è½çÂÂéÂȌ°è¨ÂæÂ¶ä¸ ä¾Âï¼ÂéÂÂ樣就ä¸Â忠毠次å¨è¦ÂæÂ¶è½æÂÂéÂÂå¾ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧ã 1 æÂÂ丠TUNER 以åÂÂæÂÂ調諧å¨ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé£çºÂæÂ ä»¥é¸å AM æÂ FM 波段ã è¢å¹ÂæÂ¤æÂÂæÂÂ顯示波段åÂÂé »çÂÂã 2 調é¸éÂÂè¦ÂçÂÂé »çÂÂã éÂÂ裡æÂÂä¸Â種調諧模张æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«ÂéÂÂ@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧 ï¼Âé£çºÂæÂ TUNE /â 以æÂ¹è®ÂæÂÂ顯示 çÂÂé »çÂÂã â¢ èªåÂÂ調諧 ï¼ÂæÂÂä½ TUNE /â ï¼Âç´å°æÂÂ顯示ç 頻çÂÂéÂÂå§Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçºæÂ¢ ï¼ ç¶å¾Âå°ÂæÂÂéµæÂ¾éÂÂã ä¸ÂæÂ¦ æÂ¾å°ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂȌ° ï¼Â調諧å¨å³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢åÂÂä½ ãÂÂé è¤ÂæÂ¥é©Â以繼çºÂæÂÂå°Âã â¢ é«ÂéÂÂ調諧 ï¼ æÂÂä½ TUNE /â ï¼Âç´å°顯示çÂÂé » çÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¿«éÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçºæÂ¢ ãÂÂç¹¼çºÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂéµ ï¼ ç´å° æÂ¨æÂ¾å°æÂÂéÂÂè¦ÂçÂÂé »ç ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂ忠覠@å¯使ç¨æÂ åÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ä¾Â微調頻çÂÂã æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨以ç«Âé«Âè²æÂ¶è½ FM éÂȌ°ï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å» å¾Â微弱ï¼Âé£麼æÂ¨ å¯以å°Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ å®è²éÂÂä¾ÂæÂ¹ å è²é³çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ質ã 1 調é¸è³ FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ FM MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å FM MONO ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 調諧å¨å¨å®è²éÂÂæÂÂ¥ æÂ¶æ¨¡å¼Â丠@å®è²éÂÂæÂÂ示 ç @ï¼ÂæÂÂ亮起ã é¸å FM AUTO 以åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模张ï¼ÂæÂ¶ è½章髠è²廣æÂÂæÂ ï¼Âç«Âé« è² æÂ ç¤ºç @@æÂ äº® èµ·ï¼ ã è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° æÂ¨å¯å²åÂÂå¤Âé 30 Ã¥ÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° ï¼ è®ÂæÂ¨æ°¸é å¯以輠輠é¬Âé¬Â便 è½æÂ¶è½åÂÂæÂ çÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âæ¯Â次 é½覠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧ã 1 調諧è³ AM æÂ FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ã å°ÂæÂ¼ FM 波段ï¼Âå¯è¦ÂéÂÂè¦Âä¾Âé¸åÂÂå®è²éÂÂæÂÂèªå 章é«Âè²ç æÂ¥æÂ¶æÂ¹å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¤é  è¨Â宠弿ÂÂé£åÂÂé Âè¨Âé» å°ä¸Âä½µåÂÂã 2 æÂÂ丠SETUP éµ並ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸æÂ ã ST.MEM. ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂ¶è½çÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°@ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° 1 確å®Âå·²é¸å TUNER Ã¥ÂÂè½ã 2 使ç¨ ST /â æÂÂéµ以é¸åÂÂä¸Âé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµä¾Âé¸åÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠å¯å°Âè¼Âå©ä¾Â溠ï¼Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂãÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨çÂÂï¼Â飿ÂÂ¥ è³ æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âï¼Âé éÂÂæÂÂè²å¨系統æÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂèÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂç æÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 31 é Âç é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻訠å ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ è¦Âå°Â丠USB è£Âç½®é£æÂ¥è³ USB 端åÂÂ丠@è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 24 é Âç USB æÂÂæÂ¾ ã 1 確å®Âå¤Âé¨ä¾Â溠ï¼Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂãÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨çÂÂï¼ å·²ç¶ÂéÂÂæ©Âã 2 æÂÂ丠LINE 以é¸åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂã 3 å¦ÂæÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæºÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 13 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 14 ChH è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¯ å¨æÂ¨ç¡ è ç´Âä¸Âå° æÂÂå¾Â尠系統é æ©Âï¼ æÂ¨å®Âå ¨ç¡é ÂæÂÂå¿Âã 1 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SLEEP 以é¸åÂÂé¸頠@ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é¸åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸頠@⢠SLP ON â ç´Âå¨ä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂå¾ÂéÂÂæ© â¢ SLP OFF â åÂÂæ¶Âç¡ç å®ÂæÂ å¨é¸å SLP ON å¾Âï¼ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SLEEP 以確èªÂä¸Âä¸Âå©é¤ÂçÂÂæÂÂé ã æ¯Âæ¢Âç·Â代表素12 Ã¥ÂÂé ï¼Âå©é¤ÂæÂÂéÂÂ@@調æÂÂ顯示å±Â亮度 æÂ¨å¯調æÂ´åÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ亮度ã 1 æÂÂ丠SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ DIMMER ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂæÂÂ顯示å¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Âã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å LIGHT æÂ DARK ï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂ註 1 è¨Âå®Âç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂï¼Â顯示å±ÂæÂÂ調æÂÂä¸Âä¾Âã SL P --- -- HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 14 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 03 15 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 3 ç« èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模å¼ÂæÂ¯ èÂÂè½主è¦ÂæÂ§ å¶çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ä¾ÂæºÂæÂ ç°¡ å®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âï¼ÂèªæÂ è²å¨çÂÂ輸åºåÂÂæÂ åºä¾ÂæºÂé¡ÂæÂ ä¸ çÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ丠SURROUND 以é¸å AUTO èÂÂè½模张ã 1 以ç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯以ç°ç¹Âè²ä¾ÂèÂÂè½ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾Â溠ã 2 ç° ç¹Âè²ä¾ÂèªæÂ¼æÂ¡ç¨æÂÂ種 Dolby Pro Logic 解碼模张çÂÂç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SURROUND 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種èÂÂè½模张ã 1 顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ çÂÂ鏿ÂÂæÂÂä¾ æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä¾ÂæºÂé¡Âå è æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ AUTO â èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张ï¼Âå¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂ述@⢠DOLBY PL (Dolby Pro Logic ï¼ â å¯ç¢ç 4.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠MOVIE (Dolby Pro Logic II Movie ï¼ â Pro Logic II 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼ ç¹åÂ¥é©åÂÂé»影侠æºÂï¼ å¯ç¨æÂ¼ä»»ä½Âä¸Â種éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠MUSIC (Dolby Pro Logic II Music ï¼ â å¯ç¢ç Pro Logic II 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂï¼ ç¹åÂ¥é©åÂÂé³ æ¨Âä¾Â溠ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠STEREO â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ ä¹Â篠說æÂ éÂÂç¨åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² å é©ç¨ HTZ161DVD æ©Âå åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²模å¼Âå¯é©ç¨æÂ¼é¸å DVD/CD æÂ USB ä½Âçº輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂï¼Âä¸ÂæÂ¡ç¨第 10 é Âç 家åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³ æÂÂ訠置 å æÂ è²å¨宠è£ÂæÂÂå 丠æÂÂè¿°ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°繠è² 3 é»Âå¼ÂæÂÂè²å¨è¨Âå®ÂæÂ¹å¼ÂçÂÂæÂ æ³Âã â¢ ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè² å¨ æÂÂç½® æÂ¼åÂÂç½® æÂ è²å¨丠æÂ¹ä¸¦é¢ å çÂÂå£Âã 1 æÂÂ丠SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ F.SURR ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å MODE ON ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ模 å¼Âï¼ÂæÂ MODE OFF ï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂ模å¼Âï¼ ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã 4 å¨é¸å MODE ON å¾Âï¼ å³å¯ä¸Â起使ç¨ç°ç¹ÂèÂÂè½ 模å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²åÂÂè½ã éÂÂ註 1 èÂ¥ä¾ÂæºÂçº Dolby Digital æÂ DTS ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂçÂÂç¸å°ÂæÂÂ示çÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 2 注æÂÂéÂÂå°Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ DVD/CD æÂ USB ï¼ÂæÂÂè½é²è¡Âå¤Âè²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 3 注æÂ F.SURR é¸頠å¨è³æ©ÂæÂ¥ä¸Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ã 4 ⢠è¨Âå®Âçº MODE ON æÂÂï¼Âè«Â確實æÂÂç §å®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè¿°ï¼ÂæÂÂè½ç¢çÂÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂã â¢ å°Âã å 大åÂÂçÂÂãÂÂè¨Âå®Âçº MODE ON ï¼Âç¶å¾Âå° ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂè¨Âå® MODE OFF æÂÂï¼ÂèÂÂè½模å¼Âå°ÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ AUTO ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 15 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 03 16 ChH 使ç¨å 大åÂÂçÂÂ模张ãÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂã 模å¼Âå¯è®ÂæÂ¨å¾Âç«Âé«Âè² ï¼ 2.1 è²éÂÂï¼ ä¾ÂæºÂ享åÂÂæÂ´è±Â寠ã å®ÂæÂ´çÂÂé³æÂ ã 1 ç¶æÂ¨èÂÂè½ DVD/ CD æÂ USB ä¾ÂæºÂæÂ ï¼ å³å¯使ç¨ ãÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂã 模张ã 使ç¨ HTZ161DVD ï¼ æÂ å°Âç°繠æÂÂè²å¨æÂ¾å¨ Ã¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ä¸ÂæÂ¹ ï¼Â並å°ÂæÂ æÂÂæÂÂè²å¨é¢æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 使ç¨ HTZ262DVD ï¼ æÂ å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½® Ã¥ÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè² å¨æ¯Âé°æÂ¾ç½®ï¼Â並å°ÂæÂ æÂÂæÂ è²å¨é¢æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ丠EXTRA PWR å¯é¸å MODE ON æÂ MODE OFF ã 2 é¸å MODE ON å¾ ï¼ åÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Âç F.SURR. æÂÂ示çÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯以å¨ ç« é«Âè²é³æÂ ä¸ èÂÂè½任 ä½ ä¸Â種ä¾Â溠章é«Âè²æÂ å¤Âè²éÂÂãÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾ å¤Âè²éÂÂä¾Â溠æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ è² éÂÂæÂÂ綠縮混å¾Âå³éÂÂè³å 置左î¿å³æÂ è²å¨åÂÂé ä½Âé³ä¹Âä¸Âã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SURROUND ç´å°顯示å±Âä¸Âåºç¾ STEREO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣çºæÂ¢ã æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ å¨æÂ¥ä¸Âè³æ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂåªæÂ STEREO 模å¼Âå¯以使ç¨ã 使ç¨ SFC 模张SFC ï¼Âé³場 æÂ§å¶ï¼Â模张å¯以é© ç¨æÂ¼ä»» ä½ çÂÂå¤Âè² é æÂÂç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂï¼Â以æÂ ä¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¼Âå ¶ä» çÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂ æÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å SFC MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 æÂÂ丠îÂÂ/î ï¼ÂæÂ¥èÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以é¸å SFC 鳿ÂÂ模å¼Âã è«Âé¸å OFF ï¼ÂéÂÂï¼ ã ACTION ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âï¼ ã DRAMA ï¼ÂæÂ²åÂÂï¼ ã ROCK ï¼ÂæÂÂ滾æ¨Âï¼ ã POP ï¼ÂæµÂè¡Âæ¨Âï¼ ã HALL ï¼Â鳿¨Â廳@æÂ LIVE ï¼Âç¾場æ¼Âå¥Âï¼ ã 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ 使ç¨ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³æÂ§å¶å¯調æÂ´å ¨é¢çÂÂé³調ã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸ BASS æÂ TREBLE ï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ調æÂ´è²é³ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ確èªÂã å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é æÂ¬ æ©Âå ±æÂÂäºÂ種ä½Âé³ 模å¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯ç¨侠å¢Âå¼·ä¾ÂæºÂ丠çÂÂä½Âé³é³éÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å BASSMODE ï¼Âä½Âé³模 å¼Âï¼ ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ調æÂ´è²é³ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ確èªÂã é¸å OFF ï¼ÂéÂÂï¼ ï¼ MUSIC ï¼Â鳿¨Âï¼ æÂ CINEMA ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢@ã éÂÂ註 1 ç¶é å ãÂÂå 大 å ç ãÂÂ模å¼Âï¼Â夠æÂ¸ é³ æÂ å è½ 便 ç¡ 泠使 ç¨ ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂ æÂ¨ å¨ ãÂÂå 大 å ç ãÂÂ模张å å æÂ è©¦ è 使 ç¨ å å° é å¶ ç å è½ ï¼Âé£麼 顯示å±Âå°ÂæÂÂçÂÂæÂ«éÂÂç EXTRAPWR çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ã 2 ⢠è«Â注æÂÂï¼Â使ç¨è³æ©ÂæÂÂï¼Â便ç¡æ³Â使ç¨ ãÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂãÂÂ模å¼Âã å¦ÂæÂÂå¨æÂ¥ä¸ è³æ©ÂæÂÂæÂÂ丠EXTRA PWR ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤º CANNOT ï¼Âç¡æ³ÂéÂÂä½Âï¼Âé¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ã â¢ è¨Âå®Âçº MODE ON æÂÂï¼Âè«Â確實æÂÂç §å®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè¿°ï¼ÂæÂÂè½ç¢çÂÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂã â¢ è¨Âå®Âçº MODE OFF æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¶è½模å¼Âå°ÂèªåÂÂè¨Âçº AUTO ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 16 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 17 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 4 ç« ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠å³使æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ實éÂÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂå 置堥çÂÂç¢Âç 種é¡ÂèÂÂæÂÂäºÂ許ä¸ÂçÂÂå·®ç°ï¼ÂæÂ¬ç« æÂÂæ¶µèÂÂçÂÂ許 å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ä»Âå¯é©ç¨æÂ¼ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã CD ã DivX è¦Â頻以å WMA/MP3/ MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG ç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ亠DVD æÂÂéÂÂå¶æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Â鍿©ÂæÂÂé è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂé¨åÂÂæÂÂå ¨é¨çÂÂ使ç¨ ã éÂÂ並 ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ 卿ÂÂæÂ¾ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂÂï¼ æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¨ PBC æÂ æÂ¾ æÂÂéÂÂ並 丠é©ç¨ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂ æÂ¨ æÂ³ è¦Â使ç¨ é 亠å è½ ï¼ è«Â使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ä¾ÂéÂÂå§Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂ度åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã 1 ⢠æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î æÂ î 以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂÂã é£çºÂæÂÂ以å¢Âå æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå¨å±Â顯示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種栢åÂÂä½ÂéÂÂ度ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å DivX è¦Âé »ã DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂå¯以åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ ¢å ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂä½ îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î éÂ括Âç´å°éÂÂå§Âæ ¢å ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çºæÂ¢ã é£çºÂæÂÂ以è®ÂæÂ´æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå¨å±Â顯示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¼é²î¿格éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以éÂÂæ ¼åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢Âç ã å°ÂæÂ¼ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å DivX è¦Âé » ï¼ æÂ¨åªå¯以使 ç¨格鲿ÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂ丠îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î 以å¾ÂéÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé²çÂÂæÂ¹ å¼Âä¸Â次ä¸Âæ ¼æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ å¨置堥堧å« JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠îÂʊȴ é å§Âå¾Â碠çÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ第ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ æÂÂ夾î¿åÂÂç éÂÂå§Âå¹»ç çÂÂç§ ã 3 æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Âé ÂåºÂä¾Â顯示æ¯Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾 ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂã â¢ è¥該è£Â置堧å«æÂ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂé³ é » æÂ æÂ¾ æÂ éÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ä»Âç¶ å¯ 以 使 ç¨跳é @î / î @ãÂÂæÂ æÂ ï¼ î / î @åÂÂæÂ«å @î @çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  åÂÂè½ã åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂ調æÂ´ä»¥ç¡éÂÂ填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ã éÂÂ註 1 DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂå é©ç¨ä¸Â種éÂÂ度ã 2 ⢠è¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ÂæÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂå¨è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå° DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂï¼ÂèªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ PBC 模å¼Âä¸Âç VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 以å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 ACC æÂ²ç® ï¼Âé ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ模å¼Âã ä¸Âï¼ ï¼ å°éÂÂæÂ²ç®çÂÂéÂÂé ÂæÂÂçµÂå°¾æÂ å°ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã 3 ⢠æÂ¬æ©Âå°Âä¸Â份æªÂæ¡Âè¼Âå ¥çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¨èÂÂæªÂæ¡Â容éÂÂæÂÂ大èÂÂå¢Âå ã â¢ ä¸Âå¼µç¢ÂçÂÂå¯å å«å¤Âé 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾å 648 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µçÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾èÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 17 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 18 ChH å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂ@使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢Âç 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å¯çÂÂ覽æÂ´å¼µ DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼ÂæÂ¾å°æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂé¨åÂÂã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨屠é¸å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 鏿ÂÂ檢è¦Âé¸頠ã å¯以使 ç¨çÂÂé¸頠覠置堥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種顠åÂÂæÂ¯å¦è¦ÂæÂ æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼Âç¶èÂÂä»Âå å«@⢠æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ 章篠â æÂ DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂç®åÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âä¸ÂçÂÂç« ç¯Âã â¢ æÂ²ç® â æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂ²ç®ã â¢ æÂÂé â æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Original: æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ç¢Âç ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âæ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Playlist: æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ç¢Âç ç¶ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®æ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Original: æÂÂé â æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Â堧容ä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Playlist: æÂÂé â æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã æÂ´åÂÂè¢ å¹Âç«é¢åÂÂå¾ ä¸Â次æÂÂå¤Âå¯æÂ¥é£ 顯示å Â張縮 å 影åÂÂãÂÂè¦Â顯示å ä¸ÂçµÂî¿ä¸Â丠çµÂå Â張縮åÂÂï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ î / î ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂ縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂã æÂ¨å¯使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 鵿ÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸ Ã¥ÂÂ縮åÂÂã 覠使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ é¸åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Â輸堥 å ©ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻ï¼ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³åÂÂä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並 æÂÂè½Âî¿翻åÂÂæÂÂ顯示çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並å°Âå çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂæÂ 1x ã 2x å 4x çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã MENU å¯顯示 ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂç«é¢ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå æ¨Â顠章篠01 04 02 05 03 06 ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂ: æ¨Âé¡ 01- 49: - - HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 18 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 19 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂ桠使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂæÂÂç §æªÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ÂæÂ¾ä¸Âç¹å®ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®丠é¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER ä¾ÂçÂÂ覽ã 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î å¯ä¸Âä¸Âç§»åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿æªÂæ¡Â渠å®ã 使ç¨ î 以åÂÂå°根è³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 1 使ç¨ ENTER æÂ î å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã â¢ ç¶åÂÂç½ JPEG æªÂæ¡Âï¼Â便æÂÂä¸Â縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂ顯示å¨ è¢å¹Âå³å´ã 3 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂç½çÂÂå½±é³è»ÂæÂ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ é¡¯ç¤ºåÂÂç½ç JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂï¼Â坿ÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç¶已é¸å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æÂ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂèª該æªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ æÂÂ夾çµÂæÂÂçºæÂ¢ã â¢ ç¶é¸åÂÂ亠JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Â峿ÂÂéÂÂ姠@並 å¾ÂæÂÂ鏿ªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä¸Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾æÂ æÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠å¨èÂÂè½ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ ï¼ ä¹Âå¯以åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ãÂÂåªéÂÂé¸å æÂ³è¦Âè è½çÂÂé³ é » 檠æ¡Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å æÂ³ è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡Âå³å¯ãÂÂæÂ¤æÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âå é³頻檠æ¡ÂæÂÂå æÂ ä¸ æÂ·éÂÂ褠æÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  æÂ æÂ¾ æÂ§å¶å é©ç¨æÂ¼ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã â¢ è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ´ å¼µ ç¢Âç èÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¯ åª æÂÂç®å è³ÂæÂÂ夾 ç 堧容 ï¼Âè«Âå  é åº ãÂÂç¢Âç 尠åÂÂã ï¼Âç¶徠使 ç¨ î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 使ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® é ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¤é  å è½ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以 å° å« æÂ WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC å JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂç¢Âç @製ä½ÂæÂÂä¸Â份 æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ï¼Âæ¯Â份 30 Ã¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âï¼ ãÂÂç±æÂ¼æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂè¨Âä½ æÂÂå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ張置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼ éÂÂå¨æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ å¿«éÂÂä¸Âè¼Âé¬Âå°æÂ´çÂÂ大éÂÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¸ç¶æÂÂç¨ ã 2 製ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® 1 å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並徠å¨å±Â顯示é¸å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âå å°æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã èÂ¥ä¸ÂçÂ¥éÂÂæÂÂ麼åÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âè¿° å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå° åÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂæ¡ ã 3 æÂÂ丠PLAY LIST1 ã 2 æÂ 3 ã æÂ¤æÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂå å°æÂÂé¸åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Âã 4 éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é© 2 å 3 ï¼Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂæÂÂä½Âå®ÂæÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以é²堥æÂÂä¸Â層ç ã .. ãÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂä½Âã 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps 2 該ç¢ÂçÂÂå¿ é Â置堥æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾å¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ç¶ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 19 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 20 ChH æÂÂ示 ⢠è¦Â卿²ÂæÂÂå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢çÂÂæÂ æ³Âä¸Âå 堥æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åªéÂÂå¨æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ丠PLAY LIST1 ã 2 æÂ 3 å³å¯ ï¼Âé¤å¨æÂÂæÂ¾é³頻 çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âå¤Âï¼ ã èÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠PLAY LIST1 ã 2 æÂ 3 ã æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Âç PGM æÂÂ示çÂÂæÂ äº® èµ·ãÂÂèÂ¥æÂªè¨ å®Âä»»ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 渠å®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ顯示屠ä¸ÂæÂ é¡¯ç¤º NO LIST ã â¢ èÂ¥æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®堧å«æÂ JPEG Ã¥ÂÂé³頻堩種æªÂæ¡Âï¼ åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡Âã 渠餿ÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ 1 éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¨çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ã 2 å¾Âã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂç«é¢ä¸Âï¼Âé¸åÂÂæÂ³å¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Â渠é¤çÂÂæªÂæ¡Â並æÂÂ丠CLEAR ã 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 ã A-B é è¤ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨æÂÂå®Âä¸Âå½±é³軠@CD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂæÂÂä¸Âæ¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD ï¼Âä¸ÂçÂÂå ©é» ï¼ A å B ï¼ ï¼Âä¾Âä¸Âç´ä¸ÂæÂ·å°循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ã A-B éÂÂè¤Âã ã 3 å¨ã A ï¼ÂéÂÂå§Âé»Âï¼ ãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Âç½® 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå§Âé»Âã 4 å¨ã B ï¼ÂçµÂæÂÂé»Âï¼ ãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Âç½® 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂçµÂæÂÂé»Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥ÂæÂÂè·³åÂÂè³éÂÂå§Âé»Âï¼ ç¶å¾ÂéÂÂå§Â循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âè«Âé¸å ãÂÂéÂÂã ã 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ é¤ äºÂÃ¥ÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾é¸頠å¤Âï¼Âä¹Âå¯ 以å°ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾åÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Â起使ç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 21 é ÂçÂʌȼ ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® ï¼Âã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂéÂÂè¤Âã ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸頠ã 1 妠æÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âå¯é¸å é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨Âå¼ ä¾ éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨ÂåºÂç·¨ 輯渠å®ï¼ÂæÂÂé¸å éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ Ã¥ÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾å®碠æÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ²ç® ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âå¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¯ éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âã 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ å¯使ç¨ æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½以 鍿ÂÂçÂÂé ÂåºÂä¾ÂæÂ æÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âï¼ DVD-Video ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼Âã 2 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼ éÂÂ註 1 WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂç¡æ³Â使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 2 ⢠æÂ¨å¯以å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè¨Âç½®é¨æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¸頠ãÂÂç¶èÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ç¡æ³Âå°Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé Âç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Â起使ç¨ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¸Âè½使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ VR 格张DVD-R/-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂã DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå¨ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸ å®已顯示çÂÂæÂ æ³Âä¸Â使ç¨ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 20 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 21 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 2 é¸å ãÂÂ鍿©Âã ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂä¸Âé¸頠ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ é¨ æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂÂï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂæÂ é 以éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂ鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ã æÂÂ示 â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂç¹¼çºÂå·衠@ç´å°æÂ¨å¾Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸ å®é¸頠ä¸Âé¸åÂÂ亠鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂéÂÂçºæÂ¢ã 建ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® æÂ¬é  åÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨ 編輯ç¢ÂçÂÂ丠æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ² ç® çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾é ÂåºÂç¨ÂåºÂã 1 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂç¨ÂåºÂ編輯ãÂÂç¶å¾Âå¾Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸頠渠å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç·¨åºÂåµ建î¿編輯ã ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â樠é¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç®ä½Âçºç®åÂÂå¨ç¯Âç®渠å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂ¥ é©Âã å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ æÂ¨éÂÂå¯以å¢Âå æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¯ç« ç¯Âã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ CD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®å å° ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ä¹Âä¸Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER é¸åÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç®徠@編庠æÂ¥é©Âç·¨èÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç§»åÂÂä¸Âä½Âã 4 è«ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é© 3 以建ç«Âä¸Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ã 丠份ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ä¸Âå¯ å å«å¤Âé 24 Ã¥ÂÂç·¨åºÂæÂÂ¥ é©Âã â¢ æÂ¨åªéÂÂå° æÂ¨ æÂ³é¡¯ 示æÂ°ç·¨ 庠æÂ¥é©Âç 你置åÂʊȴ Ã¥ÂÂç½åÂÂ輸 å ¥ æ¨Âé¡Âî¿ ç« ç¯Âî¿ æÂ² ç®編è ï¼Â便å¯ æÂÂ堥編åºÂæÂ¥é©Âã â¢ è¦Âåªé¤編åºÂæÂ¥é©Âï¼Âè«Âå°Âå ¶åÂÂç½å¾ÂæÂÂ丠CLEAR å³å¯ã 5 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ éµã 稠åºÂ編輯 渠宿ÂÂç¹¼çºÂÃ¥ÂÂå¨ï¼Âç´ å°æÂ¨éÂÂéÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂ æÂ¾ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ã åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® ï¼Âå é±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ï¼ÂéÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæ©ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠ç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ å¨ ç¨ÂåºÂç·¨ 輯é¸å®ä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂé¤ äºÂç·¨åºÂåµ建 î¿編輯以 å¤ÂçÂÂå ¶ä»Âé¸頠ã â¢ ç·¨åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂå§ â å¯éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å²åÂÂçÂÂç¨ÂåºÂç·¨ 輯渠å® â¢ ç·¨åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂ¢ â å¯éÂÂéÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä½Âä¸ÂæÂ åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® â¢ ç·¨åºÂåªé¤ â å¯åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®並éÂÂéÂÂ稠åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Âé¸åÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿樠é¡Âî¿章ç¯Âã î å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ç®åÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章篠çÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯é¨æ©Âé¸åÂÂå ¶ä» çÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âã éÂÂ註 1V R æ ¼å¼Âç DVD-R/-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂã DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®顯示æÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨ç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾å è½ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU å¯å²åÂÂç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®並éÂÂåºä½Â丠æÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ä¸ÂçÂÂä¸Âä¸Âå 編åºÂæÂ¥é©Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 21 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 22 ChH æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç æÂ¨å¯ 以æÂÂæ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âç·¨èÂÂï¼ æÂ æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂç´¢ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 坿ÂÂæÂ²ç®編 èÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂç´¢ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã ã æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂÂç´¢é¸頠æÂÂè¦Â置堥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡ÂèÂÂå®Âã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå¿ é ÂæÂÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä»¥ä¾¿ä½¿ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢åÂÂè½ ã 4 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æ¨Âé¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç®編èÂÂï¼ æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂã â¢ 使ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢æÂ ï¼ è«ÂæÂÂç §æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ç ä½Âç½®ä¾Â輸堥ç®åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD/DivX 覠頻ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé æÂ¸åÂÂç§ÂæÂ¸ãÂÂä¾Âå¦Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠4 ã 5 ã 0 ã 0 峿ÂÂå¾ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ第 45 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ãÂÂæÂ³è¦Â輸 å ¥ 1 å°ÂæÂÂã 20 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂå 30 ç§ÂæÂÂï¼Â坿ÂÂ丠8 ã 0 ã 3 ã 0 ã 5 æÂ ENTER éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂå DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸Â種以丠誠è¨ÂçÂÂå å¹Âï¼Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå 裠ä¸ÂæÂÂ渠æ¥ÂÃ¥ÂÂ訴æÂ¨ å¯以 使 ç¨çÂÂå å¹ÂèªÂè¨Â種é¡ÂãÂÂæÂ¨ å¯以卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ä¾Âå æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SUBTITLE 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種åÂÂå¹ é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®åÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå®Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 27 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂè³Â訠@è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 35 é  ç 顯示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã åÂÂæÂÂå°Âç½èªÂè¨Âî¿é³頻è²é å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂæÂÂ堩種以 ä¸ÂèªÂè¨Âå°Âç½ 堧容ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé å® è²éÂÂé³ æÂ çÂÂç¢Âç æÂ 2 æÂ¨å¯以å¨ æÂ æÂ¾ æÂÂéÂÂä¾ å æÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 3 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT AUDIO 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種å°Âç½èªÂ訠é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®å°Âç½èªÂè¨ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå®Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 27 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ 使ç¨æÂ¾å¤§åÂÂè½ ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以å¨è§Âè³ DVD ã DivX è¦Âé » æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ å°Âç«é¢æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¨ä½ÂæÂ¾å¤§ 2 Ã¥ÂÂæÂ 4 Ã¥ÂÂã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT ZOOM 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¾ 大çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼ÂæÂ£å¸¸ã 2x æÂ 4x ï¼ ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ä¾Âè®ÂæÂ´ç¸®æÂ¾åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã æÂ¨ å¯以卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé èªç±åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 大åÂÂæÂ¸ï¼Â以åÂÂæÂ¾ 大åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 4 éÂÂ註 1 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨ÂãÂÂæÂÂ丠TOP MENU æÂ MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã 2 æÂÂäºÂè¶ ç´ VCD éÂÂæÂÂ堩種é³è»ÂãÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ堩種é³è»Âï¼Â以åÂÂæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³è»Âç¨æÂÂçÂÂè²éÂÂã 3 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®Âå°Âç½èªÂè¨ÂãÂÂæÂÂ丠TOP MENU æÂ MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã 4 â¢ ç±æÂ¼ DVD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã DivX è¦Âé »æ¨Âé¡Âå JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂåªæÂÂåºå®ÂçÂÂè§£æÂÂ度ï¼Âå æÂ¤ç«質ç¹åÂ¥å¨æÂ¾å¤§ 4x æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ失çÂÂçÂÂæÂ å½¢ã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹çÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹å¡Âæ¶Â失ï¼Âå¯æÂ SHIFT ZOOM Ã¥ÂÂå°Âå®Â顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 22 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 23 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ堩種以ä¸Âè§Â度æÂÂæÂÂèÂÂæÂÂçÂÂå ´ æÂ¯ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂçÂÂ詳細說æÂÂã å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂ ï¼ å±Âå¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ示 ï¼ÂæÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以鏿ÂÂå°Âå®ÂéÂÂé è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 28 é Âç 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ«åÂÂæÂÂï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ SHIFT ANGLE 以åÂÂæÂÂè§Â度ã 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå¯尠åÂÂ種æÂ²ç®ãÂÂ章篠åÂÂæ¨Âé¡ÂçÂÂ賠訠顯示å¨å±Âå¹Âä¸Âã â¢ è¦Â顯示î¿åÂÂæÂÂî¿é±èÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Â訠@å¯é£çºÂæÂ DISPLAY ã æÂÂéÂÂçÂÂç¢Âç è³Âè¨Â亦æÂÂåºç¾å é¢æÂ¿çÂÂè¢幠ä¸ÂãÂÂæÂ ä¸ DISPLAY 以è®ÂæÂ´æÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Âè¨Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 23 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 05 24 ChH 第 5 ç« USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ å©ç¨æÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢ç USB ä»Âé¢就å¯以èÂÂè½éÂÂè²éÂÂé³ é » 1 並è§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂãÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹å¼Âé£æÂ¥ä¸ USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½® 2 ã 1 éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠USB ã 確å®Âé»è¦Âæ©Âå·²éÂÂ並è¨Âå®ÂçºæÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥ã 2 é£æÂ¥æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ã USB 端åÂÂçÂÂä½Â置就å¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âã 3 æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã èÂ¥æÂ¯æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ç¶ä¸Âå«æÂ JPEG ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹» çÂÂçÂÂå±Â示ãÂÂèÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 25 é Âç æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ 確å®Âå¨è«é¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ系統å¨徠æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âä¸Âï¼ ï¼Âå é¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Â顯示 USB DATA ã éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 è¥顯示å±Âä¸Âç USB ERR è¨ÂæÂ¯æÂÂ示çÂÂ亮起 ï¼ åÂÂ表 示該 USB è£Âç½®çÂÂ黿ºÂéÂÂæ±Âå°ÂæÂ¼æÂ¬æ©Âä¾Â說太é«Âï¼ æÂÂ該è£Âç½®ä¸Âç¸容ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ試以ä¸ÂæÂ¹æ³Â@⢠éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ éÂÂæÂ°å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å¨éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂå° USB è£Âç½®æÂ¥ä¸Âã â¢ é¸åÂÂå ¶ä»Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂï¼Â妠DVD/CD ï¼ ï¼ ç¶å¾Âå é Âé¸å USB ã â¢ 使ç¨åÂÂå» å°Âç¨ç AC 黿ºÂè®Âå£Âå¨ ï¼Âé¨è£Âç½®é è´Âï¼Âä¾ÂæÂ USB 黿ºÂã èÂ¥ä¸Âè¿°æÂ¹å¼Âç¡æ³Â解決åÂÂé¡Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ該æÂ¯æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ä¸Âç¸容ã åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ ä¸Â表çº說æÂÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨å¨ USB æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¹é¢æÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂ丠äºÂåºæÂ¾Â§å¶ã éÂÂ註 1 éÂÂå æÂ¬ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼Âé¤å«é²æÂ·å §å®¹æÂÂéÂÂå¶æÂÂæÂ¾å §å®¹çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âå¤Âï¼ çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã ç¡æ³ÂéÂÂé USB 端åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DivX æªÂæ¡ ã 2 ⢠ç¸容ç USB è£Âç½®å æÂ¬å±¬æÂ¼ FAT16/32 æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂç£Âç¢Âæ©Âã å¯æÂÂå¼Âå¿«éÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âï¼Âç¹æ®Âé¨身ç¢Âï¼ åÂÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾å¨@MP3 æÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âï¼ ã æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âè½é£æÂ¥è³åÂÂ人é»蠦ä¸Âé²衠USB æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å ÂéÂÂæ¦Âä¸Âä¿ÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂ USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½®çÂÂç¸容æÂ§ ï¼ÂæÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿µÂæÂÂ黿ºÂ@@亦ä¸ÂæÂ¿æÂÂé£æÂ¥è³æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂå¯è½é æÂÂè³ÂæÂÂéº失çÂÂç¸éÂÂ責 ä»»ã â¢ è³ÂæÂÂå«éÂÂå¾Â大æÂÂï¼Â系統æÂÂéÂÂè¦Âè¼Âé·çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾Âè®Âå USB è£Âç½®çÂÂ堧容ã USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½® USB ( A å ) æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î éÂÂå§ÂæÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã î æÂ«åÂÂî¿解é¤æÂ«åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿«è½Âã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«è½Âã î å¯跳è³ç®åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢ä½Â置@åÂÂè·³è³åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 24 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 05 25 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂÂæÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂ度åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î æÂ î 以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂÂã é£çºÂæÂÂ以å¢Âå æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå¨å±Â顯示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ æÂÂ丠î å¯éÂÂå§Âå¾Â第ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿åÂÂçÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹»ç çÂÂå±Â示ã 2 æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂä¾ÂåºÂ顯示ã â¢ è¥該è£Â置堧å«æÂ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂå±Â示åÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·éÂÂ褠æÂÂæÂ¾ ã é³頻æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂ¨ä»Âç¶å¯以使ç¨跳é @î / î @ã æÂÂæÂ ï¼ î / î @åÂÂæÂ«å @î @çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  åÂÂè½ã åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂ調æÂ´ä»¥ç¡éÂÂ填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ã 幻çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ å©ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂçÂÂ覽æªÂ桠使ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱æÂÂå° WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC å JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 3 1 æÂÂ丠MENU ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER ä¾ÂçÂÂ覽ã 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¸Âî¿ä¸Âç§»åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿æªÂæ¡Â渠å®ã 使ç¨ î 以åÂÂå°根è³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 4 使ç¨ ENTER æÂ î å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã â¢ ç¶åÂÂç½ JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼Â便æÂÂä¸Â縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂ顯示å¨ è¢å¹Âå³å´ã 3 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂç½çÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂ顯示åÂÂç½ç JPEG 檠æ¡Âï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç¶已é¸å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å æÂÂèª該檠桠éÂÂå§ æÂÂæÂ¾å° æÂ´ Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂ å¤¾çµÂæÂ çº æÂ¢ã â¢ ç¶é¸åÂÂ亠JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Â峿ÂÂéÂÂ姠@並 å¾ÂæÂÂé¸ æªÂæ¡Âé 姠æÂ æÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç´å° æÂ´ Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂ å¤¾ æÂÂæÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠å¨èÂÂè½ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ ï¼ ä¹Âå¯以åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ã åªéÂÂé¸å æÂ³è¦ÂèÂÂè½çÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»ç çÂÂç§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡Âå³å¯ ã æÂ¤æÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³ é »æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã åÂÂé  æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ å é©ç¨æÂ¼ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã â¢ 欲æÂÂæÂ¾ç 丠å æÂ¯ ç®åÂÂç 賠æÂÂ夾è æÂ¯ å ¨é¨ç 堧容æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂéÂÂåº ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂ並使ç¨ î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµã éÂÂ註 1 å¦Âçº WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æÂ²ç®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂå¾Â該æÂ²ç®çÂÂæÂÂçµÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âç½®èªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 2 ⢠æÂ¬æ©Âå°Âä¸Â份æªÂæ¡Âè¼Âå ¥çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¨èÂÂæªÂæ¡Â容éÂÂæÂÂ大èÂÂå¢Âå ã â¢ USB è£Âç½®å¯容ç´Âå¤Âé 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Â以å 648 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µçÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾åÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻ï¼ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³åÂÂä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂå±Â示並æÂÂè½Âî¿翻轠ç®åÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¯éÂÂæÂ°éÂÂå§Âå¹»çÂÂçÂÂå±Â示@ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並å°Âå çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂæÂ 1 Ã¥ÂÂã 2 Ã¥ÂÂå 4 Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã MENU å¯顯示 ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂç«é¢ ï¼Âå¦Â以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ã 3 æÂÂäºÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¨顯示æªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱æÂÂå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºã 4 æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以é²堥æÂÂä¸Â層ç ã .. ãÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂä½Âã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 25 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® 06 26 ChH 第 6 ç« é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ã é¸å®å¯æÂÂä¾Â調æÂ´ç¢ÂçÂÂè²é³çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢é¸ å ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´è¨ å®Âå¼ã é³頻 DRC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶@⢠è¨Âå®Âå¼@髠ã ä¸Âã ä½Âã é ï¼Âé Âè¨Âå¼@å¨以ä½Âé³éÂÂè§Âè³ Dolby Digital DVD æÂ ï¼Âå¾Â容æÂ å®Â堨失å»è¼ÂéÂÂçÂÂè²é³ å æÂ¬ä¸ÂäºÂå°Âç½å¨堧 ã 尠é³頻 DRC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ÂÂå©æÂ¼çªÂ顯 è¼Âè¼ÂçÂÂè²é³ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ§å¶è¼ÂéÂÂçÂÂè²é³ã æÂÂè½å°è²é³çÂÂå·®åÂÂ¥ ï¼ è¦ÂæÂ¨èÂÂè½çÂÂåªÂé«Â堧容èÂÂå® ã 妠æÂÂåªÂ髠堧容å¨é³é ä¸Âæ²ÂæÂÂ太å¤Âè®Âå ï¼Âé£æÂ¨ä¾¿ ä¸ÂæÂÂ注æÂÂæÂÂä½Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã 1 ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® å¾ ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç«é¢ä¸Âï¼ æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´è½ å½±é¿影åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢丠é¸å ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âå® å¼ã æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼@⢠é³度 â å¯調æÂ´ç«é¢éÂÂç·£çÂÂé³å©度 @精細ã æ¨Â溠ã æÂÂå @⢠亮度 â å¯調æÂ´æÂ´é«ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂ亮度 ï¼ âÂÂ20 è³ 20 @⢠å°Âæ¯Â度 â å¯調æÂ´äº®èÂÂæÂÂä¹ÂéÂÂçÂÂå°Âæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ ï¼ âÂÂ16 è³ 16 ï¼ â¢ ä¼½çª â å¯調æÂ´å½±åÂÂç ãÂÂæÂÂ度ã @é«Âã ä¸Âã 你ãÂÂé @⢠è²調 â å¯調æÂ´ç´ î¿綠平衡 ï¼ ç¶ è² 9 è³ ç´ è² 9 @⢠è²度çÂÂç´ â å¯調è²彩åÂÂç¾çÂÂ飽åÂÂ度 ï¼ âÂÂ9 è³ 9 @使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¾Â調æÂ´äº®åº¦ãÂÂå°Âæ¯Â度ãÂÂè²調åÂÂè²度 çÂÂç´ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 3 æÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¿Âå ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç« é¢ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ HOME MENU éÂÂåºåÂÂè½ç«é¢ã éÂÂ註 1 é³頻 DRC å 尠Dolby Digital é³頻ä¾ÂæºÂè½ç¼æÂ®æÂÂç¨ã é³頻è¨Âç½® é³頻è¨Âç½® é³頻 DRC 髠丠你é è¦Â頻調æÂ´ é³度 亮度 å°Âæ¯Â度 ä¼½çª è²調 è²度çÂÂç´ æ¨Â溠0 0 é 0 0 î î î î î î è¦Â頻調æÂ´ 亮度 æÂÂå° æÂÂ大 0 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 26 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 07 27 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 7 ç« ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã é¸å®æÂÂä¾Âé³頻åÂÂè¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã æÂÂ人éÂÂå®Âï¼Â以åÂÂ顯示è¨Âå®Âå¼çÂÂã å¦ÂæÂÂé¸頠å ç¾淡åºçÂÂç°è²ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表 示æÂ¤æÂÂç¡泠æÂÂ¥ Ã¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´ãÂÂæÂ¤ç¨®æÂ å½¢éÂÂ常æÂ¯å çº碠çÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ çÂʍ᣾ ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠DVD/CD ã 2 Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 以é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Â訠å®ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂé¸頠ã æÂ æÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å é¸頠å°ÂæÂÂå¨å¾Â纠çÂÂ堧容ä¸Â詳å 說 æÂÂã 1 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ éÂÂ註 1 ⢠å¨表ä¸Âï¼Âé Âè¨Â弿ÂÂ以 ç²Âé«Âå 顯示ï¼Âå ¶ä»ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂæÂÂ以 æÂÂé«Âå 顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã â¢ æÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ åÂÂæÂ¯ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ã å°Âç½èªÂè¨Âå åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âå¯è½尠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂ並ä¸Âå ·æÂÂç¨ ã éÂÂ常éÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼亦å¯徠DVD çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¸ å®ä¸Âä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âç½®ã åÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ï¼Âå¦è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 37 é Âç ç« é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张ä¹Â篠說æÂÂãÂÂï¼ 4:3 (Letter Box) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ãÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Âå ©å´æÂÂæÂÂé»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã 4:3 (Pan & Scan) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ãÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂè£ÂæÂÂå·¦å³堩å´ä¸Âé¨åÂÂï¼Â以å©填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âã 16:9 (Wide) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å¯¬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã è²差è¦Â頻輸åº ï¼Âå¦è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 32 é Âç 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂãÂÂï¼ éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂ¥ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¦ÂæÂÂé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ï¼Âè«Âå é±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ詳細說æÂÂï¼ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂä¸Â次 ENTER 確誠ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ丠RETURN Ã¥ÂÂæ¶Âè¨Â置@ã è«Â注æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »å å¯ç¶Âç±è²差è¦Âé »æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸åºã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å°Âç½èªÂ訠è±誠î¿ è±誠ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âå·²æÂÂè±èªÂè²è»Âï¼Â峿ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠î¿ 漢誠ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@å¦ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂèªÂ訠ï¼ÂæÂ æ¼¢èª é©ç¨æÂ¼å°ç£æ©Â種@ï¼Â峿ÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼ ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 27 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 07 28 ChH 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠è±誠î¿ è±誠ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂè±èªÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âï¼Â峿ÂÂ顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠î¿ 漢誠ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@æÂÂ顯示å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âé¸åÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠ï¼ÂæÂ æ¼¢èª é©ç¨æÂ¼å°ç£æ©Â種@ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼Âã DVD èÂÂå® èªÂ訠åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âé£å å¯è½çÂÂ話@DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®æÂÂ以åÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âç¸åÂÂçÂÂèªÂ訠顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å¯è½çÂÂ話@DVD é¸å®æÂÂ以æÂÂé¸çÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼Âã åÂÂå¹Â顯示 é åÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã é å¨æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂä¾Âé Âè¨ÂæÂ¹å¼Âä¿ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂçÂÂçÂÂæ Âã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å¨å±Â顯示èªÂ訠è±誠î¿ è±誠ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@è¢å¹Â顯示ç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂè±èªÂ顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠î¿ ä¸ÂæÂ ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂé¸çÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯示 ï¼ÂæÂ æ¼¢èª é©ç¨æÂ¼å°ç£橠種ï¼Âã è§Â度æÂÂ示ç é å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示ç¸橠åÂÂ示ã é ä¸Â顯示å¤Âè§Â度æÂÂ示åÂÂ示ã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ æÂÂ人éÂÂå® â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠說æÂÂã DivX (R) VOD Display è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 說æÂÂã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ â å¯æÂÂå®ÂæÂÂè²å¨èÂÂèÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂè·Âé¢ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 30 é Âç æÂÂè² å¨è·Âé¢ ï¼Âã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 28 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 07 29 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠⢠é Âè¨ÂçÂÂç´Âï¼ éÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âå¯Â碼@ç¡ ï¼ é Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼@us ï¼ 2119 ï¼ çºäºÂè®ÂæÂ¨å¯以æÂ§å¶ä¸Âè®ÂæÂ¨çÂÂå°Âå©使ç¨æÂ¨ç DVD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨è§Âè³Âå½±çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ亠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ ãÂÂæÂ äººéÂÂå® ãÂÂçÂÂå 素åÂÂè½ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂ æÂ¨ çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ å¨ 訠置çÂÂçÂÂç´Âè¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂçºä½Âï¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂ便ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¹ æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ´ ãÂÂå 家î¿å°åÂÂ代 碼ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ æÂ¾éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç æÂÂäºÂå ´æÂ¯ï¼Âè¦ÂæÂ¨ 訠置ç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ãÂÂèÂÂå®Âã çÂȎÂÂæÂ°å¯Â碼 è«Â輸堥å¯Â碼以è®ÂæÂ´ ã æÂ äººéÂÂå®Âã ç ç´ÂæÂ è¼¸å ¥ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã 1 1 é¸å ãÂÂå¯Â碼ã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥åÂÂä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼 è¦ÂæÂ´æÂ¹å¯Â碼ï¼Âè« å Â確èªÂç¾æÂ å¯Â碼ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸堥æÂ° ç å¯Â碼ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼ã ï¼Â輸堥ç¾è¡ÂçÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶ å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 輸堥æÂ°å¯Â碼並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã è¨Âç½®î¿æÂ¹è® ãÂÂæÂÂ人éÂÂå®Âã 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ¹è®Âç´Âå¥ã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æÂ¨çÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ°çÂÂçÂÂç´Â並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ î 以éÂÂå®Âå¨æÂ´é«ÂçÂÂ層次 ï¼ÂæÂ´å¤Âç¢Âç éÂÂè¦Â使ç¨å¯Â碼@ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ î 以åÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂå®Â層次 ã æÂ¨ä¸Âè½éÂÂå¨çÂÂç´ 1 ã è¨Âç½®î¿è®ÂæÂ´ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã æÂ¨å¯以å¾Â第 43 é Âç åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® ç¶丠æÂ¾å°ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ家代碼ã ï¼Â輸堥å¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã å¨æÂ¤æÂÂä¾Â堩種è¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Â@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼é¸åÂÂ@使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ以è®ÂæÂ´ãÂÂå 家î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂ代碼é¸å ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î éÂ括Âç¶å¾Â使ç¨æÂ¸ Ã¥ÂÂéµ輸堥åÂÂä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã å¨éÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼ æÂ°ç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã 便章å³çÂÂæÂÂã éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 çº亠讠DivX VOD ï¼Âé¨é¸è¦Âé » ï¼ÂçÂÂ堧容è½å¨æÂ¬ æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¿ é Âå ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容侠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç» éÂÂæÂ¬æ©ÂçÂÂè³ÂæÂÂã æÂ¨ å¯以è ç±ç¢çÂÂä¸Âçµ DivX VOD çÂȎÂÂ代碼 ï¼ ç¼éÂÂ給æÂ¨çÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾Âå®ÂæÂ çÂȎÂÂä½Âæ¥Âã 2 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠DivX VOD 堧容å DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ ç³» çµ±æÂÂä¿Âè· ãÂÂéÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå¶åªæÂÂä¸ÂäºÂç¹宠ã 已çÂȎ çÂÂè£Âç½®æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨æÂ¬æ©Â堧置堥ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂªç¶ÂæÂÂæ¬Â使ç¨ ï¼ å § å« DivX VOD 堧容çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ è¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂ顯示 Authorization Error ï¼ÂæÂÂæ¬Âé¯誤@çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂ堧容亦ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂ註 1 ⢠並éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ種é¡ÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé½é©ç¨ ãÂÂæÂÂ人éÂÂå®ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼ÂèÂÂä¸Â亦ç¡é Âå Â輸堥å¯Â碼æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¿Âè¨Âå¯Â碼ï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂéÂÂè¦Âå°ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨éÂÂç½®æÂÂè½ç»è¨ÂæÂ°çÂÂå¯Â碼 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 ï¼Âã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX (R) V OD å¯Â碼 æÂ¹è®Âç´ÂÃ¥ÂÂ¥ Ã¥ÂÂ家代碼 Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® 2 éÂÂç½®æÂ¬æ© ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 ä¸ÂçÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âè´使æÂ¨å¤±åÂȾ¨çÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代碼ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 29 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 07 30 ChH 顯示æÂ¨ç DivX VOD çÂȎÂÂ代碼 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂé¸頠ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¯ã DivX (R) VOD ã ã 3 é¸å ã Display ãÂÂã è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示æÂ¨çÂÂå «ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代碼ã è«Âè¨Âä¸Â代碼ï¼Âå çºå¨åÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD ä¾ÂæÂÂå çÂȎÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¦Âç¨å°ã æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX î VOD 堧容 æÂÂ亠DivX VOD 堧容å è½ä½Âä¸Âå®ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã å¨ æÂ¨ç½®å ¥å«æÂÂæÂ¤ç¨® DivX VOD 堧容çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå© 餠æÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡ æÂ¸ä¾¿æÂÂ顯示 å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¨ä¾¿ å¯以 鏿ÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¯以ç¨ä¸Âå ¶ä¸Âä¸Â種å©餠æÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸ ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ åÂÂæÂ¢æÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂ妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç½® å ¥ çÂÂæÂ¯å« æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå·²éÂÂç DivX VOD 堧容 ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Âï¼Â堧容ç å©é¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸æÂ¯é¶@ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â便æÂÂ顯示 Rental Expired ï¼Âç§ÂæÂÂå·²éÂÂï¼ çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容å Â許ä¸ÂéÂÂ次æÂ¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ é£ æÂ¨ä¾¿å¯ 以å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂç½® å ¥æÂ¬æ©Âï¼Â並æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¨å¸¸ çÂÂç 堧容ï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸Â亦ä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示任ä½Âè¨ÂæÂ¯ã æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ â¢ é Âè¨Âå¼@3.0m æÂ³ è¦Âå¾ÂæÂ¨ çÂÂ系統ä¸Âç¢ çÂÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âé³ æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå° ç¸è·ÂèÂÂè½ä½Â置堩å´çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨è¨Âå®ÂçºåÂÂçÂÂè·Âé¢ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂè²å¨ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¯ ãÂÂæÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ã ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂè²å¨ã 4 æÂÂ丠î éµ以è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨é è·Âã 5 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµè®ÂæÂ´éÂÂè·Âã â¢ å¨æÂ¨è®ÂæÂ´å·¦åÂÂç½® ï¼ L ï¼ æÂÂå³åÂÂç½® ï¼ R ï¼ÂæÂÂè² å¨çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ ï¼ æÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂéÂÂ跠亦æÂÂç¸å°Âè®ÂæÂ´ã â¢ å·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½® ï¼ L / R ï¼ÂæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âå¯以毠30 cm çºå¢Âå å®ä½Âï¼Âå¾ 30 cm è¨Âè³ 9 m ã 1 ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ï¼ C ï¼Âå¯ 以 âÂÂ2.1 m è³ 0 m çÂÂè·Âé¢ ç¸å°ÂæÂ¼å·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½®ã â¢ å·¦î¿å³ç°繠@SL / SR ï¼ÂæÂÂè²å¨å¯以è¨Âç½®å¾Âå¯ 以 âÂÂ6.0 m è³ 0 m çÂÂè·Âé¢ç¸å°ÂæÂ¼å·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½® æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½®ã 2 ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ ï¼ SW ï¼Âå¯以è¨Âç½®å¾Âå¯以 âÂÂ2.1 m è³ 0 m çÂÂè·Âé¢ç¸å°ÂæÂ¼å·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® ã 6 å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³è¦Âè®ÂæÂ´å ¶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âå¼ï¼Âè« æÂÂ丠î éµ以è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè²å¨渠å®ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以éÂÂåºæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âç«é¢ã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠Display Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX (R) V OD éÂÂ註 1 L å R æÂÂè²å¨åÂÂæÂ¯æÂÂå°ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ç¡æ³ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂä¾Âè¨Âç½®ã 2 å¨使ç¨åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² @第 15 é  ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂ模张@第 16 é  ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Â確實è¨Â置以ç¸åÂÂçÂÂéÂÂè·Âã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ L C R SR SL SW 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m Initial Settings HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 30 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 08 31 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 8 ç« å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨ AM 天ç·ÂæÂÂï¼ å¯使ç¨ 5 m è³ 6 m ä¹Âç¯ åºéÂÂ屬ç·Â並 å®Âè£Âå¨室堧æÂÂ室 å¤ÂãÂÂä¿ÂçÂÂé£æÂ¥ç ç° Ã¥ÂÂ天ç·ÂãÂÂåªè½使ç¨é¨éÂÂç AM ç°åÂÂ天ç·Âã é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨ FM 天ç·ÂæÂÂï¼Âå¯使ç¨ PAL é£æÂ¥é ÂæÂ¥ä¸ ä¸Âçµ FM 天ç·Âã é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå 使 ç¨ç«Âé«Âè²é¡Âæ¯Â輸 å ¥å¯é£æÂ¥å¡å¼ÂéÂÂé³座æÂ MD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨çÂÂå¤Âé¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âç¶Âç±æÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ 飿ÂÂ¥ AUDIO IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè³å¤Â鍿ÂÂæÂ¾è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¡ æ¯Â輸åºä¸Âã å¯使ç¨ RCA éÂÂé ÂÃ¥ÂÂç«Âé«Âè²é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾Âé£æÂ¥ã ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºãÂÂé¸頠ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºã åÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨æ±ºå®Âè²é³徠LINE OUT 端åÂÂ輸åºçÂÂæÂ¹å¼Âã 1 ⢠æÂÂ丠LINE OUT å¯å¨ LINE ON å LINE OFF é è½ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂæÂ¨çÂÂ鏿ÂÂã â¢ LINE ON â å¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂ混縮æÂ 2.1 è²é ï¼Âç«Âé«Âè²@ãÂÂå¾ LINE OUT 端åÂÂç¢çÂÂéÂÂè²é 混縮信èÂÂã â¢ LINE OFF â ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂè²å¨系統çÂÂä¸Âè¬夠è²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ãÂÂè«Â注æÂÂï¼ ä¸ÂæÂÂå¾ LINE OUT 端å ç¢çÂÂä»»ä½Âä¿¡èÂÂã 室å¤Â天締5 m è³ 6 m 室堧天締ï¼Âä¹Âç¯åº塠æÂÂéÂÂ屬ç·Âï¼ AM LOOP ANTENNA PA L é£æÂ¥é  éÂÂ註 1 ⢠éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé³è¨Â輸åº模å¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨å¤ÂæÂ¸é³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨åÂÂ試使ç¨ç¦Âç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Â顯示å±Âä¸Â便æÂÂç°¡çÂÂéÂÂç LINE ON ã é³è¨Â輸åºéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂçÂÂç¦ÂæÂ¢åÂÂè½ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ¹è®Â輸堥åÂÂè½ ï¼ DVD/CD ã TUNER çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂ黿ºÂï¼Âé³è¨Â輸åº模å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã â¢ èÂÂè½ LINE ä¾ÂæºÂè£Âç½®æÂÂï¼Âå°Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨æÂ¤é¸頠ã SURROUND SUB WOO FER FRONT CENTER SPEAKERS (4 ⦠- 6 ⦠) AUD IO R L R R L L R L VIDEO OUT V IDEO Y C R/ P R C B/ P B COMPONENT VIDEO I DEO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL è³é³頻 輸åº HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 31 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 08 32 ChH 飿ÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ S-video 輸堥 ï¼ æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨ æÂ¤ç«¯åÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ÂæºÂè¦Â頻輸åº以å¾ÂæÂ´å¥½çÂÂç«質ã â¢ 使ç¨ S-video é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ S-VIDEO OUT è³ æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸Âç S-video 輸堥ã å¨ æÂÂå ¥å ï¼Âè«Âå°ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç å°Âä¸Âè§Âå°ÂæºÂæÂÂé  ä¸Âç ç¸åÂÂæ¨Â示ã 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ S-video 輸堥 ï¼ æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨ æÂ¤ç«¯åÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ÂæºÂè¦Â頻輸åº以å¾Âå°æÂ´å¥½çÂÂç«質ã 1 ⢠使ç¨è²差è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ COMPONENT VIDEO OUT è³æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂè²差輸堥çµÂã éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ç¸ è¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » æÂ´è½æÂÂæÂÂç å åÂÂå½±åÂÂçÂÂæÂ æÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âç¢çÂÂç¸ ç¶穩å®Âï¼Âç¡跳å ç 影åÂÂãÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » å å¯éÂÂéÂÂè² å·®è¦Â頻輸åº 端åÂÂ輸åºã æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¹Âç¸容æÂ§ã â¢ æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » Macro Vision System Copy Guard ç¸容ã 2 SURR O FR O SP E AUD IO R L R R L R VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL é»è¦Âæ© è³ S-video 輸堥 éÂÂ註 1 è²差è¦Â頻輸åºå¯å¨éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂæ ¼å¼Âä¹ÂéÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 27 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã 2 æ¶Âè²»è æÂÂ注æÂ ï¼ ä¸¦éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂæÂÂ¢åÂÂå®Âå ¨ç¸容ï¼Âä¸Âå¯è½å°Âè´ç«é¢ä¸Âåºç¾人çºé æÂÂçÂÂç¾象 ã å°ÂæÂ¼ 525 éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ ç«é¢åÂÂé¡Âï¼Â建è°使ç¨è å¯å°Âé£æÂ¥ç«¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ ãÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂè§£æÂÂ度ãÂÂ輸åº ï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âä¾Âå 以æÂ¹åÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂç¼çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¨ç¸容 æÂ§æÂ¹é¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âï¼Âè«ÂèÂÂæÂ¬å ¬å¸çÂÂ客æÂÂä¸Âå¿Âè¯繫ã VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP é»è¦Âæ© è³è²差輸堥 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 32 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 08 33 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español éÂÂæÂ¼æÂ§å¶輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ 許å¤Âå ÂéÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé½æÂ¯æÂ´ SR CONTROL é£æÂ¥ï¼ÂæÂ¨åª éÂÂå°Âä»»ä½Â已飿ÂÂ¥ è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§ å¨å°ÂæºÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨Âå ç æÂÂæÂÂå¨ï¼Âå³å¯使 ç¨æÂÂæÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂå¨ æÂ¨ä½¿ç¨éÂÂæÂ§ å¨ æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ§å¶信èÂÂæÂ ç¶Âç±æÂ´åÂÂé£çµÂå° éÂÂé©ç¶çÂÂ訠å ä¸ÂãÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂä¸Âå¥Â娠æ¨Âä¸Âå¿Âå §å å«å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨Âå æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¤ Ã¥ÂÂè½便ç¸ç¶實ç¨ã 注æÂÂå¨æÂ¨ä½¿ ç¨æÂŒÂÂè½æÂÂï¼Âè«Â確宠æÂ¨è³å°ÂæÂÂé£ æÂÂ¥ ä¸ÂçµÂé¡Âæ¯Âé³頻æÂ åÂÂè³堶ä»Âç è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Â以æÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂ¥ å° çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã â¢ å¨ ä»»ä¸Â端 使 ç¨å«å® è² éÂÂè¿·ä½ æÂ é ÂçÂÂé£ æÂÂ¥ ç· ï¼Âå¦ å®@ï¼Âå°Âå ¶ ä» å  é 訠åÂÂä¸Âç CONTROL IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥è³æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âç CONTROL OUT æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã éÂÂå¯è®ÂæÂ¨èÂÂç±尠堶éÂÂæÂ§å¨æÂ åÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¾ÂæÂ§å¶堶 ä» è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 33 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 34 ChH 第 9 ç« å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠ç¢ÂçÂÂî¿堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ æÂ¬æ©Âé©åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂ種é¡Âå ï¼ÂåªÂé«Âï¼ åÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂç¢Âç ã å¯ æÂÂæÂ¾ç ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âèάç¢Âç åÂÂî¿æÂÂç¢Âç å è£Âä¸ÂæÂ æÂ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ ä¸Âä¸Â種æ¨ÂèªÂãÂÂç¶ èÂÂè«Â注æÂÂæÂÂäºÂé¡ åÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯å¯çÂÂéÂÂå¼ CD å DVD ï¼Âå¯è½ä»Â屬æÂ¼ ä¸Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæ ¼å¼Âã æÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾ DVD R/ RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂ¯ FUJIFILM Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â¢ æÂ¯ DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Â亦è KODAK Picture CD ç¸容ã æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âå¯æÂ¯æÂ´è½ç¢çÂÂåªç°ç«質 ã éÂÂè²éÂÂç IEC çÂÂè¶ ç´ VCD æ¨ÂæºÂï¼Â並å¯æÂ¯æÂ´å¯¬å±Âå¹Âç«é¢ã éÂÂæÂ¼ DualDisc çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DualDisc æÂ¯ ä¸Â種堨æÂ°ãÂÂéÂÂé¢çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âä¸Âé¢å¯容 ç´ DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂå½±åÂÂãÂÂè²é³çÂÂï¼Âå¦ä¸Âé¢åÂÂå¯容素é DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻åªÂé«Â堧容ã èÂÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ容ç´Âé DVD é³頻çÂÂä¸Âé¢å ä¸Â符 CD-Audio çÂÂè¦Âæ ¼ï¼ÂæÂ å¯è½æÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DualDisc ç DVD é¢å¯å¨æÂÂ¢åÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DVD-Audio 堧容ä¸Âè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂé DualDisc è¦Âæ ¼çÂÂæÂ´å¤Â詳ç¡è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«Â洽詢碠çÂÂ製é åÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¶å®åÂÂã ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 DVD- Video DVD -R DVD -RW VCD Fu jicolor CD é³頻 CD CD-R CD-RW VIDEO CD Super Video CD ( è¶ ç´ VCD) åªÂé« ç¸容格张CD-R/-RW ⢠CD-Audio ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã ISO 9660 CD-ROM* * 符å ISO 9660 Level 1 æÂ 2 ä¹Â樠æºÂã CD 實é«Âæ ¼å¼Âï¼ Mode1 ã Mode2 XA Form1 ãÂÂè Romeo å Joliet 堩種 æªÂæ¡Â系統ç¸容ã â¢ å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂ段æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå¦ â¢ æÂªæÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå¦ DVD-R/-RW ⢠DVD-Video ï¼Â覠頻模张@ãÂÂ覠頻 éÂÂå½± ï¼ VR ï¼ * ã UDF Bridge DVD-ROM * 編輯黠å¯ è½ç¡æ³Âå®Âå ¨æÂÂ砧編輯 ç æÂ¹ å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ æÂÂæÂ¾å°編輯é»ÂæÂÂç«é¢å¯è½æÂÂæÂ çÂÂæÂ«ç©ºç½çÂÂæÂ å½¢ã â¢ å¤ÂéÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå¦ â¢ æÂªæÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå¦ PC 製你ç¢Âç â¢ 使ç¨ PC éÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯è½æÂÂå çºç¨以 製ä½Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂè»Âé«ÂæÂ¬èº«çÂÂè¨Âç½®èÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂæÂ¤æÂÂï¼Âè«Â檢æÂÂ¥ DVD-R/-RW æÂ CD-R/-RW è»Âé«ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂæÂ´å¤ éÂÂæÂ¼ç¸容æÂ§çÂÂ說æÂÂã â¢ 以å°Âå çÂÂéÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂéÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç¸容ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 34 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 35 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español éÂÂæÂ¼ DVD R/DVD RW ç¸容æÂ§ å å¯æÂÂæÂ¾ä»¥ ãÂÂè¦Â頻模张@DVD-Video 模å¼Âï¼ ã éÂÂ製並已å®ÂæÂÂå°ÂçÂÂç DVD R/DVD RW ãÂÂç¶è @æÂÂäºÂå¨éÂÂå½±æÂÂé æÂÂå®ÂæÂÂçÂÂç·¨ 輯堧容å¯è½æÂÂç¡ 泠精確å°æÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX DivX æÂ¯ç±ä¾Âèª DivX, Inc. ç DivX î è¦Â頻編碼æÂ è¡ æÂÂ建章çÂÂä¸Â種å£Â縮æÂ¸ä½ è¦Â頻格å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯æÂ æÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå¨ CD-R/-RW å DVD-R/-RW/-ROM ç¢Âç ä¸Âç DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ÂãÂÂä¿ÂæÂÂè DVD-Video ç¸å çÂÂè¡Â誠@ç¨ç¹ç DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱你ãÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âã ã çÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âå¨çº CD-R/-RW æÂ DVD-R/-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂ丠ç æªÂæ¡Âî¿ æ¨Âé¡Âå½åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Âè¨Âä½ å®ÂÃ¥ÂÂåºæÂ¬ä¸Âå°ÂæÂ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯ÂçÂÂé ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DivX è¦Âé »ç¸容æÂ§ ⢠æÂ£å¼ DivX î Certified ç¢åÂÂã â¢ æÂ¡ç¨ DivX î åªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¹å¼ ï¼ÂæÂ æÂ¾ æÂÂæÂÂçÂÂæÂÂ DivX î å½±åÂÂ堧容 ï¼Âå« DivX î 6 ï¼ ã 1 â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ .avi å .divx ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂå¯檠åÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âï¼ ã è«Â注 æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¡ç¨ .avi 坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ辨è æÂ MPEG4 ï¼Âä½ÂæÂ æÂ é 亠檠æ¡Â並é 丠宠æÂ¯ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âï¼Â亦å æÂ¤ä¸Âè¦Âå¾Âè½å¨æÂ¬æ©Â丠æÂÂæÂ¾ã 顯示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂ桠以 ä¸ÂæÂÂå çº DivX å¤Âé¨ Ã¥ÂÂå¹Â檠æ¡ÂæÂÂé©ç¨ç åÂÂå çµÂãÂÂæÂ¨ å¯以è ç±è¨Âå®Âè½符 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âç åÂÂ幠誠訠ï¼Âå¨第 27 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ¼è¢å¹Âä¸Â覠å°æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂã 2 群絠1 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq), Basque( å·´æÂ¯å  èª ) (eu), Catalan( Ã¥ÂÂæ³°ç¾ å°¼äºÂ誠) (ca), Danish( 丹麥誠) (da), Dutch( è·èÂÂ誠) (nl), English( è±誠) (en), Faroese ( æ³Â羠誠) (fo), Finnish( èÂÂ誠) (fi), French( æ³Â誠) (fr), German( 德誠) (de), Icelandic( å°島誠) (is), Irish( æÂÂç¾è é³頻å£Â縮 ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3) ã Wi ndows Media Audio (WMA) ã MPEG-4 AAC ⢠åÂÂ樣頻çÂÂï¼ 32 kHz/44.1 kHz/48 kHz ⢠ä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼Âä»»ä½Âå³輸ç ï¼Â建è°æÂ¡ç¨ 128 kbps 以ä¸Â@⢠VBR ï¼Âå¯è®Âä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼ MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå¦ â¢ WMA ç¡失çÂÂ編碼ï¼Âå¦ â¢ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ ç¸容æÂ§ï¼ ç¸容 ï¼Âå DRM ä¿Âè·ä¹Â鳿¨ÂæªÂæ¡Âå° ç¡泠å¨æÂ¬ æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ãÂÂï¼ â¢ å¯æªÂå @.mp3 ã .wma ã .m4a ï¼ÂéÂÂ使 ç¨éÂÂäºÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂ以婿ÂÂæÂ¾æ©Â辨 è MP3/ WMA/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼Âä¸Â張碠çÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âæ¯Âå è³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾åÂÂ檠桠ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ JPEG æªÂ桠⢠Baseline JPEG å EXIF 2.2* éÂÂæ Â影堿ªÂæ¡Âå¯é 3072 x 2048 è§£æÂÂ度ç«素* çºæÂ¸ä½Âç¸æ©Âå°Âç¨ä¹ÂæªÂæ¡Â格张⢠éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ JPEG ç¸容æÂ§ï¼Âå¦ â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ .jpg ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂå¯檠åÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è JPEG æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼Âä¸Âå¼µ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Â毠åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾å æªÂæ¡ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ åªÂé« ç¸容格张éÂÂ註 1 ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å®¹éÂÂ大æÂ¼ 4 GB ç .avi è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âã 2 ⢠å¨å¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¨å @æÂ¬æ©Âå¯æÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âæ ¼å¼ÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱 ï¼Âè«Â注æÂÂï¼ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡Âä¸ÂæÂÂå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®ä¸Â顯示@@.srt ã .sub ã .ssa ã .smi ⢠æÂÂäºÂå¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âå¯è½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºé¡¯ç¤ºæÂÂå®Âå ¨ç¡æ³Â顯示ã â¢ å½±çÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂæªÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿ é ÂéÂÂè¤Âåºç¾å¨å¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ÂæªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂä¸Âå½±çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âè½夠åÂÂæÂÂçÂÂå¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¸éÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå¤ÂéÂÂå®Âçº 10 ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 35 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 36 ChH 誠)(ga), Italian( 義大å©誠) (it), Norwegian ( æÂªå¨Â誠)(no), Portuguese( è¡èÂÂçÂÂ誠) (pt), Rhaeto-Romanic( éÂÂæÂÂç¾ æÂ¼ æÂ¯èª ) (rm), Scottish( èÂÂæ ¼èÂÂ誠) (gd), Spanish( 西çÂÂçÂÂ誠) (es), Swedish( çÂÂ堸誠) (sv) 群絠2 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq), Croatian( å Âç¾ å 西äºÂ誠) (hr), Czech( æÂ·å Â誠) (cs), Hungarian( Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂå©誠) (hu), Polish( æ³¢èÂÂ誠) (pl), Romanian( 羠馬尼äºÂ誠) (ro), Slovak( æÂ¯æ´Âä¼Âå Â誠) (sk), Slovenian( æÂ¯æ´Âç¶Âå°¼äºÂ誠) (sl) 群絠3 ï¼ Bulgarian( ä¿Âå å©äºÂ誠) (bg), Byelorussian( ç½ä¿Âç¾ æÂ¯èª ) (be), Macedonian( 馬堶é Â誠)(mk), Russian( ä¿Â誠)(ru), Serbian( å¡Âç¾ç¶ÂäºÂ誠) (sr), Ukrainian( çÂÂå ÂèÂÂ誠) (uk) 群絠4 ï¼ Hebrew( å¸Â伯ä¾Â誠) (iw), Yiddish( æÂÂ第ç·Â誠) (ji) 群絠5ï¼ Turkish( Ã¥ÂÂè³堶誠) (tr) DivX ã DivX Certified 以åÂÂç¸éÂÂæ¨ÂèªÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯ DivX, Inc. çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âï¼Â並ç²æÂÂæ¬Â使ç¨ã éÂÂæÂ¼ MPEG-4 AAC AAC ï¼ Advanced Audio Coding ï¼ÂæÂ¯ MPEG-4 AAC æ¨ÂæºÂçÂÂæ ¸å¿ÂæÂÂ衠@主è¦ÂçµÂå MPEG-2 AAC ï¼ æÂ¯æ§ÂæÂ MPEG-4 é³頻å£Â縮æÂÂè¡ÂçÂÂåºç¤ÂãÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨ çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âæ ¼å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¦Âç¨以é²衠AAC æªÂæ¡Âç·¨ 碼çÂÂæÂÂç¨ç¨Âå¼ÂèÂÂå®ÂãÂÂæÂ¬æ©Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾ç± iTunes î æÂ ç·¨ç¢¼ï¼Â坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂçº ã .m4a ãÂÂç AAC æªÂæ¡Âã DRM æÂÂä¿ è·çÂÂ檠æ¡Âä¸Âè½ æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以å ç±æÂÂ亠iTunes î ç æÂ¾ÂÂç·¨ 碼çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âä¹ å¯è½ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ檠åÂÂå¯ è½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºé¡¯ç¤ºã Apple å iTunes Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¯ Apple Inc. æÂ¼ç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ä»ÂÃ¥ÂÂ家註 Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¯æÂÂæÂ¾ Windows Media Audio çÂÂ堧容 ã WMA æÂ¯ Windows Media Audio çÂÂ縮寫ï¼Âä¸Âçº Microsoft Corporation æÂ ç Âç¼åºä¾Âç é³頻å£Â縮 æÂÂè¡ ã WMA 堧容 坿ÂÂç¨ Windows Media î Player version 7/7.1 ï¼ Windows Media î Player for Windows î XP ï¼ÂæÂ Windows Media î Player 9 Series çÂÂè»Âé«Âé²è¡Â編碼ã Windows Media æÂ¯ Microsoft Corporation å¨ ç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂÂ¢åÂÂå« Microsoft Corporation æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¹ÂæÂ è¡Âï¼ÂæÂªç¶ Microsoft Licensing, Inc. æÂÂæ¬Âè @ä¸Âå¾Âä»»æÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂæÂ£ä½Âã ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· æÂÂæÂ¿ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¿ Ã¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¡ä½Âå ¶ éÂÂ緣以å Âå¨ ç¢ÂçÂÂä»»ä½Â丠é¢ çÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂç´ÂãÂÂç°塵 æÂÂå®çÂÂãÂÂå·²ç¶ÂæÂ å£ÂæÂÂé«Â污ç ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå½±é¿æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæÂÂè½ã 妠æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç æÂÂæÂÂç´ÂãÂÂç°塵ç ä¸Âæ½Âç©ï¼Âè«Â使ç¨ æÂÂè»ÂãÂÂä¹¾çÂ¥çÂÂå¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¦æÂÂ乾淨ã 諠ç´åÂÂè¼Âè¼Âç±ç¢Âç ä¸Â央åÂÂå¤ÂæÂ¦ æÂÂãÂÂè«Âå¿以ç«å çÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂ¦æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ表é¢ã 妠æÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âè«Âç¨æÂ å¸Âæ²¾ä¸Âé Âç²¾ï¼ÂæÂ å¸Â颿ÂÂ購買 ç CD/DVD 渠æ½Â工堷ä¾ÂæÂ´å¾¹åºÂ渠æ½Âç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂçµÂ丠使 ç¨æÂ®ç¼åÂÂãÂÂç¨ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ å ¶ä»Âè¨Âè¨Âç¨ ä¾Â渠æ½Âé»Âè å±çÂÂçÂÂ渠æ½ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å²æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ é¿å Âå°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂå¨太å·ãÂÂ太æ¿ÂæÂÂ太ç± ï¼Âå æÂŒÂÂå° é½ å Âç´å°Âï¼ÂçÂÂç°墠ä¸ÂãÂÂä¸Âè¦Âå°Âç´Âå¼µ æÂÂè²¼ç´Âé»Âå¨ 碠çÂÂä¸Âï¼ÂæÂÂç¨éÂÂçÂÂãÂÂé¼ ç çÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä» å°Âé³çÂÂæÂ¸å¯« ç¨堷å¨ä¸Âé¢æÂ¸å¯«ãÂÂéÂÂ樣æÂÂæÂÂå£Âç¢ÂçÂÂã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂé¿å ÂäºÂ頠碠çÂÂä¿Â以é«ÂéÂÂå¨æÂ¬ æ©Âå §æÂÂè½ÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂ ç¢ÂçÂÂç¼çÂÂç è£ÂãÂÂ碠è£ÂãÂÂæÂÂæÂ²æÂÂå ¶ä» æÂÂå£ÂæÂ å½¢ï¼Âè«Âå¿ Ã¥ÂÂéª置 æÂ¼æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂçµÂæÂ¨å¯è½æÂÂ使æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂå£Âã æÂ¬ æ©Âå¨訠訠ä¸Âçºå å¯使ç¨ å³ çµ±ãÂÂå ¨åÂÂç 碠çÂÂã 堠éÂÂè²æÂÂï¼Âå°ÂæÂ¼å 使ç¨ è®Âå½¢çÂÂç¢Âç æÂÂå¼Âèµ·çÂÂæÂ æÂÂ責任ï¼Âæ¦Âä¸Â負責ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 36 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 37 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español DVD Video é©ç¨å°å æÂÂæÂÂç DVD Video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå°ä¸Âå°åÂÂæ¨Â示@以æÂÂåº該ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ¼å ¨çÂÂé©ç¨çÂÂå°å ãÂÂæÂ¨ç DVD ç³» 統亦æÂÂä¸Âå° Ã¥ÂÂæ¨Â示 ï¼Âå°± å¨èÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âï¼ ãÂÂä¾Âèª 丠ç¸容å°åÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå° ç¡æ³Âå¨æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 樠示 ALL çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯å¨任ä½ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã ç¶æÂ¨æÂÂ堥丠çÂÂæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨ç¡泠æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂç¢Âç æÂÂï¼Âå° æÂÂåºç¾以ä¸Âè¨ÂæÂ¯ï¼ éÂÂ堼容ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ碼 ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 æÂ¬å ¬å¸å¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂª ä¾Â幾年堧é½ è½ç¡æÂ çÂÂ享ç¨æÂ¬ ç³» çµ±ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¨é¸æÂ å®Âè£Âé¨ä½ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¬ è«Âç¢è¨Â以丠å é»Âï¼ åÂÂå¿ ... î å¨éÂÂ風è¯好çÂÂ室堧使ç¨ã î 置æÂ¼å¹³å¦ãÂÂæ°´å¹³çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸æ¡ÂãÂÂæÂ±æÂ¶æÂÂé³é¿æÂ¶ 丠ã åÂÂå¿ ... î å¨é«Â溫æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂå°é»Â使ç¨ï¼Âå æÂ¾ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂç¢ çÂÂé«Âç±çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Âã î 置æÂ¼çªÂ檯æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂ使系統åÂÂå°é½å Âç´å°ÂçÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨å¤Âç°æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂç°å¢Âä¸Â使ç¨ã î ç´æÂ¥æÂº å¨ æÂ´å¤§æ©ÂæÂÂé³é¿系 çµ± 裡使ç¨æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ漸讠ç±çÂÂå ¶ä»Âå Âä»¶ä¸Âã î å¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂ顯示å¨éÂÂè¿Â使ç¨ï¼Âå çºæÂÂå¯è½æÂÂç¢ç 干æÂ¾ ç¹åÂ¥æÂ¯å¦ÂæÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂ使ç¨室堧天ç·ÂæÂÂã î å¨å»ÂæÂ¿ æÂ å ¶ä»ÂæÂÂ使系統æÂ´ é² å¨æ¿Âç ÂæÂÂè¸氣ä¹Â丠çÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨åÂÂæ¯Â毯æÂ å°毯ä¸Â使ç¨ï¼ÂæÂ è¦ÂèÂÂå¸ÂæÂ é 樣 å¯ è½æÂÂ妨ç¤Â系統主æ©ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºæÂ£ç±æÂÂæÂÂã î 置æÂ¼ä¸Â平穩çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂæÂÂé¢ç©Âä¸Â足以æÂ¯æÂÂ系統主橠åÂÂè ³çÂÂ表é¢ä¸Âã 渠æ½Âè®Â寫é ÂæÂ DVD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨çÂÂè®Â寫é Âä¸Âè¬使ç¨æÂ¯ä¸ÂæÂÂå¼Âé«ÂçÂÂï¼ ä½ å¦Âå æÂ äºÂÃ¥ÂÂå ç©Âç° æÂÂé«Â污æÂÂï¼Âè«Â洽詢æÂ¨ æÂÂå¨ å° çÂÂå Âé æÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ丠å¿ÂãÂÂéÂÂç¶è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé Â渠潠åÂÂ丠è¬ å¸Âé¢丠é½å¯買å¾Âå°ï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¬å ¬ å¸ä¸Â建è°使ç¨以 å Âå¯è½é æÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé ÂæÂÂå£Âã 水氣åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂ顠妠æÂÂå°ÂæÂ¬ æ©Âç±溫æÂÂçÂÂ室堧 æÂŒÂ°å®¤å¤Âï¼ÂæÂÂ室堧溫 度 é½ç¶丠åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå §é¨便å¯è½æÂ æÂÂæ°´æ°£åÂÂçµÂãÂÂé ç¶ Ã¥ÂÂçµÂç 水氣ä¸ÂæÂÂå°ÂæÂ¬æ© é æÂÂæÂÂå£Âï¼Âä½Âå¯è½æÂ ä½¿ æÂÂè½ç æÂÂéÂÂå §åÂÂå°影é¿ãÂÂè« è®Âå ¶æÂÂä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂç æÂÂéÂÂæÂ¢å¾©è³è¼ÂæÂÂç±çÂÂ溫度ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¡ÂéÂÂæ©Âã æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂå¿ è¦Âç§»åÂÂå°主橠@ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âå §æÂÂç¢Âç @è«Âå Âå°Âå ¶åÂÂåºï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ON å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂãÂÂçÂÂå°è¢å¹Âä¸Âç GOOD BYE Ã¥ÂÂ樣æ¶Â失å¾Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Â黿ºÂæÂÂé ÂæÂÂ丠ã 1 çµÂä¸Âå¯å¨ æÂ æÂ¾æÂ éÂÂå°Â主 æ© è 起æÂÂæÂ¬ å å¯ è½ æÂÂ使é«ÂéÂÂæÂÂè½Âä¸ÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå£Âã ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂè½æÂ¶éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種çÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾Âï¼Âç¯Âä¾ å¾Âä¸Â荺 4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âç¯Âç®å°ç«é¢æ¯Âä¾Âé«Âé 7:3 ç CinemaScope 寬è¢å¹Âé»影 2 é½å¯以ã éÂÂ註 1 å¦Âå¨ GOOD BYE Ã¥ÂÂ樣èªè¢å¹Âä¸Âæ¶Â失åÂÂ便å°Â主æ©ÂæÂÂé ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂ使系統æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» çÂÂè¨Âç½®ã 2 許å¤Â寬è¢å¹Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂç¡è¦Â系統çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä¸Â管è¨Âå®Âå¼çºä½Âï¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂ以 ã letterbox ãÂÂçÂÂæ ¼å¼Â顯示ã Additional_information.fm Page 37 Friday, March 2, 2007 2:19 PM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 38 ChH é»è¦Âæ©Âä¹ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾ ï¼ ä¾Â妠ãÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂã ç 4:3 以åÂÂ寬å±Âå¹ 16:9 ã 1 é»è¦Â系統è¨Âç½® ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼å°ç£æ©Âå æÂ¬ 系統çÂÂé Âè¨Âå¼çº AUTO ï¼Âé¤é æÂ¨å¨æÂÂæÂ¾é¨å 碠çÂÂæÂÂ注 æÂÂå°影åÂÂæÂ å¤±çÂÂç¾象ï¼Âå¦åÂÂè«Â尠堶訠置çº AUTO ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç¼ç¾å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂç« é¢ åºç¾失 çÂÂçÂÂæÂ å½¢ï¼Âè«Âå° é»è¦Â系統è¨Âç½®æÂ ç¬¦å æÂ¨ æÂÂå¨å 家æÂÂå°åÂÂç 系統ãÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂ樣丠ä¾Âå¯ è½ æÂÂéÂÂå¶ æÂ¨å¯以è§Âç çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡ÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå å°Â砧表 @以 äºÂè§£åÂÂ種 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂé© ç¨çÂÂè¨Âå® å¼ ï¼ AUTO ã PAL å NTSC ï¼ ã 2 1 å°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ以é¸æÂ TV SYS ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é»è¦Âæ©Â系統æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¦Âä¸Â@⢠AUTO î NTSC ⢠NTSC î PAL ⢠PAL î AUTO 系統æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂå¨è¦Âå° WELCOME å¾Âï¼Âå¾Â顯示å±Âä¸ÂçÂÂè¦ÂæÂ°çÂÂé»è¦Â系統è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 3 é »çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âç½® 妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç¼ç¾æÂ¨ç¡泠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調é¸å° éÂȌ°ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表示頻 çÂÂéÂÂè·Âå¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂã 1 å°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å AM 9K/10K ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å AM 9K æÂ AM 10K ï¼Âç¶ å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂéÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ è«ÂæÂÂ砧以ä¸ÂæÂ¥é©ÂéÂÂéÂÂèªåÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ ï¼ÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂè½ æÂÂå¨é¦Â次æÂÂä¸Â黿ºÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼ 1 é ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¾ æ©ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸æÂ DEMO ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î å°é¸ å DEMO OFF 並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã è¨Âç½®æÂ 4:3 (Letter Box) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢幠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Â齿ÂÂåºç¾黠è²æ¢ÂéÂÂã è¨Âç½®æÂ 4:3 (Pan&Scan) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢幠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âå·¦å³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂªç çÂÂæÂ å½¢ãÂÂéÂÂç¶ç«é¢çÂÂèµ·ä¾Â大äºÂï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¨ çÂÂå°çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¯å¯¦éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´åÂÂç«é¢ã éÂÂ註 1 â¢å¦ÂæÂÂ卿¨Â溠4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ¡ç¨ 16:9 ï¼Â寬@çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂæÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¡ç¨任ä½Âä¸Â種 4:3 è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Â便æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢失çÂÂã â¢ ç¶æÂ¨è§Âè³Â以 4:3 æ ¼å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂç¢Âç @æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨é»è¦ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ä¾Â鏿ÂÂå½±åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂ¹å¼ ã æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ縮æÂ¾åÂÂ伸 å±ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Âç´°ç¯Âé¨åÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ æÂÂäºÂé»影çÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾ÂæÂÂè¼ 16:9 寬ï¼Âå æÂ¤å³使æÂ¯ä½¿ç¨寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©Âï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä»Âç¶æÂÂ以 ã letterbox ãÂÂçÂÂ樣å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 2 å¤ÂæÂ¸æÂ°åÂÂç PAL é»è¦Âæ©Â系統å¯åµ測 50 Hz ï¼ PAL ï¼ /60 Hz ï¼ NTSC @@並å¯èªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¯å¹ ï¼ ä»¥æ¶Âé¤顯示ç«é¢ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¶ç¸® ç¾象ã ä¸ÂéÂÂï¼ æÂÂäºÂæÂ æ³ÂæÂ¯å½±åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ä¸Âåºè²彩ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç PAL TV æ²ÂæÂ V-Hold æÂ§å¶åÂÂè½@便æÂÂå çº NTSC ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂèÂÂç¡ æ³Âè§ÂçÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ V-Hold æÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ調æÂ´ç´å°ç«é¢åÂÂæÂ¢æ»¾åÂÂçºæÂ¢ãÂÂé¨åÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸Âï¼Âç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¶ç¸®çÂÂç¾象ï¼Âè´ 使è¢å¹Âä¸Âä¸Âå ©å´çÂÂæÂÂé»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã æÂÂæÂ¾å¨è¨Âå®Âå¼ åªÂé«Âé¡Âå 系統 格张NTSC PAL AUTO DVD/ è¶ ç´ VCD/ VCD/DivX è¦Âé » NTSC NTSC PAL NTSC PAL NTSC PAL PAL CD/MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC/ JPEG/ ç¡ç¢Âç â NTSC PAL NTSC æÂ PAL 3 é²è¡Âæ¯Âé  è¨Âå®Âå¼è®ÂæÂ´ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¿ é Âå Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ© ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON ï¼Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 38 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 39 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ 人åÂÂç¶Â常é¯å°Âä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºä¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç¶æÂÂ系統æÂ éÂÂæÂÂç°常ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨èªÂçºæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂé£裡ä¸Âå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé» é²è¡Â檢æÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âå¯è½æÂ¯ä¾Âèª堶ä»Âè£Âç½®ãÂÂè«Âä»Â細檢æÂ¥å ¶ä»Â使ç¨ä¸ÂçÂÂè£Âç½®åÂÂéÂȌ¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂ¥ èÂÂéÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé»Âå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ÂéÂÂæÂ¯ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¹å @è«Âå°±è¿Â洽詢æÂ¨çÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂç¶Âé·å @åÂÂä¾Â代çºç¶Âä¿® ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ± æÂ¯å çºåÂÂå°éÂÂé» çÂÂå¤Âä¾ÂæÂÂæÂÂè´使 ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£å¸¸æÂÂä½Âï¼Âè«Â尠黿ºÂæÂÂé Âå¾Â輸åº æÂÂ座ä¸ÂæÂÂ丠åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå»ï¼Â以åÂÂ復æÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂä½ÂçÂÂæ Âã ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ åÂÂ顠解決辦泠黿ºÂæ²ÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂçªÂç¶ éÂÂæ© ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¯è½æÂ æÂÂä¸Âé¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯é¡¯ç¤ºï¼ ã â¢ éÂÂéÂÂæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«ÂçÂÂå¾ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂã â¢ 確å®Â主æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂç·ÂæÂÂç¡é¬Âè«çÂÂæÂ å½¢ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂé¬Âè«ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂé æÂÂ系統èªåÂÂéÂÂæ©Âã â¢ 檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã â¢ 確å®Â主黿ºÂçÂÂé»å£Â確實é©ç¨æÂ¼æÂŒÂÂæ©Â種ã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂ試éÂÂä½Âé³éÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âä»Âç¶åÂÂå¨ï¼Âè«Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂè³æÂÂè¿ÂçÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¶Âé·å èÂÂæÂ¥åÂÂç¶Âä¿®ã é¸æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¾Âï¼Âæ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ 輸åºã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£ä½¿ç¨å¤Âé¨輸堥ï¼Âè«Â確å®Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢º ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 31 é Âç é£ æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå ï¼Âã â¢ æÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç MUTE 以éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂé³åÂÂè½ã â¢ 調é«Âé³éÂÂã æ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ä¾Âèªç°ç¹Âè²æÂ ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ã â¢ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 10 é Âç è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é 以檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨ä½ÂæºÂã â¢ ç¶ TUNER æÂ LINE é¸åÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨åªè½以ç«Âé«Âè²è½åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂãÂÂå°Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ DVD/CD æÂ USB ç¢çÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂ鳿ÂÂã â¢ 確èªÂéÂÂ製模å¼Âå°ÂæÂªåÂÂå ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 31 é Âç ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºã é¸頠çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂï¼ ã â¢ 確å®ÂæÂ¨ä¸¦æÂªé¸æÂ STEREO çÂÂ鳿ÂÂ模张ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 15 é Âç 以ç°ç¹Âè²è è½ ï¼Âã â¢ æÂ£ç¢ºå°å°ÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂ¥ä¸ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂä½ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ã â¢ æÂ´æÂÂé»池ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ è«Âå¨ 7 m å §çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以 30 ð çÂÂè§Â度å°ÂæºÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂä½ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Â裠æÂÂå ãÂÂï¼Âã â¢ ç§»é¤éÂÂç¤Âç©æÂÂå¾Âå ¶ä»Âä½Âç½®æÂÂä½Âã â¢ é¿å ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨åÂÂå°é½å Âç´å°Âã â¢ å¦Âè¦ÂæÂÂä½Âå ¶ä»Âå ÂéÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè«Â確å®Âå·²æÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶é£æÂ¥ç·ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âæ¯Âé³頻é£æÂ¥ç·Âã 顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示 TRAYLOCK ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¡ æ³ÂéÂÂåºç¢Âç¤ã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î OPEN/CLOSE ï¼ÂéÂÂåºï¼Âéµä¸ÂæÂ¾ç´Âå «ç§ÂéÂÂãÂÂæÂ¥èÂÂ便å¯使 ç¨ î OPEN/CLOSE ï¼ÂéÂÂåºï¼Âéµä¾ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 39 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 40 ChH DVD/CD/VCD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ è¢å¹Âä¸Âåºç¾ SND. DEMO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥åÂÂæÂ§å¶ã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼Âéµä¸ÂæÂ¾ç´ÂäºÂç§ÂéÂÂãÂÂç¢Âç¤æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºï¼Â表示 ãÂÂ鳿ÂÂå±Â示ãÂÂ模å¼Âå·²åÂÂæ¶Âã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂé åºã â¢ 渠æ½Âç¢ÂçÂÂ並å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºå°ÂæºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âæ§½ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂ DVD-video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå°åÂÂ代碼èÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂ代碼ä¸Âç¸符ï¼Â該ç¢ÂçÂÂ便ä¸Âè½ 使ç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 37 é Âç DVD Video é©ç¨å°å @ãÂÂå¨æÂ¤æÂ æ³Âä¸Âï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåº ç¾ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ï¼ éÂÂ堼容ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ碼 î¿ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç ã â¢ è®ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨堧é¨çÂÂæ°´æ°£æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¸ç¼ãÂÂé¿å Âå¨空調è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Â使ç¨æÂ¬æ©Âã ç¡æ³Âé²è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂï¼Âè«ÂéÂÂæÂ°å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæ¨Â籤颿ÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¾å ¥ã 影åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸ÂæÂ¢ï¼Âä¸ÂæÂÂéµ ç¡æ³Â使ç¨ã â¢ æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂ括Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å Âå°Â黿ºÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ON æÂÂéµå°Â黿ºÂæÂ éÂÂã è¨Âå®Âå¼堨鍿¶Âé¤ã â¢ 黿ºÂç¼çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·æÂÂï¼Âå°ÂæÂÂæ¶Âé¤è¨Âå®Âå¼ã æ²ÂæÂÂå½±åÂÂî¿æ²ÂæÂÂè²彩ã â¢ 檢æÂ¥é£ç·ÂæÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºä»¥åÂÂæÂÂé ÂæÂ¯å¦å®Âå ¨æÂÂå ¥ã â¢ æÂ¥é±é»è¦Âæ©Âî¿顯示å¨çÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以確å®Âè¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã â¢ èÂ¥æÂ¯é¸å éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å»已ç¨è²差è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾Âé£æÂ¥éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂä¿¡èÂÂä¸Âç¸ 容çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âï¼Âå°Âå®Âå ¨ç¡æ³ÂçÂÂå°任ä½Âç«é¢ãÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂæÂÂæÂ S-video 端åÂÂæÂ¥ä¸Âé»覠æ©Âå¾Âï¼Âè«Âå° è²差è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼è®ÂæÂ´çº éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 27 é Âç è¦Â頻輸 åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼Âã è¢å¹Âç«é¢æÂÂé·æÂÂæ¯Âä¾Âæ² è®Âã â¢ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºãÂÂéÂÂæÂ°è¨Âç½®é»è¦Âæ©Âè¢å¹ÂçÂÂé¸頠ï¼Â使堶èÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨ çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âî¿顯示å¨ç¸符 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 27 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼Âã ç¶å¨ VCR ä¸ÂæÂÂéÂÂé AV 鏿ÂÂå¨é²è¡ÂéÂÂ製ï¼Â便æÂ å¹²æÂ¾å°影åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂ¬ç³»çµ±çºæÂ¡ç¨é²æÂ·æÂÂè¡Âï¼Â以é¿å ÂéÂÂé VCR æÂ AV 鏿ÂÂå¨ç¼çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂÂå½±åÂÂæÂ¹ é¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã ç«é¢å¨æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°干 æÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ä¸ÂçÂÂæ¼Âé»Âã â¢ æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨è Macro-Vision System é²æÂ·ç³»çµ±ç¸容ãÂÂæÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«é²æÂᏬÂèÂÂï¼ èÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âå¨ç«é¢ä¸Âä¸ÂäºÂå°æÂ¹æÂÂåºç¾å¦Âç·Âæ¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂéÂÂ訠ï¼Âè¦Â使ç¨ çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¼ÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ ãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âç¹åÂ¥çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨åÂÂè½åÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂéÂÂå¯è½æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢å¨åÂÂè½å·è¡Âç¶æÂÂï¼ çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾æ¼Âé»ÂæÂÂè¼Âå¾®æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç¾象ãÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Â便å çºç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ堧容ä¹ÂéÂÂçÂʌᨍ°èÂÂæÂ´å çªÂ顯ï¼Âä½Â並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂ éÂÂæÂÂè´ã DVD è CD é³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 å·®ç°ã â¢ DVD è CD 使ç¨çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂ¹å¼Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 40 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 41 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 調諧å¨ USB 飿ÂÂ¥ ç¡æ³Â辨è CD-ROM 碠çÂÂã â¢ 確宠CD-ROM æÂ¯ä½¿ç¨ ISO 9660 çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂéÂÂ製ãÂÂæÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§ç è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 34 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã ç¡æ³Â辨è DVD-ROM 碠çÂÂã â¢ 確宠DVD-ROM æÂ¯æÂ¡ç¨ UDF bridge æ ¼å¼ÂéÂÂ製ãÂÂæÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§çÂÂè³ è¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 34 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã æªÂæ¡Âç¡æ³Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿ ç¸çÂÂçÂÂ覽å¨ç¶ä¸Â顯示ã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âå¿ é Â以æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂå½åÂÂï¼Âè¬å¦Âï¼ MP3 æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .mp3 ï¼ WMA æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .wma ï¼ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .m4a ï¼ JPEG æÂ¡ç¨ .jpg ï¼Â大寫 æÂÂå°Â寫é½å¯以@ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 34 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 說æÂÂã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ WMA æÂ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âã â¢ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡ÂçºæÂ¡ç¨ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠æÂ¶è½éÂȌ°廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 çÂÂéÂÂé³ã â¢ è«ÂæÂ¥ä¸ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã ï¼Â並å 以調æÂ´æÂ¹åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Â以å¾Âå° æÂÂä½³çÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æ¢Âä»¶ãÂÂæÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸Âæ¢Â堧鍿ÂÂå¤Âé¨ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 31 é Âç é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締ï¼Âã â¢ å®Â堨伸å±Âé FM ç·ÂÃ¥ÂÂ天ç·Âï¼Â調æÂ´æÂÂä½³æÂ¥æÂ¶çÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Âç¶å¾Âåºå®ÂæÂ¼çÂÂä¸ÂãÂÂæÂ¨ä¹ å¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂçµÂå¤Âé¨ FM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 31 é Âç é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締ï¼Âã â¢ éÂÂéÂÂå ¶ä»Âå¯è½é æÂÂéÂÂè¨ÂçÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå°Â堶移走ã â¢ 調諧éÂÂè·Âä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶æÂÂå°åÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 38 é Âç 頻çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âç½® ç 說æÂÂ以åÂÂæÂÂ調諧éÂÂéÂÂã èªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶ å°æÂÂäºÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ éÂȌ°è¨ÂèÂÂ微弱ãÂÂèªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½å è½åµ測å°è¨ÂèÂÂç¼å°Âè¯好çÂÂç¡ç·ÂéÂȌ°ãÂÂæÂ³è¦ ç²å¾ÂæÂ´å éÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ調諧æ¢Âä»¶ï¼Âå¯æÂ¥ä¸Âä¸ÂçµÂ室å¤Â天ç·Âã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠æÂ¬ç³»çµ±ç¡æ³Â辨è USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½®ã â¢ 確å®Â已尠USB æÂ¥é Âå®Âå ¨æÂÂå ¥æÂ¬æ©Âå §ã â¢ 確èªÂè¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âæ ¼å¼Âçº FAT16 æÂ FAT32 ã â¢ ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ´å §å»ºæÂ USB éÂÂç·Âå¨ç USB è£Âç½®ã æªÂæ¡Âç¡æ³Âå¨å°Â覽å¨î¿ ç¸çÂÂçÂÂ覽å¨ä¸Â顯示ã â¢ æªÂæ¡Âå¿ é Âè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè¬å¦Âï¼ MP3 æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .mp3 ï¼ WMA æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .wma ï¼ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .m4a ï¼ JPEG æÂ¡ç¨ .jpg ï¼Â大寫æÂÂå°Â寫é½å¯以@ã â¢ 確å®ÂæªÂæ¡Â許坿¬ÂæÂªåÂÂéÂÂå¶ ï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂå¯Â碼çÂÂï¼ ã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ WMA æÂ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âã â¢ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡ÂçºæÂ¡ç¨ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 41 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 42 ChH é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 諠使ç¨å é¢æÂ¿æÂ§å¶å°Â系統 è¨Âå®Âå¼éÂÂæÂ° è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» é Âè¨Âå¼ã â¢ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂ系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON 並æÂÂä½ î USB ã 丠次å¨æÂ¨ éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂç³» çµ±è¨Âå®Âå¼é½å°ÂæÂ è¢«é 置ã è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂéµé (Key Lock) å° æÂÂéµé åÂÂè½æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå³å¯ Ã¥ÂÂç¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç åÂÂé  æÂÂéµã 1 é ÂÃ¥ÂÂ系統徠æ©ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP éÂ括Â並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸æÂ KEYLOCK ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂæÂÂ顯示å¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Âã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸å LOCK ON æÂ LOCK OFF ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® æÂÂäºÂèªÂè¨Âé¸頠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 27 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ è½è®ÂæÂ¨å¾Âä¸Âå èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ç 136 種èªÂè¨Âç¶ ä¸Âè¨Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂ人åÂÂ好çÂÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 é¸æÂ ãÂÂå ¶ä»ÂèªÂè¨Âã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代 碼ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代 碼ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå®ÂæÂ´èªÂè¨Â種顠åÂÂ代碼çÂÂ渠å®ã è¨ÂæÂ¯ 說æÂ LINE ON â¢ ç±æÂ¼åÂÂå ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºãÂÂ模å¼ÂèÂÂç¦ÂæÂ¢æÂÂä½ ï¼Â第 31 é Âï¼ ã EXTRAPWR ⢠使ç¨ ã EXTRA PWR ãÂÂ模å¼ÂæÂÂï¼Â便ç¡æ³Â調æÂ´ SFC 模å¼ÂæÂÂé³調æÂ§å¶ ï¼Âé«Âé³ã ä½Â鳿ÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³@ã SND. DEMO â¢ é³æÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 39 é Âç æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ ç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ ã CANNOT â¢ å æÂªé¸å DVD/CD æÂ USB ãÂÂè³æ©ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂÂå¨å Âç¢ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ丠TEST TONE éµèÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂä½Âã MUTING â¢ ç±æÂ¼é³æÂÂ被éÂÂé³ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä½¿ç¨æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°éÂÂå¶ ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠MUTE ï¼Âã STEREO â¢ å æÂªé¸å DVD/CD æÂ USB Ã¥ÂÂè½èÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂä½Âã TRAYLOCK ⢠ç¢Âç¤éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 39 é Âç æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ ç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ ã KEYLOCK ⢠æÂÂéµéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¨ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂéµé (Key Lock) 說æÂÂã USB ERR ⢠æÂ´å¤ÂèÂÂæÂ¤ç¸éÂÂçÂÂè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 24 é Âç 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ ç éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ã EEP ERR ⢠ç¶Âä¿®äºÂå®Âè«Â洽詢æÂ¨çÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¶Âé·åÂÂã EXIT ⢠æÂ¤è¨ÂæÂ¯æÂÂå¨é¸å®éÂÂç½®ä¸Â段æÂÂéÂÂå¾ÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºæÂÂåºç¾ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 42 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 43 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® èªÂ訠ï¼ÂèªÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼@ã èªÂè¨Â代碼 Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼 Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Icelandic (is), 0919 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 1909 Slovak (sk), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo) , 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 é¿根廷 , 0118, ar 澳洲 , 0121, au 奧å°å© , 0120, at æ¯Âå©æÂ , 0205, be 巴西 , 0218, br å æÂ¿å¤§ , 0301, ca æÂºå© , 0312, cl ä¸Âå , 0314, cn 丹麥 , 0411, dk 菠, 0609, fi æ³Âå , 0618, fr å¾·å , 0405, de é¦Â港 , 0811, hk å°度 , 0914, in å°尼 , 0904, id 義大å© , 0920, it æÂ¥æÂ¬ , 1016, jp éÂÂå , 1118, kr 馬ä¾Â西亠, 1325, my 墨西åÂÂ¥ , 1324, mx è·è , 1412, nl ç´Â西è , 1426, nz æÂªå¨ , 1415, no å·´åºæÂ¯å¦ , 1611, pk è²å¾Âè³ , 1608, ph è¡èÂÂç , 1620, pt ä¿Âå ï¼Âä¿Âç¾ æÂ¯è¯é¦@, 1821, ru æÂ°å å¡ , 1907, sg 西çÂÂç , 0519, es çÂÂ士 , 0308, ch çÂÂå ¸ , 1905, se å°ç£ , 2023, tw æ³°å , 2008, th è±å , 0702, gb ç¾Âå , 2119, us HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 43 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 44 ChH è¦Âæ ¼ ⢠æÂ´å¤§å¨é¨å æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ輸åº@åÂÂç½®ãÂÂä¸Âç½®ãÂÂç°ç¹Âè² . . . . . . . æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè²é 60 W ï¼ 1 kHz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 4 ⦠@æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè²é 50 W ï¼ 1 kHz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 6 ⦠@éÂÂä½Âé³ . . . . . . . 60 W ï¼ 100 Hz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 4 ⦠@50 W ï¼ 100 Hz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 6 ⦠@⢠ç¢ÂçÂÂé¨å æÂ¸ä½Âé³頻ç¹æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD fs ï¼ 96 kHz ï¼ 24-bit é¡Âå . . . . . . . . DVD 系統@VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 系統 Ã¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³é¿系統 é »çÂÂé¿æÂ . . . . . . . . 4 Hz è³ 44 kHz ï¼ 96 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣çÂÂï¼Âï¼ 4 Hz è³ 22 kHz ï¼ 48 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣çÂÂï¼ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 測éÂÂéÂÂå¶ ( ñ 0.001 % W.PEAK ï¼Â以丠(JEITA) ⢠FM 調諧å¨é¨å 頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.5 MHz è³ 108 MHz 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ⦠ï¼Âä¸Â平衡张⢠AM 調諧å¨é¨å 頻çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ æÂ¡ç¨ 9 kHz éÂÂè· . . . . . . 531 kHz è³ 1602 kHz æÂ¡ç¨ 10 kHz éÂÂè· . . . . . 530 kHz è³ 1700 kHz 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ç°åÂÂ天締â¢ å ¶ä» é»æºÂéÂÂæ±Âï¼ æÂ°å å¡ãÂÂå°尼ãÂÂé¦Â港ãÂÂ馬ä¾Â西äºÂãÂÂè²å¾Âè³Âæ©Â種 . . . . . . . . . . . AC 220 V è³ 240 V ï¼ 50 Hz/60 Hz å°ç£æ©Â種 . . . . . . . . . . . AC 110 V ï¼ 50 Hz/60 Hz æ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 W å¾ æ©Âæ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.42 W 尺寸 . . . . . . 420 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 60 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 332 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ ï¼ DVD/CD æÂ¥æÂ¶å¨@éÂÂæÂ§å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6 ä¹¾é»池ï¼Âç¨以確èªÂ系統æÂÂä½Âï¼ . . . . . . . 2 è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç· ï¼Âé»Âè²æÂÂé Âï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AM ç°åÂÂ天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 FM 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 黿ºÂç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂå æÂ¾ÂÂä½ÂæÂÂå S-DV161 æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz è³ 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . 105 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 115 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 114 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60 kg ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz è³ 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . . 115 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 105 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 114 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60 kg ⢠ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Hz è³ 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . . 105 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 118 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 114 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.63 kg HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 44 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 45 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ä½Âé³åÂÂå°Âè½å°å 系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå¼ é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz è³ 2.0 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . 190 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 360 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 317 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ 鲿»Â墠ï¼Âå°ÂçÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 åºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 èº絲 ï¼Âåºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ç¨@. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 S-DV262T æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠åÂÂç½®î¿ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼Âè½å°å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨@ä½Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå x 2 é«Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 cm Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Hz è³ 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . 260 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 1096.3 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 260 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 kg ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Hz è³ 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . . 220 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 90 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 100 mm ï¼Â深@éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.70 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 æÂÂè²å¨åº座 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 èº絲 ï¼ÂåºÂ座ç¨@. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 S-DV262SW æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ä½Âé³åÂÂå°Âè½å°å 系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå¼ é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz è³ 2.5 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . 190 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 360 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 320 mm ï¼Â深@éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 éÂÂ註 â¢ çºæ±Âç¢åÂÂæÂ¹è¯ ï¼Âè¦Âæ ¼åÂÂè¨Âè¨Âå¦ÂæÂÂè®ÂæÂ´ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠å¦è¡ÂéÂÂçÂ¥ã æÂÂ¢åÂÂç¶ÂNEC堬叿ÂÂæ¬Âï¼Â使ç¨FontAvenue î Ã¥ÂÂé«ÂãÂÂFontAvenueçºNECå ¬å¸çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂÂ¢åÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂçÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Âå©以å 堶ä»Â屬æÂ¼ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂçÂ¥è ç¢æ¬Âä¿Âè·ãÂÂ使ç¨該çÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡Âå¿ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂä¸Âç¶ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂåªè½ç¨ æÂ¼å®¶åºÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂè§Âè³ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè§£å¯Âç 亦屬æÂ¼ç¦ÂæÂ¢ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂã DRM(æÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂ)æÂ¯ä¸Â種èÂÂç±éÂÂå¶ å£Â縮é³頻æªÂæ¡Âå è½å¨é»蠦以å¤ÂéÂÂ製æÂ¤ 種æªÂæ¡Âå°Âç¨çÂÂè£Âç½®(æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂéÂÂ製è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂ) æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå°ÂçºæÂÂæÂÂé Âé²éÂÂæ³ÂæÂ·è²ÂèÂÂè¨Â訠çÂÂé²æÂ·æÂÂè¡ÂãÂÂç¸éÂÂ詳細è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± Ã¥ÂÂ人é»蠦åÂÂî¿æÂÂè»Âé«ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂå æÂÂ說æÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 45 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 46 ChH ç± Dolby Laboratories æÂÂæ¬Â製é ã ãÂÂæÂÂæ¯Âã ã ã Dolby ã ã ã Pro Logic ãÂÂè é D æ¨ÂèªÂæÂ¯ Dolby Laboratories çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â DTS âÂÂÃ¥ÂÂâ DTS Digital Surround âÂÂçºæÂ¸ç¢¼å½± é¢系統堬å¸ ï¼ DTS, Inc. ï¼ÂçÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂ¥æÂ¬å ÂéÂÂå ¬å¸åºçÂÂã çÂÂ欠é 2007 æÂ¥æÂ¬å ÂéÂÂå ¬å¸ã çÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂæÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 46 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
<XRE3159-A> P ublished by P ioneer Corporation. Copyright é 2007 P ioneer Corporation. All rights reser ved. Printed in PIONEER CORPORATION 4-1, Meguro 1-Chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. BOX 1540, Long Beach, California 90801-1540, U.S.A. TEL: (800) 421-1404 PIONEER ELECTRONICS OF CANADA, INC. 300 Allstate Parkway, Markham, Ontario L3R 0P2, Canada TEL: 1-877-283-5901, 905-479-4411 PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, B-9120 Melsele, Belgium TEL: 03/570.05.11 PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936 TEL: 65-6472-7555 PIONEER ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. 178-184 Boundary Road, Braeside, Victoria 3195, Australia, TEL: (03) 9586-6300 PIONEER ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO S.A. DE C.V. Blvd.Manuel Avila Camacho 138 10 piso Col.Lomas de Chapultepec, Mexico,D.F . 1 1000 TEL: 55-9178-4270 K002_B_En HTZ161DVD.bo ok 48 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Location: bottom of the unit The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (ser vicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance. The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated "dangerous voltage" within the product's enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. CAUTION: TO PREVENT THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE P ARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN IMPOR T ANT D3-4-2-1-1_En-A W ARNING This equipment is not waterproof. T o prevent a fir e or shock hazard, do not place any container filed with liquid near this equipment (such as a vase or flower pot) or expose it to dripping, splashing, rain or moisture. D3-4-2-1-3_A_En W ARNING The voltage of the available power supply differs according to country or r egion. Be sure that the power supply voltage of the area wher e this unit will be used meets the requir ed voltage (e.g., 230 V or 120 V) written on the rear panel. D3-4-2-1-4_A_En Before plugging in for the first time, read the following section carefully . W ARNING T o prevent a fire hazar d, do not place any naked flame sources (such as a lighted candle) on the equipment. D3-4-2-1-7a_A_En VENTILA TION CAUTION When installing this unit, make sure to leave space around the unit for ventilation to impr ove heat radiation (at least 10 cm at top, 10 cm at rear , and 10 cm at each side). W ARNING Slots and openings in the cabinet are pr ovided for ventilation to ensure r eliable operation of the product, and to pr otect it from overheating. T o prevent fir e hazard, the openings should never be blocked or covered with items (such as newspapers, table-cloths, curtains) or by operating the equipment on thick carpet or a bed. D3-4-2-1-7b_A_En Operating Environment Operating environment temperature and humidity : 5 úC to 35 úC ( 41 úF to 95 úF); less than 85 %RH (cooling vents not blocked) Do not install this unit in a poorly ventilated area, or in locations exposed to high humidity or direct sunlight (or strong artificial light) D3-4-2-1-7c_A_En CAUTION The ST ANDBY/ON switch on this unit will not completely shut off all power from the AC outlet. Since the power cord ser ves as the main disconnect device for the unit, you will need to unplug it from the AC outlet to shut down all power . Therefore, make sure the unit has been installed so that the power cord can be easily unplugged from the AC outlet in case of an accident. T o avoid fire hazard, the power cord should also be unplugged from the AC outlet when left unused for a long period of time (for example, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-2a_A_En POWER-CORD CAUTION Handle the power cord by the plug. Do not pull out the plug by tugging the cord and never touch the power cord when your hands are wet as this could cause a short circuit or electric shock. Do not place the unit, a piece of furniture, etc., on the power cord, or pinch the cord. Never make a knot in the cord or tie it with other cords. The power cords should be routed such that they are not likely to be stepped on. A damaged power cord can cause a fire or give you an electrical shock. Check the power cord once in a while. When you find it damaged, ask your nearest PIONEER authorized ser vice center or your dealer for a replacement. S002_En Thank you for buying this Pioneer product. Please read through these operating instructi ons so that you will know how to operate your mode l prope rly. After you have finished reading the instruct ions, put them in a safe place f or future referenc e . HTZ161DVD.book 2 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
CAUTION This product is a class 1 lase r product, but this pr oduct contains a laser diode higher than Class 1. T o ensu re continued safety , do not remove any cove rs o r attem pt to gain access to the inside of the product. Refe r all se rvicing to qualified pe rsonnel. The following caution label a ppea rs on you r unit. Location: to p of the unit CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT D3-4-2-1-8_B_En [T aiwanese model] [All other models] CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, AVOID If the AC plug of this unit does not match the AC outlet you want to use, the plug must be removed and a ppro priate one fitted. Re placement and mounting of an AC plug on the powe r su pply co rd of this unit should be pe r fo rmed only by qualified se r vice pe rsonnel. If connected to an AC outlet, the cut-off plug can cause seve re elect rical shock. Make su re it is pro pe rly dis posed of afte r removal. The equi pment should be disconnected by removing the mains plug f rom the wall socket when left unused fo r a long pe riod of time (fo r exam ple, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-1a_A_En This product is fo r gene ral household pu rposes. Any failu re due to use fo r othe r than household pu rposes (such as long-te rm use fo r business pu rposes in a r estaur ant or use in a car or ship ) and which r equir es r ep air will be char ged for even dur ing the wa rranty pe riod. K041_En HTZ161DVD.book 3 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
4 En Contents 01 Controls and displays Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 02 Getting started Home theater sound setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Setting the ch annel levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Using the on-screen displays . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Playing discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Basic playback controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Resume and Last Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 DVD-Video disc menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus . . . . . . . 12 Listening to the radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Improving poor FM reception . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Memorizing stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Listening to station presets . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Listening to other sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Setting the sleep timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Dimming the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 03 Listening to your s ystem Auto listening mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Listening in surround sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Using Front Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Using Extra Power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Listening in stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Listening with headphones . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Using the SFC modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Adjusting the bass and treble . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Boosting the bass level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 04 Disc playba ck features Scanning discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Playing in slow motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Frame advance/frame reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Playing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Browsing DVD or Video CD/Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator . . . . . 19 Using Playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Programming playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Listening to playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Clearing files from a playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Looping a section of a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using repeat play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using random play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Creating a program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Other functions available from the program menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Searching a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Switching subtit les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Switching lang uage/audio channels . . . . . . . 22 Zooming the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Switching camera angl es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Displaying disc information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 05 USB playback Using the USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Basic playback contr ols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Scanning file s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Playing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Browsing files with the Navigator . . . . . . . . . 25 HTZ161DVD.book 4 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
5 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 06 Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus Audio Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Audio DRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Video Adjust menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 07 Initial Settings me nu Using the Initial Settings men u . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Video Output settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Language settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Options settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Speakers settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Parental Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 About DivXî VOD content . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Speaker Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 08 Other connections Connecting external antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Connecting auxiliary audio components . . . . 31 Line Out options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Connecting the S-video output . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Connecting using the component video output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 About progressive scan video . . . . . . . . . . . 32 About control out connections . . . . . . . . . . . 33 09 Additional information Disc/content format playback compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Disc compatibility table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 About DVD R/DVD RW compatibility . . . . 35 About DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 About MPEG-4 AAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 About WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Using and taking care of discs . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 DVD Video regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Installation and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Hints on installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Cleaning the pickup lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Problems with condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Moving the system unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Screen sizes and disc formats . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 TV system setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Frequency step setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Switchin g off the demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Trouble shooti ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 DVD/CD/Video CD player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 USB connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Setting the Key Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Using the language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Country/Area code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 HTZ161DVD.book 5 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 6 En Chapter 1 Controls and displays Front panel 1 ïµ STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 2 PLAY LIST butto ns Add tracks (during playback), or select a playlist (while stoppe d) (page 19). 3 ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE Opens/closes the disc tray. 4 ï¦ DVD/CD Selects the DVD/CD functi on and starts/ pauses/resumes playback. 5 ï§ Stops playbac k. 6 ï¦ USB Selects the USB function and st arts/paus es playback. 7 VOLUME /â buttons 8 USB interface Connect a USB device for playback (see USB playback on page 24). 9 PHONES jack Connec t headpho nes. 10 Remote Sensor 11 Display See Display below. DVD/CD VOLUME OPEN/CLOSE USB STANDBY/ON PLAY LIST 1 PLAY LIST 2 PLAY LIST 3 5 6 7 4 3 2 1 8 9 11 10 Controls_and _displays.fm 6 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ã æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 7 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Remote co ntrol 1 ïµ STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 2 Function select buttons Selects the source you wan t to listen to ( DVD/ CD , TUNER , USB , LINE ). 3 Number buttons, CLEAR, DISPLAY , SLEEP and DVD controls CLEAR Clears an entry. DISPLAY Displays/chang es disc information shown on-screen (page 23). SHIFT SLEEP Press to set th e sleep timer (page 14). SHIFT AUDIO Selects audio cha nnel/language (p age 22). SHIFT SUBTITLE Displays/changes the subtit les (page 22). SHIFT ANGLE Changes camera angle during DVD multi- angle scene playback (page 23). SHIFT ZOOM Changes the screen zoo m level (page 22). 4 TOP MENU Displays the top men u of a DVD disc in the play position â this ma y be the same as pressing MENU (page 12). 5 Cursor buttons, ENTER and tuning buttons Cursor buttons Use the cursor buttons ( ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ ) to navigate on-screen displays and m enus. ENTER Selects an option or executes a co mmand. TUNE /â Tunes the radio. ST /â Selects station presets when li stening to the radio. 6 HOME MENU Displays (or exits) the on-screen menu fo r Initial Settings, Play Mode functions, etc. 7 Setup and other sound controls SETUP Use to make various system and surround sound settings (page 10, 13 an d 38). TEST TONE Outputs the test tone (for s peaker se tup) (page 10). SURROUND Selects a Surround mo de (page 15) or switches to stereo playback (page 16). HOME MENU PLAYLIST EXTRA PWR STANDBY /ON SHIFT LINE TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND CLEAR LINE OUT MUTE DISPLAY 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 0 SURROUND TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE SLEEP SETUP MENU OPEN/CLOSE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) VOLUME TV CONTROL 1 2 3 8 9 4 7 11 12 14 13 15 16 17 18 5 6 10 HTZ161DVD.book 7 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 8 En SOUND Accesses the sound menu to adjust the SFC Mode, bass and treble, etc. (page 16). 8 Playback controls See Basic p layback con trols on page 11, Disc playback fe atures on page 17 and USB playbac k on page 24 for an exp lanat ion of th ese controls. 9 TV CONTROL buttons These control Pioneer pla sma televisions. 10 SHIFT Press to access the co ntrols highlighted in green. 11 ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE Opens/closes the disc tray. 12 PLAYLIST buttons Add tracks (during playback), or select a playlist (while stoppe d) (page 19). 13 EXTRA PW R Switch es on th e Extr a Power mode (pa ge 16). 14 MENU Press to display a DVD disc or USB menu, or the Navigator (page 1 2 and 25). 15 RETURN Returns to a previous m enu screen. 16 LINE OUT Cycle whether or not to output a downmixed signal from the LINE OUT terminal (p age 31). 17 MUTE Mutes the sound (press again t o cancel). 18 VOLUME /â Adjusts the volume. Controls_and _displays.fm 8 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂ¨ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 9 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Display 1 DTS Lights during playbac k of a DTS source (page 15). 2P R G S V E Lights when progressive scan video output is selected (page 32). 3 SOUND Lights when the SFC Mo des or the tone controls (treble, bass or bass boost) are active (page 16). 4 F.SURR. Lights when either the Extra Power mode (page 16) or Front Soun d listening mode is selected (page 15). 5 RPT and RPT -1 RPT lights during repeat play. RPT-1 lights during repeat one-track p lay (page 20). 6R E C M O D E Lights when Line Out m ode is on (page 31). 7 PGM Lights du ring prog ram or pl aylist pla yback (page 19 and 21). 8 Tuner indicator s â Lights when a broadcast is being received. â Lights when a stereo FM broadcast is being received in auto stereo mo de. â Lights when FM mono receptio n is selected. 9 RDM Lights during random play (page 20). 10 kHz/MHz Indicates the frequenc y un it shown in the character disp lay ( kHz for AM, MHz for FM). 11 Character display 12 Lights when sleep timer is active (page 14). 13 ï¤ Lights during playback. 14 2 PL II Lights during Dolby Pro Logic II decoding (page 15). 15 2 D Lights during playback of a Dolby Digital source (page 15). PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 2 PL 2 D RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM REC MODE 7 13 9 10 8 5 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 4 6 HTZ161DVD.book 9 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´ æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 10 En Chapter 2 Getting started Home theater sound setup Place your speakers as shown below for optimal surround sound (se e the Speaker Setup Guide for more placemen t tips). ⢠Standard surrou nd 5-spot setup â This is a standard multichann el surround so und speaker setup for optimal 5.1 channel home theater sound. HTZ161DV D only: Depending on the size and cha racteristics o f your room, you can ch oose to use the followin g setup option: 1 ⢠Front surround 3-spot setup â T his set up is ideal when rear sur round sp eaker placement isnâÂÂt possible or you want to avoid running long spea ker cables in your listening area. Use this setup together with the Front Surround modes to take advantage of wall an d cei ling reflect ions for a very realistic surround effect. After placing your speakers, com plete Setting the ch annel levels below then refer to Speakers settings on pa ge 28 to complete your surround sound setup. Setting the channel levels Set the relative channel levels from you r main listening position. 2 1 Pre ss TEST TONE . The test tone is output in the foll owing order (from the speakers active in th e current listening mode): ⢠L â Front left speaker ⢠C â Center speaker ⢠R â Front right speaker ⢠SR â Right surround speaker ⢠SL â Left surround speaker ⢠SW â Subwoofer 3 2 Use the VOLUME /â button to adjust the volume to an ap propriate level. 3U s e ï©/ïª to adjust the speake r levels in turn. You should hear the test to ne at the same volume from each speaker when seated in the main listening position. The cha nnel level range is ñ10 dB. 4 When youâÂÂre d one, press ENTER to exit test tone setup. Note 1 When using this setup, make sure the front surround mode is switched on (page 15) before selecting any surround mode. F ront left Surround left Listening position Center Subwoofer F ront right Surround right F ront left F ront right Surround left Surround right Listening position Center Subwoofer 2 ⢠This is only available when DVD/CD is selected and playback is stopped. Also make sure headphones are unplugged. ⢠To adjust the overall balance while liste ning to any sound so urce you want, press SETUP , use ï«/ï¬ to select CH LEVEL then press ENTER . Us e ï«/ï¬ to move channel to channel, and ï©/ïª to adjust the channel levels. Press ENTER when youâÂÂre finished. 3 Since the subwoofer produces ultra-low frequencies its sound may seem quieter than it actually is. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 10 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 11 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Using the on-screen displays For ease of use, th is system makes extensive use of graphical o n-screen displays (OSDs). All the screens are naviga ted in basically the same way, using ï© , ïª , ï« , ï¬ to ch ange the highlighted i tem and pressing ENTER to select it. 1 Important ⢠Throughout this manua l, âÂÂSelectâ means use the c ursor bu ttons to highlig ht an item on-screen, then press ENTER . Tip ⢠The button gu ide at the bottom of e very OSD screen shows you which buttons youâÂÂll need to use for that screen. Playing discs The basic pla yback con trols for playing DVD, CD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video and WMA/MP3/MPEG -4 AAC discs are covered here. Further functions are detailed in chapter 4. 1 If the player isnâÂÂt already on, switch it on. If y ou â re p la yi n g a di sc w i th v id eo , al s o tu rn o n your TV and make su re that it is set to the correct video input. 2 Pre ss ï¨ OPEN/CLOSE to load a disc. Load a disc with the la bel side facing up, using the disc tray guide to align the disc (if y ouâÂÂre loading a double-s ided DVD di sc, load it with the side you want to play face down). 3P r e s s ï¤ (play) to start playback. If youâÂÂre playing a DVD or Video CD/S uper VCD, a menu m ay appear. See DVD-Video disc menus and Vide o CD/Super VC D PBC menus on page 12 to navigate these. If you loaded a disc containing JPEG s, a slideshow will start. See Playing a JPEG slideshow on page 17 for more on thi s. ⢠If a disc contains a mixture of DivX video and other m edia fil e types (MP 3, for example), first select whether to pla y the DivX video files ( DivX ) or the other media file types ( MP3 / WMA / JPEG / MPEG-4 AAC ) from the on-screen display. 4 Adjust the volume. Use the VOLU ME control. Basic playback controls The foll owing ta ble show s the basi c controls on the remote for playin g discs 2 . You can find other playbac k feature s in the c hapter 4. Note 1 The screen saver will appear after five minutes of inactivity. Button What it does HOME MENU Displays/exits the on-screen display ï«ï©ïªï¬ Changes the highlig hted menu item ENTER Selects the highlighted menu item RETURN Returns to the main m enu without saving changes 2 You may find wit h some DVD discs that some playback controls donâÂÂt wo rk in certain parts of the disc. Button What it does ï¤ Starts/resumes normal playback. ⢠If the display shows RESUME or LAST MEM playback starts from the resume or last memor y point (see Resume and Last Memory below). ïÂÂ¥ P auses/unpauses a disc. ï§ Stops playback or cancels the resume function (if the display shows RESUME ). HTZ161DVD.bo ok 11 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 12 En Resume and Last Memory When you stop p layback of a disc, RESUME shows in the display indicating that you can resume playback fro m that point. With DVDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, even if ejected, the play position is stored in memory. 1 The next time you load the disc, the display shows LAST MEM and you can resu me playback. If you want to clear the resume point, press ï§ (stop) while RESUME is displayed. DVD-Video disc menus Many DVD-Video discs con tain menus from which you can select what you want to wa tch. Sometimes DVD-Video menus are displayed automatically when you star t playback ; others only appear when you press MENU or TOP MENU . Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus Some Video CD/S uper VCDs have menus from which you can choose what yo u want to watch. These are PBC (Playback control) menus. You can play a PBC Video CD/Su per VCD without ha ving to navigate th e PBC menu by starting playback using a number button to select a track, rather than the ï¤ (play) button. ï P ress to start fast revers e scanning. ï® P ress to start fast forward scanning. ï¯ Skips to the start of the current track or chapter , then previous tracks/chapters. ï° Skips to the next track or chapter . Numbers Use to enter a title/chapter/track number . P ress ENTER to select. ⢠If the disc is stopp ed, playback starts from the selected title (for DVD) or track (for CD/Video CD/Super VCD). ⢠If the disc is playing, playback jumps to the start of the selected title (VR mode DVD-R/-RW), chapter (DVD - Video) or track (CD/V ideo CD/Super VCD). Note 1 ⢠The Last Memory function may not work with some discs. ⢠For DVD-Video discs (except VR mode DVD-R/-RW), the play er stores the play position of the last five discs. Button What it does TOP MENU Displays the âÂÂtop menuâ of a DVD disc â this varies with the disc. Button What it does MENU Displays a DVD disc menuâÂÂthis varies with the disc and may be the same as the âÂÂtop menuâÂÂ. ï«ï©ïªï¬ Moves the cursor around the screen. ENTER Selects the current menu option . RETURN R eturns to the previously displayed menu screen. Numbers Highlights a numbered menu option (some discs only). P ress ENTER to select. Button What it does RETURN Displays the PBC menu. Numbers Selects numbered menu options. Pr e s s ENTER to select. ï¯ Displays the previous menu page (if ther e is on e). ï° Displays the next menu page (if there is one). Button What it does HTZ161DVD.bo ok 12 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 13 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Listening to the r adio The tuner can receive both FM and AM broadcasts, and lets you memori ze your favorite stations so you donâÂÂt have to ma nually tune in every time you wa nt to listen. 1 Pre ss TUNER to switch to the t uner, then press repeatedly t o select the AM or FM band. The display shows the band and frequency. 2 Tune to a frequency. There are three tuning modes â manual, auto , and hig h-speed : ⢠Manual tu ning : Press TUNE /â repeatedly to change the displayed frequency. ⢠Auto tuning : Press and ho ld TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move, then release. The tune r will stop on the nex t station it finds. Repeat to keep searching. ⢠High- speed tuning : Press and ho ld TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move rapidly. Keep the bu tton held down until you reach the frequency you want. I f necessar y, fine tune the f requen cy using the manu al tun ing meth od. Improving poor FM reception If youâÂÂre listening to an FM station in stereo but the reception is weak, you can impro ve the sound quality by switching to mono. 1 Tune to an FM radio station then press SETUP . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to choose FM MODE then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª to se lect FM MONO then press ENTER . The mono indicato r ( ) lights when the tuner is in mono reception mo de. Select FM AUTO above to switch back to auto- stereo mode (the stereo indicator ( ) lights when receiving a stereo broadcast). Memorizing stations You can save up to 30 station presets so that you always have easy a ccess to your favorite stations without havin g to tune in ma nually each time. 1 Tune to an AM or FM radi o station. For the FM band, select mon o or auto-stereo reception as necessary. This setting is saved along with the pre set. 2P r e s s SETUP and use ï«/ï¬ to choose âÂÂST.MEM.â then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª to select the station preset you want then press ENTER . Listening to station pres ets 1 Make sure the TUNER function is selecte d. 2U s e t h e ST /â buttons to sel ect a station preset. ⢠You can also use the number buttons to do this. Listening to other sources You can conn ect auxiliary source s (TV, satellite receiver, etc.) to th is unit for pla yback through the speaker system. See Connecting auxiliary audio components on page 31 for mo re on this. ⢠To connect a USB device to the USB terminal, see USB play back on pa ge 24. 1 Make sure that the external source (TV, satellite re ceiver, et c.) is switched on. 2P r e s s LINE to select the source. 3 If necessary, start playback of the source. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 13 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 14 En Setting the sleep timer The sleep timer switches off the system after about an hour so you can fa ll asleep without worrying about it. 1 â¢P r e s s S H I F T SLEEP repeatedly to select an option then press ENTER . Choose between the following opti ons: ⢠SLP ON â Switches o ff after a bout an hour ⢠SLP OFF â Cancels the sleep timer After selecting SL P ON , you ca n press SHIFT SLEEP again to check h ow much time i s left. Each line indicates approxim ately 12 minutes ( remaining) : Dimming the Di splay You can adjust the brightness of the text in the front pan el displa y. 1P r e s s SETUP and use ï«/ï¬ to choos e DIMMER then press ENTER . This is sh own in the f ront pane l display. 2U s e ï©/ïª to select LIGHT or DARK then press ENTER . Note 1 The display dims when t he sleep timer is set. S L P --- -- HTZ161DVD.bo ok 14 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to you r system 03 15 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 3 Listening to your system Auto li stenin g mode The Auto listening mode is the simplest wa y to listen to any source as it was mastered: the output from the speakers mirrors the channels in the source material. ⢠Press SURROUND to se lect the AUT O listening mode. 1 Listening in surround sound You can listen to stereo o r multichannel sources in surround sound. 2 Surround sound is generated from st ereo sources using one of the Dolby Pro Logic decoding modes. ⢠Press SURROUND repe atedly to s elect a listening mode. 1 The choices that appear in the display will vary accordin g to th e type o f source tha tâÂÂs play ing. ⢠AUTO â Auto listening mode (see above) ⢠DOLBY PL (Dol by Pro Logic) â 4.1 channel surround sound (use with any two-channel source) ⢠MOVIE (Dol by Pro Logi c II Movie) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surro und sound, especially suited to movie sources (use with an y two-chan nel sourc e) ⢠MUSIC (Dol by Pro Logic I I Music) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surro und sound, especially suited to music sources (use with an y two-chan nel sourc e) ⢠STEREO â See Listening in stereo below Using Fron t Surround HTZ161DV D only The Front Sur round mode is effective wh en DVD/CD or USB is selected as the in put source and you are using the Fr ont surround 3-spot speaker setup as described in Home theater sound setup on page 10 and the Speaker Setup Guide . ⢠The surround speakers should be placed on top of th e front speakers a nd oriented towards the walls. 1 Press SETUP a nd use ï«/ï¬ to choose F.SURR then press ENTER. 3 2U s e t o ï©/ïª select MOD E ON or MO DE OFF then press ENTER. 4 After selecting MODE ON , you can use the surround listening modes with Front Surround. Note 1 If the source is Dolby Digital or DTS, the correspondin g indicator lights in the fron t panel display. 2 Note that the input source must be switch ed to DVD/CD or USB for multichannel playback. 3 Note that the F.SURR option does not appear when headphones are connected. 4 ⢠When set to MODE ON , make sure to follow the Setup Guide for best surround sound. ⢠When you have Extra Power set to MODE ON and then change Front Surr ound to MODE OFF , the Listening Mode is automatically switched to AUTO . Home_theater.fm 15 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼ å¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ æÂ¥ãÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ æÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 03 16 En Using Extra Power mode Extra Power mode allows you to e njoy richer, fuller sound from stereo (2.1ch) source s. 1 Extra Power mode is available when listening to DVD/CD or USB sources. For HTZ161DVD : The surround speakers should be placed on top of the front speakers, with all speakers facing forwards . For HTZ262DVD : The front and surround speakers should be placed next to on e another, with all speakers facing forwards . ⢠Press EXTRA PWR to select MODE ON or MODE OFF . 2 After selecting MOD E ON , the F.SURR. indicator lights on th e front panel display. Listening in stereo You can listen to any source â stere o or multichannel â in stereo. When play ing a multichannel so urce, all channels are downmixed to the front left/right speakers and the subwoo fer. â¢P r e s s SURROUND repeatedly until STEREO shows in the display. Listening with headphones When headphones are connected, only th e STEREO mode is available. Using the SFC modes The SFC (Sound Fie ld Control) modes can be used with any multichann el or stereo source for a variety of addition al surround sound effects. 1 Pre ss SOUND . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to select SFC MOD E then press ENTER . 3 Pre ss ï©/ïª then ENTER to select an SFC Sound Mode. Select between OFF , ACTION , DRAMA , ROCK , POP , HALL or LIVE . Adjusting the bass and treble Use the bass and treble controls to adjust the overall tone. 1 Pre ss SOUND . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to select BASS or TREBLE then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª to adjust the so und then press ENTER to confirm . Boosting the bass level There are two bass modes you can use to enhance the ba ss in a source. 1 Pre ss SOUND . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to select BASSMODE then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª to adjust the so und then press ENTER to confirm . Select between OFF , MUSIC or CINEMA . Note 1 When the Extra Power mode is on, most sound features cannot be used. The display will briefly blink EXTRAPWR if you try and use a prohibited function while the Extra Power mode is on. 2 ⢠Note that you cannot use Extra Power mo de when using headphones. If you press EXTRA PWR when headphones are connected, a CANNOT error message appears on the front panel display. ⢠When set to MODE ON , make sure to follow the Setup Guide for best surround sound. ⢠When set to MODE OFF , the listening mode is automatically s et to AUTO . HTZ161DVD.bo ok 16 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 17 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 4 Disc playback features Important ⢠Many of the functio ns covered in this chapter apply to DVD discs, Video CDs/ Super VCDs, CDs, DivX video an d WMA/ MP3/MPEG- 4 AAC/JPEG disc s, althoug h the exact operation of some varies slightly with the kind of disc loaded. ⢠Some DVDs restrict the use of so me functions (r andom or repea t, for example) in some or all parts of the disc . This is not a malfunction . ⢠When playing Video CD /Super VCDs, some of the functions are not available during PBC playba ck. If you wa nt to use them, start the disc playing using a number button to select a track. Scanning discs You can fast-sca n discs f orward or b ackward a t various different speeds. 1 ⢠During pl ayback, press ï or ï® to start scannin g. Press repeatedly to in crease the scanning speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press ï¤ (play). 2 Playing in slow motion You can play DVDs, Vide o CD/Super VCDs and DivX video at four di fferent fo rward slow motion speeds. DVD discs can also be played in reverse slow motion . 1 During playback, press ïÂÂ¥ (pause). 2 Press and hold ï³/ï± or ï²/ï´ until sl ow motion playback start s. Press repeatedly to change the slow motion speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press ï¤ (play). 2 Frame advance/frame re verse You can advance or back up DVD discs fr ame- by-frame. With Video CD /Super VCDs and DivX video you can only use frame advan ce. 1 During playback, press ïÂÂ¥ (pause). 2P r e s s ï³/ï± or ï²/ï´ to reverse or advance a frame at a time. ⢠To resume playback, press ï¤ (play). 2 Playing a JPEG slideshow After loading a disc cont a ining JPEG pictures, press ï¤ to start a slideshow from the first folder/pict ure on the disc. 3 The player displays the p ictu res in each f o lder in alph abetical order. ⢠If the disc contains WMA/MP3/M PEG-4 AAC files, playback of the slideshow an d audio fil es repeats. Duri ng audio pla yback, you can st ill use the skip ( ï¯ /ï° ), sc an ( ïÂÂ/ ï® ) and pause ( ïÂÂ¥ ) functions. Pictures are automatically a djusted so that they fill as much of the screen as possible. Note 1 Onl y one s peed is availa ble for DivX vi deo disc s. 2 ⢠Depending on the disc, normal playback may automatica lly resume when a new chapter is r eached on a DVD disc. ⢠For Video CDs/Super VCDs in PBC mode and WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC tr acks ( in Scan Mode o nly), no rmal pl ayba ck res umes when you reach the beginning or the end of a track. 3 ⢠The time it takes for the player to lo ad a file increases with large file sizes. ⢠Discs can contain up to 299 folders an d up to 648 folders and files combined. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 17 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback featur es 04 18 En While the slideshow is running: Browsing DVD or Video CD/ Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to browse through the contents of a D VD or Vide o CD/Super VC D disc to find the part you want to play. 1 During pl ayback , press HOME MEN U and select âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ from the on- screen menu. 2 Selec t a view optio n. The options available depend on the kind of disc loaded and whether the disc is playing o r not, but includ e: ⢠Title â Titles from a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Chapter â Chapters from the cu rrent title of a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Track â Tracks from a Video CD/ Super VCD disc. ⢠Time â Thumbnai ls from a Video C D/Super VCD disc at 10 minute interva ls. ⢠Original: Ti tle â Or iginal title s from a VR mode DVD-R/-RW disc. ⢠Playli st: Title â Playlist ti tles from a VR mode DVD-R/-RW disc. ⢠Original: Ti me â Thu mbnails from the Original content at 10 minu te intervals. ⢠Playl ist: Tim e â Thumb nails from the Playlist at 10 minute int ervals. The screen shows up to six moving thumbnail images displayed one after a nother. To display the previous/next six thumbnails, press ï¯ / ï° . 3 Select the thumbnail image for what you want to play. You can use either ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and EN TER to select a thumbnail, or the number buttons. To select using the number buttons, enter a two-digit number then press ENTER . Button What it does ïÂÂ¥ P auses the slideshow (or audio ); press again to restart. ï¯ Jumps to the previous picture (or audio file with audio playback). ï° Jumps to the next picture (or audio file with audio playback). ï«/ï¬/ ï©/ïª P auses the slideshow and rotates/flips the displayed picture (P ress ï¤ (play) to restart slideshow). SHIFT ZOOM P auses the slideshow and zooms the picture. P ress again to toggle between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom (P ress ï¤ (play) to restart slideshow). MENU Displays the Disc Navigator screen (see below). Disc Navigator Disc Navigator Title Chapter 01 04 02 05 03 06 Disc Navigator: Title 01- 49: - - HTZ161DVD.bo ok 18 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 19 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to find a particular file or folder b y filename. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ from the on-screen menu. 2U s e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER to nav igate. Use ï©/ïª to move up and do wn the folder/file list. Use ï« to return to the parent folder. 1 Use ENTER or ï¬ to open a highlighted folder. ⢠When a JPEG f ile is hig hlighte d, a thumbnail image is displayed on the right. 3 To pla y the hi ghlighte d track or DivX video file or di splay the highlighte d JPEG file, press ENTER. ⢠When a WMA/MP3/M PEG-4 AAC or DivX video file is selected, pl ayback begins from that file, and co ntinues until the end of the folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is select ed, a slideshow begins, starting with that file , and continues to the end of the folder. Tip ⢠You can al so play a JPEG slideshow while list ening to WMA/MP 3/MPEG- 4 AAC playback. Simply select the audio file you want to listen to follow ed by the JPEG from which you want the slideshow to start. Playback of both the slideshow and the audio fil es repeats. Pla yback contr ols are effective for the JPEG slideshow o nly. ⢠To play the co ntents of the whol e disc rather than just the curren t folder, exit the Disc Naviga tor and start playback usi ng the ï¤ (play) button. Using Playlists With this featu re, you can make up to thr ee playlists of 30 files each for discs containing WMA, MP3, MPEG -4 AAC and JPEG files. Since this unit will r emember all playli sts for the last ten discs you have loaded, this is useful for if you have a la rge nu mber of files that you want to organize quickly and easily. 2 Programming pl aylists 1 With the disc stoppe d, press HOME MENU and select âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ from the on-screen menu. 2 Select the file you want to add to the playlist. See Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Di sc Navigator above if you donâÂÂt know how to do this. 3P r e s s PLAY LIST 1, 2 or 3. The file is added to the playlist you select. 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until youâÂÂre done. Note 1 You can also do this by going to the â .. â folder at the top, then pressing ENTER . 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps 2 The dis c must be loaded fo r the f iles in your playlist to play back. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 19 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback featur es 04 20 En Tip ⢠To add files without the on-screen display, simply press PLAY LIST 1 , 2 or 3 during normal playback of the file you want (except when a JPEG slideshow is playing at the same time as audio). Listening to playlists ⢠With play back stopped, p ress PLAY L IST 1, 2 or 3. During playback, PGM lights in the front panel display. If no playlist has been progra mmed, NO LIST shows in the display. ⢠If the playlist contains both JPEG and audio files, pla yback of the slidesho w and aud io files starts. Clearing files from a playlist 1 Start playback of your playlist. 2 From the âÂÂDisc Naviga torâ screen, select the file you want to remove from the playlist and press CLEAR . Looping a section of a disc The A-B Repeat function allows you to specify two points (A and B) withi n a track (CD, Video CD/Super Video CD) or title (DVD) that form a loop which is played over and over. 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂA-B RepeatâÂÂ. 3 Pre ss ENTER on âÂÂA(Start Point)â to set the loop start poin t. 4 Pre ss ENTER on âÂÂB(End Point)â to set the loop end point. After pressing ENT ER , playback jumps back to the start point and plays the loop. 5 To resume norm al playback, select âÂÂOffâÂÂ. Using repeat play In addition to variou s repeat play options, itâÂÂs also possible to use repeat play tog ether with program play (see Creating a program list on page 21). 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂRepeatâ then select a repeat pl ay option . 1 If program play is active, selec t Program Repeat to repeat the program list, or Repeat Off to cancel. ⢠For DVD discs, select Title Rep eat or Chapter Repeat . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, select Disc Repeat or Track Repeat . ⢠For DivX video discs, select Title Repeat (or Repeat Off ). Using random play Use this function to play tit les or chapters (DVD-Video) or tracks (CD and Video CD/Super VCD) in a random order. 2 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. Play Mode Note 1 You canâÂÂt use repeat play with WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC discs. 2 ⢠You can set the random play option when a disc is pla ying or stop ped. However, you canâÂÂt use random play together with program play. ⢠You canâÂÂt use random play with VR form at DVD-R/-RW discs, WMA/MP3/MPEG- 4 AAC discs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed . HTZ161DVD.bo ok 20 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 21 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 2 Select âÂÂRandomâ then select an option. ⢠For DVD discs, select Random Title or Random Chapter . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, selec t On or Off to switch random play on or off . Tip ⢠Use the following controls duri ng random play: ⢠Rando m play remain s in effect un til you select Random Off from the r andom play menu options. Creating a program list This feature lets you progra m the play order of titles/chapters/tracks on a disc. 1 1 During playback, press HOME M ENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂProgramâ then select âÂÂCreate/Editâ from the list of program option s. 3U s e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER to select a title, chap ter or track for the current step in the prog ram list. For a DVD disc, you can add a title or a ch apter. ⢠For a CD or Vide o CD/Super VCD, select a track to add to the program list. After pressing ENTER to select the title/ chapter/track, the step number a utomatically moves down one. 4 Repeat step 3 to build up a program list. A program list can contain up to 24 steps. ⢠You can insert steps by just highlighting the position where yo u want the new st ep to appear and entering a title/chapt er/track number. ⢠To delete a step, highlight it and press CLEAR . 5 To play the program list, press ï¤ (play). Program play remains ac tive until you turn off program play (see below), erase the progra m list (see below), eject the disc or switch off. Tip ⢠Use the fo llowing controls du ring prog ram play: Other functions available from the program menu There are a number o f other options in the program m enu in ad dition to Create/E dit. ⢠Playback Start â St arts play back of a saved program list ⢠Playback Stop â Tur ns off prog ram play, but does not erase the program list ⢠Program Delete â Erases the program list and tu rns off program pl ay Button What it does ï° Selects a new track/title/chapter at random. ï¯ Returns to the beginning of the current track/title/chapter; further presses se lect another random track/title/chapter. Note 1 You canâÂÂt use Program play with VR format DVD-R/-RW discs, WM A/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC di scs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed. Button What it does HOME MENU Save the program list and exit without starting playback. ï° Skip to the next step in the program list. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 21 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback featur es 04 22 En Searching a disc You can search DVD discs by title or chapter number, or by time; CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs by track number or time; DivX video discs by tim e. 1P r e s s HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂSearch ModeâÂÂ. The search options that appear depend on the kind of disc loaded. 3 Select a search mode. ⢠The disc must be playing in order to use time search. 4 Use the number buttons to enter a titl e, chapter or t rack number, or a time. ⢠For a time searc h, enter the num ber of minutes and seconds into the currently playing title (DVD/ DivX video) or track (CD/ Video CD/Super VCD) yo u want play back to resume from. F or example, press 4 , 5 , 0 , 0 t o h a v e p l a y b a c k s t a r t f r o m 4 5 m i n u t e s i n t o the disc. For 1 hour, 20 min utes and 30 seconds, press 8 , 0 , 3 , 0 . 5P r e s s ENTER to start play back. Switching subtitles Some DVD discs and DivX video discs have subtitles in one or more languag es; the disc box will usually tell you which subtitle languages are ava ilable. You can switch subtitle language during pl ayback. 1 ⢠Press SHIFT SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a subtitle opti on. ⢠To set subtitle preferences, see Language setting s on page 27. ⢠See Displaying Di vX subtitle fi les on page 35 for more on D ivX subtitles. Switching language/audio channels When playing discs rec orded with dialog in two or more languages, o r with dual-mono a udio 2 you can switch these during p layback. 3 ⢠Press SHIFT AUDIO repeatedly to select an audio language opt ion. ⢠To set audio lan guage preferences, see Language settings on page 27. Zooming the screen Using the zoom feature you can magnify a part of the screen by a factor of 2 or 4, while watching a DVD, DivX vi deo title or Video CD/ Super VCD or playing a JP EG disc. 1 During playback, press SHIFT ZOOM to select the zoom factor ( Normal, 2x or 4x). 2U s e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ to change the zoomed area. You can chan ge the zoom factor and the zoomed area freely during pla yback. 4 Note 1 Some discs only allow you to change subtitle language from the disc menu. Press TOP MENU or MENU to access. 2 Some Super VCDs have two soundtracks. With these discs you can switch between the two soundtracks as well as individual channels in each. 3 Some discs only allow you to change audio language from the disc menu. Press TOP MENU or MENU to access. 4 ⢠Since DVD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video title and JPEG pictur es have a fixed resolution, picture quality will deteriorate, especially at 4x zoom. Th is is not a malfunction. ⢠If the navigation square at the top of the screen disappears, press SHIFT ZOOM again to display it. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 22 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 23 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Switching camera angles Some DVD discs feature scenes shot from two or more angles â check the disc box for details. When a multi-angle scene is playing, a icon appears on screen (this can be switched off if you prefer â see Display settings on page 28). ⢠During pl ayback (or when paused), press SHIFT ANGLE to switch angle. Displaying disc information Various track, chapter an d title information can be displayed on-screen during playback. ⢠To show/switch/hide t he information displayed, press DISPLAY repeatedly. Limited disc information also appears in the front pan el di splay. Press DISPLAY to change the displa yed inform ation. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 23 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB playback 05 24 En Chapter 5 USB playback Using the USB interface It is possible to listen to two-channel audi o 1 and watch JPEG files us ing the US B inte rface on the front of this unit. Connect a USB mass storage device 2 as shown below. 1 With the player switched on, press USB. Make sure your TV is on a nd set to the correc t video input. 2 Connect your USB d evice. The USB terminal is located on the front panel. 3P r e s s ï¤ (play) to start playback. If your USB device contains JPEG s, a slideshow will start. See Playing a JPEG slidesh ow on p age 25 for more on this. â¢M a k e s u r e USB DATA is showing in the front panel display (o r the system is in standby) when dis connecting. Important If a USB ERR message lights in the display, it may mean that the power requir ements of the USB device are too h igh for this player, o r that the device is incompa tible. Try the following: ⢠Switch the player off, then on again. ⢠Reconnecting the USB device with the player switched off. ⢠Selecting to another input source (like DVD/CD ), then bac k to USB . ⢠Using a dedicated AC adapte r (supplied with the device) for USB power. If this doesn âÂÂt remedy t he problem, it is likely your USB devic e is incompat ible. Basic playback controls The following table sho ws the basic controls on the remote for USB playback. Note 1 This includes playback of WM A/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC files (except f iles with copy-protection or rest ricted playback). It is not possible to play DivX files through the USB terminal. 2 ⢠Compatible USB devices include external magnetic hard driv es, po rtable flash me mory (p articula rly key drives) and digi tal audio players (MP3 players) of format FAT16/32. It is not possi ble to connect this unit to a personal computer for USB playback . ⢠Pioneer cannot guarant ee compatibility (operation and/or bu s power) with all USB mass storage devices and a ssumes no responsibility for any loss of data that may occur when connected to this unit. ⢠With large amounts of data, it may take longer for the sy stem to read the contents of a USB device. USB mass storage device USB (T ype A) Button What it do es ï¤ Starts normal playback. ïÂÂ¥ P auses/unpauses playback. ï§ Stops playbac k. ï P r ess to start fast reverse scanning. ï® P r ess to start fast forward scanning. ï¯ Skips to the start of the current file, then previous files. ï° Skips to the next file. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 24 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB playback 05 25 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Scanning files You can fast- scan forward o r backward at various different speeds. ⢠During pl ayback, press ï or ï® to start scannin g. Press repeatedly to in crease the scanning speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press ï¤ (play). 1 Playing a JPEG slideshow Press ï¤ to start a slideshow from the first folder/pic ture. 2 The pictures in each folder are displayed in ord er. ⢠If the device contains WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC files, playback of the slideshow and audio fil es repeats. During audi o playback , you can still use th e skip ( ï¯ /ï° ), scan ( ïÂÂ/ ï® ) and pause ( ïÂÂ¥ ) functions. Pictures are a utomatica lly adjust ed so that they fill as much of the screen as possible. While the slideshow is running: Browsing files with the Navigator Use the Navigator to find WMA, M P3, MPEG-4 AAC and JPEG files or folde rs by name. 3 1P r e s s M E N U . 2U s e ï©/ïª/ï«/ ï¬ and ENTER to navigate. Use ï©/ïª to move up/down the folder /file list. Use ï« to return to the parent folder. 4 Use ENTER or ï¬ to open a highlighted folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is high lighted, a thumbn ail image is displa yed on the rig ht. 3 To play the highligh ted track or displ ay the highlig hted JPE G file, pres s ENTER . ⢠When a WMA/MP 3/MPEG-4 AAC file is selected, playback begins from that file, and continue s until the end o f the folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is select ed, a slideshow begins, starting with that file , and continues to the end of the folder. Tip ⢠You can al so play a JPEG slideshow while list ening to WMA/MP 3/MPEG- 4 AAC playback. Simply select the audio file you want to listen to followed by the JPEG from which you want the slideshow to start. Playback of both the slideshow and the audio fil es repeats. Pla yback contr ols are effective for the JPEG slideshow o nly. ⢠To play all of the cont ents, rather than just the current folder, exit the Navigator and start playback using the ï¤ (p lay) bu tton. Note 1 With WMA/M P3/MPEG-4 AAC tracks, playback au tomatica lly r esumes at the en d or beginning of the track. 2 ⢠The time it takes for the player to lo ad a file increases with large file sizes. ⢠USB devices can contain up to 299 folders and up to 648 folders and files combined. Button What it does ïÂÂ¥ P auses the slideshow (or audio); press again to restart. ï¯ Jumps to the previous picture (or audio file with audio playback). ï° Jumps to the next picture (or audio file with audio playback). ï«/ï¬/ï©/ïª P auses the slideshow and rotates/flips the current picture (P ress ï¤ to restart slideshow). SHIFT ZOOM P auses the slideshow and zooms the picture. P ress again to toggle between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom (P ress ï¤ to restart slideshow). MENU Displays the Navigator screen (see below). 3 Filenames may be displayed incorrectly with some digital audio players. 4 You can also do this by going to the â .. â folder at the top, then pressing ENTER . Button What it does HTZ161DVD.bo ok 25 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus 06 26 En Chapter 6 Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus Audio Sett ings menu The Audio Settings menu o ffers features for adjusting the way discs sound. 1P r e s s HOME MENU and select âÂÂAudi o Settingsâ from the on-screen display. 2 Select and change settings usi ng ï©/ïª/ ï«/ï¬ and ENTER . Audio DRC â¢S e t t i n g s : High , Medi um , Low , Off (default) When watching Dolby Digital DVDs at low volume, itâÂÂs easy to lose the quiet er sounds complete ly â includ ing some of the dia log. Switching Audio DRC (Dynamic Range Control) to on can help by bringing up th e quieter sounds, while control ling loud peaks. How much of a difference yo u hear depends on the material youâÂÂre listening to. I f the material doesnâÂÂt have wide varia tions in volume, you may not noti ce much ch ange. 1 Video Adj ust menu From the Video Adjust scre en you can a djust settings that aff ect picture presenta tion. 1 Pre ss HOME M ENU and sel ect âÂÂVi deo Adjustâ fr om the on-scr een disp lay. 2 Make settings using ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER . You can adjust the following settings: ⢠Sharpness â Adjusts the sharpness of edges in the picture ( Fine , Standard , Soft ) ⢠Brightness â Adjusts the o verall brightness ( âÂÂ20 to 20 ) ⢠Contrast â Adjusts the contr ast between light and dark ( âÂÂ16 to 16 ) ⢠Gamma â Adjusts the âÂÂwarmthâ of the picture ( High, Medium, Low, Off ) ⢠Hue â Adjusts the red/green balance ( Gree n 9 to Red 9 ) ⢠Chroma Level â Adjusts how saturat ed colors appear ( âÂÂ9 to 9 ) Adjust the Brightne ss, Contrast, Hue and Chroma Lev el settings usin g ï«/ï¬ . 3 Pre ss ENTER to return to th e Video Adjust screen, or HOME MENU to exit. Note 1 Audio DRC is only effective wit h Dolby Digital audio sources. Audio Settings Audio Settings Audio DRC High Medium Low Off Video Adjust Sharpness Brightness Contrast Gamma Hue Chroma Level Standard 0 0 Off 0 0 î î î î î î Video Adjust Brightness min max 0 HTZ161DVD.bo ok 26 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 07 27 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 7 Initial Settings menu Using the Initial Settings menu The Initia l Settin gs menu provides au dio and video outp ut settings, pa rental lock settings, and display settings, among others. If an option i s grayed out i t means th at it cannot be changed at the cu rrent time. This is usual ly because a d isc is playing. Stop the disc, then change the setting. 1P r e s s DVD/CD . 2 With playback stopped, press HOME MENU and select âÂÂInitial SettingsâÂÂ. 3U s e ï©/ïª/ï«/ï¬ and ENTER to select the setting and option you want to set. All the settings and op tions are explained on the foll owing pag es. 1 Video Output set tings Langua ge settings Note 1 ⢠In the table, the default setting is shown in bold : other settings are shown in italics . ⢠Some settings, such as TV Screen , Audio Language and Subtitle Language may be overridden by the DVD disc. Often these settings can also be made fro m the DVD disc menu. Initial Settings Setting Option What it means TV Screen (See also Screen sizes and disc formats on page 37.) 4:3 (Letter Box) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widesc reen movies are shown with black bars top and bottom. 4:3 (Pan & Scan) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widesc reen movies are shown with the sides cropped so that the image fills the screen. 16:9 (Wide) Set if you have a widescreen TV. Component Out (See also Connecting using the com ponent video outp ut on page 32 .) Interlac e Set if your TV is not c ompatib le with progressive scan video. Progressive Set if yo ur TV i s compatible with progressive scan video (see your TVâÂÂs instruction manual for details). Press ENTER once more to confirm (or RETURN to cancel). Note that pr ogressi ve sca n video is on ly outp ut from t he component vide o jacks. Setting Option What it means Audio Language English / English (Taiwanese model) If there is an English soundtrac k on the disc, it is played. Languages as displayed / Chinese (Taiwanese model) If there is a language selected (or Chinese for the Taiwanese model) on the disc, it is played. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displ ayed (see Using the language code list on page 42). Initial settings menu.fm 27 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ã æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå åÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ ï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 07 28 En Display settings Options settings Speakers settings Subtitle Language English / Engli sh (Taiwa nese model) If there are English subtitles on the disc they are displayed. Languages as displayed / Chinese (Taiwanese model) The subtitle langua ge select ed (or Chinese for t he Taiwa nese model) on the disc is displayed. Othe r Langua ge Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 42). DVD Menu Language w/Subtitle La ng. DVD disc menus are displayed in the same language as your selected subtitle language, if possible. Languages as displayed DVD menus are displayed in the selec ted language, if possible. Othe r Langua ge Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 42). Subtitle Display On Subtitles are displayed in your selected subtitle language. Off Subtitles are always off by defa ult when you play a DVD disc. Setting Opt ion What it means OSD Language English / Engli sh (Taiwa nese model) On-screen displays ar e shown in English. Languages as displayed / (Taiwanese model) On-screen displays are shown in the language selected (or Chinese for th e Taiw anese mo del). Angle Indicator On A camera ic on is di splayed on-screen during multi-angle scenes on a DVD disc. Off No multi-angle indication is shown. Setting Opt ion What it means Parental Lock â See Parent al Lock below. DivX(R) VOD Display See About DivXî VOD content below. Setting Opt ion What it means Speaker Distance â Specify the distance of your speakers from your listening position (see Speaker Distance on page 30). Setting Opt ion What it means Initial settings menu.fm 28 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ã æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå åÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ ï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 07 29 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol Parental Lock ⢠Default level: Off ; Default password: none ; Default Coun try/Area code: us (2119) To give you some control ov er what your children watch on your DVD pla yer, some DVD- Video discs feature a Parent al Lock level. If your player is set to a lower level than the disc, th e disc wonâÂÂt play. Some discs also supp ort the Country/Area Code feature. The player does not play certain scenes on these discs, depending on th e Country/Area Code yo u set. Registering a new passw ord Register a password to change the Parental Lock level or enter a Country/Area code. 1 1 Select âÂÂPasswordâÂÂ. 2 Use the number buttons to input a four- digit password then p ress ENTER . Changing your password To change your pa ssword, confirm your existing password then enter a new one. 1 Select âÂÂPassword ChangeâÂÂ, input your existing password, then press ENTER . 2 Enter a new password and press ENTER . Setting/changing the Parenta l Lock 1 Select âÂÂLevel ChangeâÂÂ. 2 Use number buttons to enter your password, then press ENTER . 3 Select a new level and press ENTER . â¢P r e s s ï« rep eatedly to loc k more levels (more discs will require the password); press ï¬ to unlock levels. You canâÂÂt lock level 1. Setting/changing the Country/Are a code You can find the Country/Area code list on page 43. 1 Select âÂÂCountry CodeâÂÂ, in put your password, then press ENTER . 2 Select a Country/Area co de then press ENTER . There are two ways you can do this: ⢠Select by code letter: Use ï©/ïª to chang e the Country/Area code. ⢠Select by code number: Press ï¬ then us e the number buttons to enter th e four-digit Country/Area code. The new Country/Area co de takes effect afte r ejecting the disc once. About DivX î VOD conte nt In order to play DivX VOD (vide o on demand) content on th is player, you first need to register the player with your DivX VO D content provider. You do thi s by generati ng a DivX V OD registration code, whic h you submi t to your provider. 2 Important ⢠DivX VOD content is protected by a DRM (Digital Ri ghts Management) system. T his restricts play back of conten t to spec ific, registered devices. ⢠If you load a disc that contains DivX VOD content not authorized fo r your player, the message Authorization Error is displayed and th e content will not pla y. Note 1 ⢠Not all discs use Parental Lock, and will play without requiring the password first. ⢠If you forget your password, youâÂÂll need to reset the player to register a new password (see Res etting the system on page 42) . Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Parental Lock DivX (R) V OD Passw ord Level Change Country Code Initial Settings 2 Resetting the player (as described in Resetting the system on page 42) will not cause you to lose your registration code. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 29 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 07 30 En Displaying your DivX VO D registration code 1 Press HOME MENU an d select âÂÂIni tial SettingsâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂOptions âÂÂ, then âÂÂD ivX (R ) VODâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂDispla yâÂÂ. Your eight-digi t registra t ion code is displayed. Make a note of the code as yo u will need it when you register with a DivX VOD pro vider. Playing Di vX î VOD content Some DivX VOD content may only be playable a fixed nu mber of times. W hen you load a disc containing this typ e of DivX VOD content, th e remaining number of plays is sh own on-screen and you then have th e option of playing the disc (thereby u sing up one of the remain ing plays), or stopping. If you loa d a disc that contains expired DivX VOD co ntent (for example, content that has zero remaining plays), the message Rental Expire d is displayed. If your DivX VOD c ontent allows an unlimited number of pla ys, then you may load the disc into your player a nd play the content as often as you like, and no message will be displayed. Speake r Distance ⢠Default setti ng: 3.0m To get the best surround so und from your system, you should set up the speakers equal distances from your listeni ng position. 1 Press HOME MENU an d select âÂÂIni tial SettingsâÂÂ. 2 Select â Speaker sâÂÂ, then âÂÂSpeaker DistanceâÂÂ. 3U s e ï©/ïª to select a speaker. 4P r e s s ï¬ to change the speaker distance for the highlighted speaker. 5U s e ï©/ïª to change the distance. ⢠When you change the distance settings of the front l eft ( L ) or front right ( R ) speakers, all the other speaker distances change relative to it . ⢠Front left/right ( L /R ) speaker distances can be set from 30 cm to 9 m in 30 cm increments. 1 ⢠The center speak er ( C ) can be set from âÂÂ2.1 m to 0 m relati ve to the front left/ri ght speake rs. ⢠Surround left/right ( SL /SR ) speakers can be set from âÂÂ6.0 m to 0 m relative to the front left/ri ght speakers. 2 â¢T h e s u b w o o f e r ( SW ) c a n b e s e t f r o m â 2 . 1 m to 0 m relative to the front left/r ight speake rs. 6 Press ï« to go back to the speaker list if you want to modify a nother spea ker, or press ENTER to exit the Speaker Distance screen. Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Display Initial Settings Parental Lock DivX (R) V OD Note 1T h e L and R speakers are paired; you canâÂÂt set them differently. 2 Make sure to set them the same distance when using th e F ront Surround (page 15) and Extra P ower mode (page 16). Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Speaker Distance Initial Settings Video Output Language Display Options Speakers L C R SR SL SW 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m Initial Settings HTZ161DVD.bo ok 30 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 08 31 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol Chapter 8 Other connections Connecting external antennas For an external AM antenna, use 5 m to 6 m of vinyl-insu lated wire and set up either indo ors or outdoors. Leave the loop anten na connected. Only use th e included AM loop a ntenna. For an external FM antenna, use a PAL connector to hook up an external FM anten na. Connecting auxiliary audio components Using the stereo analog inputs, you can connect an external c omponent such as a tape deck or MD player for playback through this system. ⢠Connect the AUDI O IN jacks t o the analog outputs of an external playback component. Connect using RC A pin-plug stereo cables. Line Out options The Line Out func tion allows you to determine how sound from LINE OU T termina ls is output. 1 ⢠Press LINE OUT to cycle thr ough LINE ON and LINE OFF option s, then pr ess ENTER to confirm you selecti on. ⢠LINE ON â Multic hannel sources are downmixed to 2.1 ch (stere o). A 2 ch downmix signal is produced from the LINE OUT terminal. Outdoor antenna 5 m to 6 m Indoor antenna (vinyl-coated wire) AM LOOP ANTENNA P AL connector Note 1 ⢠When the line out mode is on, most sound feat ures cannot be used. The display will briefly blink LINE ON if you try and use a prohibited function while the line out mode is on. ⢠The line out mode switches off if you change the input function ( DVD/CD , TUNER , etc.) or switch the power off. ⢠This option is not effective when listening a source from LINE . SURROUND SUB WOOFER FRONT CENTER SPEAKERS (4 é - 6 é ) AUD IO R L R R L L R L VIDEO OUT V IDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO I DEO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL T o audio output T ape deck, etc. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 31 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 08 32 En ⢠LINE OFF â For regular multichannel playback through your spe aker system. Note that no signal is produc ed from the LINE OUT terminal. Connecting the S-video output If your TV has an S-video input, you can use this instead of the standard video outpu t for a better quality picture. ⢠Use an S-video cable t o connect the S- VIDEO OUT to an S-video input on your TV. Line up the small triangle above the jack with the same mark on the plug before plugging in. Connecting us ing the component video output If your TV has comp onent video inputs, you can use these in stead of the standard or S-video video outputs for a better quality picture. 1 ⢠Use a component video cable to connect the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT to a set of component input s on your TV. About progressive scan video Compared to interlace video, progressive scan video effectively doubles the scanning rate of the picture, resulting in a very stable, flicker- free image. Progressive scan video is available only from th e component video output. Compatibility of this player with progressive-scan and high-definition TVs. ⢠This player is compat ible with progressive video Macro Vision S ystem Copy Guard. 2 SURR O FR O SP E AUD IO R L R R L R VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL TV T o S-video input Note 1 The component video output is switchable between interlaced and progressive formats. S ee Video Output settings on page 27. 2 Consumers should note that not all high-definition televisi on sets are fully compatible with this product and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the picture. In case of 525 progress ive scan picture problems, it is recommended that the user swi tch the connection to the âÂÂstandard definitionâ output (Interlace). If there are questions re garding our TV set compatibility with this model, please contact our customer service center. AUD I O R L VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO LINE IN L 75 é TV T o component input HTZ161DVD.bo ok 32 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 08 33 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol About control out connections Many Pioneer com ponents support SR CONTROL co nnections, by which y ou can use the remote controls of any connected components by aiming them at the sensor of just one component. Wh en you use a remote control, the control sig nal is passed along the chain to the appropriat e component. This can be useful when you have multiple components contained inside an entertainment center. If you use this feature, you must ma ke sure that also hav e at least on e set of anal og audio jac ks connected to another component for grounding purp oses. ⢠Using a cabl e with mono mini-plugs on either side (sold separa tely), conn ect the CONTROL IN jack on another Pioneer component to the CONTROL OUT jack on this unit. This will al low you to control the other component by pointing it s remote at this unit. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 33 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 34 En Chapter 9 Additional information Disc/content format playback compatibility This player is compatib le with a wi de range of disc types (media) and formats. Playable discs will generally feature one of the following logo s on the disc and/or di sc packaging. Note however that some disc types, such as recordable CD and DVD , may be in a n unplayable format. See the Disc compatibil ity table below for more information . ⢠This unit will pl ay DVD R/ RW discs. ⢠is a trademark of FUJIFILM C orporation . ⢠is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing Co rporation. ⢠Also compa tible with KODA K Picture C D. This player supp orts the IECâÂÂs Super VCD standard for superio r picture qu ality, dual soundtracks, and wi descreen support. About DualDisc playback A DualDisc is a new two -sided disc, one side of which c ontains D VD content video, audio, etc. while the other side contains non-DVD content such as digi tal audio material. The non-DVD, audio side of the disc is not compliant with the CD Audio specification and therefore may not play. The DVD side of a DualDisc plays in this product. DVD-Audio content will not play. For more detailed information on th e DualDisc specification, please refer to the disc manufactu rer or disc retailer. Disc compatibility table DVD- Video DVD -R DVD -RW Video CD F ujicolor CD Audio CD CD-R CD-RW VIDEO CD Super Video CD (Super VCD) Media Compatible formats CD-R/-RW ⢠CD-Audio, Vide o CD/Super VC D, ISO 9660 CD-ROM* * ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2 co mpliant. CD physical format: Mode1, Mode2 XA Form1. Romeo and Joliet file systems are both compatibl e. ⢠Multi-session pla yback: No ⢠Unfinalized disc playback: No DVD-R/-RW ⢠DVD - Video (Video mode ), Video Re cording (VR)*, U DF Bridge DVD-ROM * Edit points may not play exactly as edited; screen may go momentarily blank at edited points. ⢠Multi Border playback: No ⢠Unfinalized playback: N o PC-creat ed disc ⢠Discs recorded u sing a PC may not be playabl e due to the setting of the software used to create the disc. In th ese instances, check the DVD-R /-RW or CD-R/-RW software man ual or disc boxes for more on comp atibility. ⢠Discs recorded in packet write mode are not compat ible. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 34 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 35 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol About DVD R/DVD RW compatibility Only DVD R/DVD RW discs recorded in âÂÂVideo Mode (DVD Vide o Mode)â which have been finalized, can be played ba ck. However, some editing m ade during the recording may not be played back accurately. About DivX DivX is a co mpressed digi tal video f ormat created by the DivX î video cod ec from DivX, Inc. This p layer can play D ivX video files b urned on CD-R/-RW and DVD-R/-RW/-ROM discs. Keeping the same terminology as DVD-Video, individual DivX video f iles a re called âÂÂTit lesâÂÂ. When nam ing files /titles on a CD-R/- RW or DVD-R/-RW disc prior to burning, ke ep in mind that by def ault they wil l play i n alphabetic al order. DivX video compa tibility ⢠Officia l DivX î Certified product. ⢠Plays all versions of DivX î video (including DivX î 6) with standard play back of DivX î media files. 1 ⢠File extensions: .avi and .divx (these must be used for the player to recognize DivX video files). Note that all files with the .avi extension are re cognized as MPEG4, but not all of these are necessarily DivX video files and therefore may not be playable on this player. Displaying DivX subtitle files The font sets listed be low are availa ble for DivX external subtitle files. You ca n see the proper font set on- screen by setting the Subtitle Language (in Languag e settings on page 27) to matc h the subt itle file. 2 Group 1: Albanian (sq), Basque (eu), Catalan (ca), Danish (da), Dutch (nl), Eng lish (en), Faroese (fo), Finnish (fi), French (fr), Ge rman (de), Icelandic (is), Irish (ga), It alian (it), Norwegian (no), Portuguese (pt), Compre ssed audio ⢠MPEG -1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3), Windows Media Audio (W MA), MPEG - 4 AAC ⢠Sampling rates: 32 kHz/44.1 kHz/ 48 kHz ⢠Bit-rates: Any (128 kbps or higher recommen ded) ⢠VBR (variab le bi t rate) MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC playba ck: No ⢠WMA lossless e ncoding: No ⢠DRM (Digital Rig hts Management) compatible: Y es (DRM-protected audio files will not play in this player .) ⢠File extensions: .mp3, .wma, .m 4a (these must be used for the player to recognize MP3/WMA/MPEG -4 AAC files) ⢠F ile structure (may d iffer): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and files (com bined) withi n each folder JPEG file ⢠Baseline JPE G and EXIF 2.2* still image files up to a resolution of 3072 x 2048 *File format for digital still ca meras ⢠Progressive JPEG compatible: No ⢠File extensio ns: .jpg (must be us ed for the player to recog nize JPEG files) ⢠File structure (may diffe r): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and files (com bined) withi n each folder Media Compatible formats Note 1 Playback of .avi video files larger than 4 GB is not possible. 2 ⢠For ext ernal subtitle files the following subtitle format file name extensions are supported (p lease note that these files a r e not shown within the disc navigation menu): .srt, .sub, .ssa, .smi ⢠Some external subtitle files may be disp layed incorrectly or not at all. ⢠The filename of the movie file has to be repeated at th e beginning of the filename for the external subtitle file. ⢠The number of external subt itle files which can be swit ched for the same movie file is limited to a maximum of 10. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 35 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 36 En Rhaeto-Romanic (rm), Scottish (gd), Spanish (es), Swedish (sv) Group 2: Albanian (sq), Croatian (hr), Czech (cs), Hungarian (hu), Polish (pl), Romanian (ro), Slovak (sk), Slovenian (sl) Group 3: Bulgarian (bg), Byelorussian (be), Macedonian (mk), Russian (ru), Serbian (sr), Ukrainian (uk) Group 4: Hebrew (iw), Yiddish (ji) Group 5: Turkish (tr) DivX, D ivX Cer tified , an d associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under license . About MPEG-4 AAC Advanced Audio Coding (A A C ) i s a t t h e c o r e o f the MPEG-4 AAC standard, wh ich incorporates MPEG-2 AAC, forming the basis of the MPEG -4 audio compression techno logy. The file format and extension used depen d on the app lication used to encode the AAC file. This u nit plays back AAC files enco ded by iTunes î bearing the extension â .m4a âÂÂ. DRM-protected files will not play, and files encoded with some vers ions of iTunes î may not play, or fi lenames may display incorrectly. Apple and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. About WMA This player can playbac k Windows M edia Audio content. WMA is an acronym for Windows Media A udio and refers to an audio compression tec hnology developed by Micr osoft Corporation. WMA content can be encoded by using Windows Media î Player version 7.7.1, Windows Media î Player for Windows î XP, or Windows Media î Player 9 series. Windows Medi a is either a r egistered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporati on in the United States and/or othe r countries. This product inc ludes technology owne d by Microsoft Corporation an d cannot be used or distributed without a license from Microsoft Licensing, Inc. Using and taking care of d iscs Handling discs Hold the disc by its edges when handl ing so as not to leave fingerprints, dir t or scratches on either side of the disc . Damaged or dirty discs can affect playba ck performance . If a disc becomes marked with fingerp rints, dust, etc., clean using a soft, dry clot h. Wipe lightly from the ce nter of the disc using straight strokes. D onâÂÂt wipe the disc surface with circular strokes. If necessary, use a cloth soak ed in alcohol, or a commercially available CD /DVD cleaning kit to clean a disc more tho roughly. Never use benzine, thinner or other cleaning agents suc h as those designed for cleanin g vinyl records. Storing discs Avoid leaving discs in excessivel y cold, humid, or hot enviro nments (including under dir ect sunlight ). DonâÂÂt glue paper or put s tickers onto the disc, or use a pencil, ball-poi nt pen or other sharp-t ipped writin g instrum ent. These co uld all dam age the disc. Discs to avoid Discs spin at high speed inside the player. If a disc is crack ed, chipped, warp ed, or otherwise damaged, donâÂÂt risk using it in your player â you could end up damaging the un it. This unit is designed for use with conventional, fully circular discs only. Pioneer d isclaims all liabilit y arising in connectio n with the use of shaped discs. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 36 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 37 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol DVD Video regions All DVD Video discs carr y a region mark that indicates which region(s) of the world the disc is compatible with. Your DVD system also has a region mark (on the rear pan el). Discs from incompat ible regi ons will not play in thi s player. Discs marked ALL play in an y player. When you insert a disc that cannot be played on this player, one of the following messages is displayed: Incompatibl e disc region number CanâÂÂt play disc Installation and maintenance Hints on installation We want you to enjoy using this system for years to come, so please bear in mind the following points when choosing a location : Do... ï± Use in a we ll-ventila ted room. ï± Place on a solid, flat, level su rface, such as a table, shelf or stereo rack . DonâÂÂt ... ï³ Use in a plac e exposed t o high temp eratures or humidity, includ ing near radiat ors and other heat-generating appliances. ï³ Place on a window sill or other place where the system will be exposed to direc t sunlight. ï³ Use in an excessively dusty or damp environment. ï³ Place directly on top of an amplifier , or other component in your stereo syste m that becomes hot in use. ï³ Use near a telev ision or monitor as you may experience interference â especially if the television use s an indoor antenna. ï³ Use in a kitchen or othe r room where the syst em may be ex posed to smo ke or steam. ï³ Use on a thick rug or carpet, or cover with cloth â this may prevent proper cooling of the sys tem unit. ï³ Place on an unstable surface, or on e that is not large enough to su pport all four of the system unitâÂÂs feet. Cleaning the pickup lens The DVD playerâÂÂs lens shou ld not become dirty in normal use, but if for so me reason it s hould malfunction due to dust or dirt, consult your nearest Pioneer authorized service center. Although lens cleaners are co mmercially available, we do not recommend using them since some may damage the lens. Problems with condensation Condensation may form insi de the player if it is brought into a warm room from outside, or if the temperature of the r oom rises quickly. Although the condensati on wonâÂÂt damage the player, it may temporaril y impair perf ormance. Leave it to adjust to the warmer tempera ture for about an ho ur before switching on. Moving the system unit If you need to move the main unit, first remove a disc if thereâÂÂs one in the player, then press ïµ STANDBY/ON on the front panel to turn the system off. Wait for GOOD BYE to disappear from the display, th en unplug the power cord. 1 Never lift or move the unit during playback â discs rotate at high speeds and may damage. Screen sizes and disc formats DVD-Video discs come in different screen aspects, ranging from TV pr ograms, which are generally 4:3, to CinemaSco pe widescreen movies 2 , with an aspect ratio of up to about 7:3. Note 1 Unplugging the u nit before GOOD BYE disappears from the display may cause the sy stem to r eturn to the f actory set tings. 2 Many widescreen discs override the systemâÂÂs settings so that th e disc is shown in letterbox format regardless of the setting. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 37 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 38 En Televisions also come i n different aspect ratio s; âÂÂstandardâ 4:3 and widescreen 16:9. 1 TV system setting Not applicable to Taiwanese model The def ault sett ing o f this s ystem is AUTO , and unless you notice that the picture is distor ted when playing some discs, you should leave it set to AU TO . If you find picture distortion with some discs, set the TV system to match your country or regionâÂÂs system . However, this may restrict the kinds of di sc you can watch. See the tabl e for the kin ds of dis cs com patible w ith each setting ( AUTO , PAL and NTSC ). 2 1 Switch t he unit int o standby, then press SETUP . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to choose TV SYS then press ENTER . The TV system changes as follows: ⢠AUTO ï¤ NTSC ⢠NTSC ï¤ PAL ⢠PAL ï¤ AUTO The system automatically switches o n and youâÂÂll see the new TV system settin g in the display after seei ng WELCOME . 3 Frequency step setting If you find that you canâÂÂt tune into stations successfully, the frequency step may not be suitable for your countr y/region. 1 Switch the uni t into standby, then press SETUP . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to choose AM 9K/10K then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª t o s e l e c t A M 9 K o r A M 1 0 K t h e n press ENTER . Switching off the demo Follow the steps below to switch the automatic demo feature off (t his st arts when you plug in for the first time): 1 With the unit in standby, press SETUP . 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to choose DEMO then press ENTER . 3U s e ï©/ïª to select DEMO OFF and press ENTER . Set to 4:3 (Let ter Box) , widescr een discs are shown with black bars top and bottom. Set to 4:3 (Pan&Scan) , widescreen discs are shown with the left and right sides c ropped . Alth ough th e pictur e looks larger, you donâÂÂt actual ly see the who le picture. Note 1⢠U s i n g t h e 16:9 (Wide) setting with a standard 4:3 TV, or one of the 4:3 settings with a wi descreen TV, will result in distortion. ⢠When you watch discs recorded in 4:3 format, you can use the TV controls to select how the picture is presented. Y our TV may offer various zoom and stretch options ; see the instructions that came with your TV for details. ⢠Some movie aspect ratios are wider than 16:9, so even with a widescreen TV, thes e discs will still play in a âÂÂletterboxâ styl e. 2 Most models of the newly developed count down PAL TV system detect 50 Hz (PAL )/60 Hz (NTSC) and automatically switch vertical amplitude, resulting in a display without vertical shri nkage. However, in some cases, the image may appear without color. If your PAL TV does not have a V-Hold c ontrol, you may not be able t o wa tch NTSC discs because of picture roll. If the T V has a V-Hold control, adjust it until the picture stops rolling. On some TVs, the picture may shrink vertically, leaving black bands at the top and bottom of the screen. Player setting Media Type Format NTSC PAL AUTO DVD/Super VCD/ Video CD/DivX Video NTSC NTSC PAL NTSC PAL NTSC PAL PAL CD/MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC/ JPEG/no disc â NTSC PAL NTSC or PAL 3 You have to switch the player into standby (press ïµ STANDBY/ON ) befo re each change. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 38 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 39 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol Troubleshoot ing Incorrect opera tions are often mistak en for troubl e and malfun ctions. If you think that there is something wrong with this compon ent, check the points below. Som etimes the trouble may lie in another componen t. Investigate the other components and electrical appliances being used. If the trouble cannot be re ctified even after exercising th e checks listed below, ask your neare st Pioneer authorized service center or your de aler to carry o ut repair work. ⢠If the system does not operate normally due to external effects such as static electricity disconnect the plug from the outlet and in sert again to return t o normal operatin g conditi ons. General Problem Remedy The power doe s not turn on, or switches off suddenly ( an error message m ay be displayed at startup). ⢠Wait for one minute before switching ba ck on. ⢠Make sure there are no loo se strands of wire touchi ng the unit. T his coul d cause the system to shut off automa tically. ⢠Check that the speakers are connecte d correctly. ⢠Make sure the voltage of the mains power source is correct for the model. ⢠Try reducing the volume level. ⢠If the problem persists, take it to your nearest Pioneer authorized service center or your d ealer for servicing. No sound is output when a func tion is selecte d. ⢠If youâÂÂre us ing the line inpu t, make sure the component is connected correc tly (see Connecting au xiliary au dio compo nents on page 31). ⢠Press MUTE on th e remote con trol to tu rn muting o ff. ⢠T urn up the volume. No sound from surround or center speakers. ⢠Refer to Setting the channel levels on page 10 to check the spea ker levels. ⢠When TUNER or LINE is selected, you can only hear the source in stereo. Switch the in put sou rce to DVD/CD or USB for mult ichannel sou nd. ⢠Check that th e Line Out mode hasn âÂÂt been switched on (see Line Out options on page 31). ⢠Check that you ha venâÂÂt selected the STEREO mode (see Listening in surround sound on page 15 ). ⢠Connect the speakers properly (refer to the Setup G uide). CanâÂÂt o perate the remot e control. ⢠Replace the batteries (refer t o the Setup Gu ide). ⢠Operate wit hin 7 m, 30ð of the remote sen sor (refer to the Setup Guid e). ⢠Remove any obstac les or operate from another pos ition. ⢠Avoid exposi ng the remote sensor on the front panel to direct light. ⢠To ope rate other Pioneer com ponents, make sure that the control cable and analog audio cable are connec ted. TRAYLOCK shows in the display and the tray canâÂÂt be ejec ted. ⢠Press and hold ï¨ (OPEN/CLOSE) on the front p anel for abou t eight se conds. Then the t ray can be open ed/closed using ï¨ (OPEN/ CLOSE) . SND. DEMO shows in the display a nd the un it canâÂÂt be contro lled. ⢠Press and hold ï§ (stop) on the front pane l for about f ive seconds. The di sc tray ejects automatica lly to indicate the So und Demo mode is disa bled. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 39 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 40 En DVD/CD/ Video CD player Problem Remedy The disc is ej ected automati cally after loading. ⢠Clean the disc a nd align th e disc prope rly in the d isc guide. ⢠If the reg ion number on a DV D-video disc does no t match the nu mber on the player, the disc can not be used (see DVD Video regions on page 37). In this instance, one of the following messages a ppears on screen: Incompatible disc region number / Ca nâÂÂt play disc . ⢠Allow time for any conden sation inside th e player to evap orate. Avoi d using the player near an ai r-conditioning unit. Playback not possible . ⢠If the disc is loaded upside down, reload the disc with labe l side face up. Picture play back stops and butt ons cannot be used. ⢠Press ï§ (stop), then ï¤ (play) to start playback again. ⢠Switch the power off once, then on again using t he front p anel ïµ STANDBY/ON button. Settings are cance led. ⢠When the po wer is cut, settings will be canceled. No picture/No c olor. ⢠Check that c onnections are co rrect and that plugs are inserted fully. ⢠Check the man ual of the TV/m onitor to make sure the settings are correct. ⢠If the Progressiv e setting is selecte d and you have used comp onent video ca bles to connect a TV that is not compatible with a progressive scan signal, you will n ot be able to s ee any picture at all. With your TV conn ected using e ither the composite or S -video te rminals, cha nge the Compon ent Out settin g to Interlac e (see Video Output settings on page 27). Screen is stretched or aspect doesnâÂÂt cha nge. ⢠The TV Screen settin g is incorrect. Set t he TV Screen opt ion to match th e TV/ monitor youâÂÂre using (see Video Output settings on page 27). When recorded on a VCR or passed through an AV selector, the re is distu rbance in the playback picture. ⢠This system us es copy-protection tech nology which may pre vent recording or cause picture problems when connec ted thro ugh a V CR or AV selec tor. This is not a malfun ction . Picture disturbance during playback or dark. ⢠This player is compatible with Macro- V ision System copy guar d. Some disc s include a copy pre vention signal, and whe n this type of disc is played b ack, stripes etc., may appear on some sect ions of the picture depending on the TV. This is n ot a malfunction. ⢠Discs respond different ly to particular player func tions. This may result in the screen becoming bl ack for a brief insta nt or shaking slightly when th e function is executed. These problems ar e largely due to differen ces between discs and disc conten t and ar e not malf unctio ns of this player. Noticeab le difference in DVD and CD volume. ⢠DVDs and CDs use d ifferent recording methods. This is not a malfu nction. CD-ROM disc is not recognized. ⢠Make sure th at the CD-ROM was re cord ed us ing the ISO 96 60 disc format. S ee Disc compatibility table on page 34 for more on disc co mpatibil ity. DVD-ROM disc is not recognized. ⢠Make sure th at the DVD-ROM was reco rded using the UDF bridge format. See Disc compatibility table on page 34 for more on disc co mpatibil ity. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 40 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 41 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol Tuner USB connection Error Messages Files donâÂÂt show up in the Dis c Navigator / Photo Browser. ⢠The files on the dis c must be nam ed with the co rrect file e xtension: .mp 3 for MP3 files; .wma for WMA files; .m4a for MPEG-4 AAC files; .jpg for JPEG files (upper or lower-case is OK). See Disc compatibi lity table on pa ge 34. CanâÂÂt play WMA or MPEG-4 AAC files. ⢠The files were recorded us ing DRM (dig ital rights ma nagement). Th is is not a malfunctio n. Problem Remedy Problem Remedy Considerab le noise in radio broadca sts. ⢠Connect th e AM antenna (ref er to the Se tup Guide) an d adjust the dire ction and position for best r eception. Yo u may also connect an addition al intern al or extern al AM antenna (re fer to Connecting external antennas on page 31). ⢠Fully extend the FM wire an tenna, positi on for best reception, and secure to a wall. You may also co nnect an outd oor FM antenna ( see Connecting external antennas on page 31 ). ⢠Turn off othe r equipment th at may be causing the noise or move it further away. ⢠The tuning interval is incorrect for your cou ntry or region. See Frequency step setting on page 38 to switch the tuning interval. Auto tu ning does no t pick up some statio ns. ⢠The radio signal is weak. Auto tuning will only detect r adio st ations wit h a good signal. For more sensitive tuni ng, connect an outdoor antenna. Problem Remedy USB mass storage device is not recognized by the system. ⢠Make sure you have completely inserted the USB connector t o this unit. ⢠Check that the memory form at is FAT16 or FAT 32. ⢠USB devices with an intern al USB hub a re not supported . Files donâÂÂt show up in the Navi gator/Ph oto Browser. ⢠The files must have the co rrect file extension: .mp3 for MP3 files; .wma for WMA files; .m4a for MPEG-4 AAC files; .jpg for JP EG files (upper or lower-case is OK). ⢠Make sure the file permission hasnâÂÂt been rest ricted ( throu gh a password, etc.). CanâÂÂt play WMA or MPEG-4 AAC files. ⢠The files were recorded us ing DRM (dig ital rights ma nagement). Th is is not a malfunctio n. Message Description LINE ON ⢠An operatio n is prohibited because the Line Out mode is o n (page 31). EXTRAPWR ⢠You cannot adju st SFC Modes or tone co ntrols (bass, treble, and bass boost) when using EXTRA PWR mode. SND. DEMO ⢠The sound demo is on. See Gene ral in Troubleshooting on page 39. CANNOT ⢠An operation is prohibited because DVD/CD or USB isnâÂÂt selected, headphones are con nected , or TE ST TONE is pressed during disc playback. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 41 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 42 En Resetting the system Use the front panel controls to reset all system settings to the factory defa ult. ⢠With the system on, press ïµ STANDBY/ ON while holding down ï¦ USB. The next time you switch on, all the system settings should be reset. Setting the Key Lock You can disable the fr ont panel buttons by switching the Key Lock featur e on. 1 With the system in standby, p ress SETUP and use ï«/ï¬ to choose KEYLOCK then press ENTER . This is sh own in the f ront pane l display. 2U s e ï©/ïª to select LOCK ON or LOCK OFF then press ENTER . Using the language code list Some of th e language options (se e Language settings on page 27) allow you to set your preferred language from any o f the 136 languages in the Lan guage code list below. 1 Select â Other Langu ageâÂÂ. 2U s e ï«/ï¬ to select either a c ode letter or a code number. 3U s e ï©/ïª to select a code letter or a code numbe r. See the Language code li st below for a complete list of languages and codes. MUTING ⢠An operation is prohibited because the sound is muted (press MUTE ). STEREO ⢠An operation is prohibited because the DVD/CD or USB fu nction isnâÂÂt selected. TRAYLOCK ⢠The tray lock is on. Se e General in Tr oubleshooting on page 39. KEYLOCK ⢠The key loc k is enabled. See Setting the Key Lock below. USB ERR ⢠See Important in Using the USB interface on page 24 fo r more on this. EEP ERR ⢠Contact your P ioneer authorized se rvic e center or your dealer for servicing. EXIT ⢠Appears when a menu is automatically ex ited after a set pe riod of inac tivity. Message Description HTZ161DVD.bo ok 42 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 43 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol Langua ge code list Language (Language c ode letter), Lang uage code Country/Area code list Country/Area, Country/Area c ode, Country/Area code letter Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar ( aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic ( am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az ), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo ), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (h a), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croat ian (h r), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Iceland ic (is), 09 19 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1 009 Javane se (j w), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambo dian ( km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 13 18 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne ), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Rom anian (ro ), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskr it (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si ), 1909 Slovak (sk), 191 1 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanes e (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo), 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 251 5 Zulu (zu), 2621 Argentina, 0118, ar Australia, 0121, au Austria, 0120, at Belgium, 0205, be Brazil, 0218, br Canada, 0301, ca Chile, 0312, cl China, 0314, cn Denmark, 0411, dk Finland, 0609, fi France, 0618, fr Germany, 0405, de Hong Kong, 081 1, hk India, 0914, in Indonesia, 0904, id Italy, 0920, it Japan, 1016, jp Korea, Republic of, 1118, kr Malaysia, 1325, my Mexico, 13 24, mx Netherlands, 1412, nl New Zealand, 1426, nz Norway, 1415, no Pakistan, 1611, pk Philippines, 1608, ph Portuga l, 1620, pt Russian Federation, 1821, ru Singapor e, 1907, s g Spain, 0519, es Switze rland, 0308, ch Sweden, 1905, se Taiwan, 2023, tw Thailand, 2008, th United Kingdom, 0702, gb United States of America, 2119, us HTZ161DVD.bo ok 43 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 44 En Specifications ⢠Amplifier section RMS Power Output: Front, Center, Surround . . . 60 W per channel (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 é ) 50 W per channel (1 kHz, 10%, T.H.D., 6 é) Subwoofer . . . 60 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 é ) 50 W (100 Hz, 10%, T.H.D., 6 é) ⢠Disc section Digital audio characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD fs: 96 kHz, 24-bit Type . . . . . . . DVD system, Video CD/Super V CD system and Compact Disc digital audio system Frequency response . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Hz to 44 kHz (96 kHz sampling)/ 4 Hz to 22 kHz (48 kHz sampling) Wow and Flutter . . . . . . . . Limit of measurement (ñ0.001 % W.PEAK) or less (JEITA) ⢠FM tuner section Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.5 MHz to 108 MHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 é , unbalanced ⢠AM tuner secti on Frequency range: With 9 kHz step . . . . . . . . 531 kHz to 1602 kHz With 10 kHz step . . . . . . . 530 kHz to 1700 kHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loop antenna ⢠Miscellaneous Power requirements: Singapore, Indonesia, H ong Kong, Malaysia, Philipines models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 220 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz Taiwanese model . . . . . . . AC 110 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 W Power consumption in standby . . . . . . . . . 0.42 W Dimensions . . . . . . . 420 mm (W) x 60 mm (H) x 332 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 kg ⢠Accessories ( DVD/CD receiv er) Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6 dry cell batteries (to confirm system operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Video cable (yellow plugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AM loop antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 FM antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Power cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Setup Guide These operating instructions S-DV1 61 Speak er syst em ⢠Front speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensio ns . . . . . . . 105 mm (W) x 115 mm (H) x 114 mm (D) Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60 kg ⢠Center speaker Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensio ns . . . . . . . 115 mm (W) x 105 mm (H) x 114 mm (D) Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60 kg ⢠Surround speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensio ns . . . . . . . 105 mm (W) x 118 mm (H) x 114 mm (D) Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.63 kg â¢S u b w o o f e r Enclosure . . . . . . . B ass- reflex floorstanding type System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way system Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm cone type HTZ161DVD.bo ok 44 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 45 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz to 2.0 kHz Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . . . . 190 mm (W) x 360 mm (H) x 317 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 kg ⢠Acce ssories Non-skid pads (small) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mounting brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Screws (for mounting brackets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 S-DV2 62T Spea ker system ⢠Front/surr ound speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . Clo sed-box floorstanding type (magnetically shielded ) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-way system Speakers: Woofer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone typex2 Tweeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 cm semi-dome type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . 260 mm (W) x 1096.3 mm (H) x 260 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 kg ⢠Center speaker Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded ) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . . . . . 220 mm (W) x 90 mm (H) x 100 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.70 kg ⢠Acce ssories Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Speaker stand bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Screws (for bases) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 S-DV262SW Sp eaker sy stem ⢠Subwoofer Enclosure . . . . . . Bass-reflex floorstanding type System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way syste m Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 é Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz to 2.5 kHz Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . . . 190 mm (W) x 360 mm (H) x 320 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 kg ⢠Accessories Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Note ⢠Specificat ions and design subject to possible modification wi thout notice, due to improvements. This product includes F ontA venueî fonts licenced by NEC corporation. F ontAvenue is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is pr otected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited uses only unless other wise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Additional_information.f m 45 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ æÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂå å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 46 En Manufactured under l icense from D olby Laboratories.âÂÂDo lbyâÂÂ, âÂÂPro Logicâ and the double -D symb ol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. âÂÂDTSâ and âÂÂDTS Digital Su rroundâ are registered trademarks of DTS, Inc. Published by Pioneer Corporation. Copyrigh t é 2007 Pio neer Corporation . All rights reserved. DRM (digital rights management) copy protection is a technology designed to prevent unauthorized copying by restricting playback, etc. of compressed audio files on devices other than the PC (or other recording equipment) used to record it. F or detailed information, please see the instruction manuals or help files that came with your PC and/or software. HTZ161DVD.bo ok 46 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 09 47 En Engli sh Françai s Deut sch Nederland s Italiano E spañol HTZ161DVD.bo ok 47 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ä½Âç½®ï¹ÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âé¢æÂ¿ä¸ ã D3-4-2-1-7c_A_ChH D3-4-2-2-2a_A_ChH æÂÂè¬ÂæÂ¨è³¼è²·æÂŒÂ°å ÂéÂÂç¢åÂÂã è«Âå¾¹åºÂé±è®ÂæÂ¾Â ä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以便æÂ£ç¢ºå°æÂÂä½ÂæÂ¨ çÂÂç¢åÂÂãÂÂå¨é±è®Âå®ÂæÂ¾ÂÂå å¾Âï¼Âè«Âå°Â堶妥çºä¿Â管ï¼Â便æÂ¼æÂ¥å¾ åÂÂèÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 2 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT D3-4-2-1-8_A_ChH 注æÂ æÂÂ¢åÂÂçº第ä¸Âé¡Âé·å°Âç¢åÂÂï¼Âä½ÂæÂÂ¢åÂÂå ·æÂÂé«ÂæÂ¼ç¬¬ä¸Âé¡Âä¹Âé· å°ÂäºÂ極é«ÂãÂÂçº確ä¿Âå ¶å®Âå ¨æÂ§ï¼Âè«Âå¿移åÂÂä»»ä½Âæ©ÂèÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ試æÂÂ¥ 觸æÂ¬æ©Âå §é¨ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Âæ¥ÂæÂÂè¡Â人å¡å°Âæ±ÂÃ¥ÂÂ婿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂ注æÂÂæ¨Â籤éÂÂè²¼æÂ¼æÂ¨çÂÂæ©ÂçµÂä¸Âã ä½Âç½®ï¼ÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂ¹ CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, AVOID HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 3 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
4 ChH ç®é 01 æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 éÂÂæÂ§å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 顯示屠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 02 éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 使ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 èÂÂè½æÂ¶é³橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 調æÂÂ顯示å±Â亮度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 03 èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 以ç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 éÂÂç¨åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 使ç¨å 大åÂÂçÂÂ模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 使ç¨ SFC 模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 04 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 æ ¼é²î¿格éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . 19 使ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 製ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 èÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 渠餿ÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 建ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . 21 æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂå°Âç½èªÂè¨Âî¿é³頻è²é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 05 USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 æÂÂæÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 å©ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂçÂÂ覽æªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 4 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
5 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 06 é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 é³頻 DRC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶@. . . . . . . . . . . . 26 ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 07 ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 æÂÂ人éÂÂå® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivXî VOD 堧容 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 08 å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºãÂÂé¸頠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 飿ÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 éÂÂæÂ¼æÂ§å¶輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 09 å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠ç¢ÂçÂÂî¿堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 éÂÂæÂ¼ DVD R/DVD RW ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . 35 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 éÂÂæÂ¼ MPEG-4 AAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 DVD Video é©ç¨å°å . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 渠æ½Âè®Â寫é ÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 æ°´æ°£åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 é»è¦Â系統è¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 é »çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 éÂÂéÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 DVD/CD/VCD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 調諧å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 USB 飿ÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂéµé (Key Lock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 è¦Âæ ¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 5 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 6 ChH 第 1 ç« æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ 1 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 PLAY LIST æÂÂéµ å¯æÂ°å¢ÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ ï¼Â第 19 é Âï¼ ã 3 î OPEN/CLOSE éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã 4 î DVD/CD é¸å DVD/CD Ã¥ÂÂè½並éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ«åÂÂî¿æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 î î î î åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ã 6 î USB é¸å USB Ã¥ÂÂè½並éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ«åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 7 VOLUME /â æÂÂéµ 8 USB ä»Âé¢ é£æÂÂ¥ USB è£Âç½®æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 24 é Âç USB æÂ æÂ¾ ï¼Âã 9 PHONES æÂÂå æÂ¥ä¸Âè³æ©Âã 10 éÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ 11 顯示屠è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå 顯示屠說æÂÂã DVD/CD VOLUME OPEN/CLOSE USB STANDBY/ON PLAY LIST 1 PLAY LIST 2 PLAY LIST 3 5 6 7 4 3 2 1 8 9 11 10 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 6 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 7 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español éÂÂæÂ§å¨ 1 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 Ã¥ÂÂè½é¸åÂÂæÂÂéµ å¯é¸å æÂ¨è¦Âè è½çÂÂä¾Â溠@DVD/CD ã TUNER ã USB ã LINE ï¼ ã 3 æÂ¸åÂÂéµã CLEAR ã DISPLAY ã SLEEP å DVD æÂ§å¶ CLEAR 渠é¤輸堥頠ç®ã DISPLAY å¯顯示î¿è®ÂæÂ´è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠ï¼Â第 23 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SLEEP æÂÂä¸Â以è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂ ï¼Â第 14 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT AUDIO å¯é¸åÂÂé³頻è²éÂÂî¿å°Âç½èªÂ訠ï¼Â第 22 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SUBTITLE å¯顯示î¿è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂå¹ ï¼Â第 22 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT ANGLE å¯è®ÂæÂ´ DVD å¤Âè§Â度場度æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ觠度@第 23 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯è®ÂæÂ´ç«é¢æÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼Â第 22 é Âï¼ ã 4 TOP MENU å¯å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ä¸Â顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂä¸Â層é¸å® æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½å¯è½åÂÂæÂÂ丠MENU ï¼Â第 12 é Âï¼ ç¸å ã 5 游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµã ENTER Ã¥ÂÂ調諧æÂÂéµ 游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ 使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ ï¼ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ï¼Âå¯å°Â覽å¨屠顯示ç«é¢åÂÂé¸å®ã ENTER å¯é¸åÂÂé¸頠æÂÂå·è¡Âå½令ã TUNE /â å¯調é¸æÂ¶é³æ©Âã ST /â å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ¶è½æÂ¶é³æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂæÂ¶è½çÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° ã 6 HOME MENU å¯顯示 ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂåºï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç çÂÂå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®ã 7 è¨Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ä»Â鳿ÂÂæÂ§å¶ SETUP ç¨以é²è¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種系統åÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âç½® ï¼Â第 10 ã 13 å 38 é Âï¼ ã TEST TONE å¯輸åº測試é³調 ï¼Âç¨æÂ¼æÂÂè²å¨è¨Â置@ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ã HOME MENU PLAYLIST EXTRA PWR STANDBY /ON SHIFT LINE TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND CLEAR LINE OUT MUTE DISPLAY 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 0 SURROUND TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE SLEEP SETUP MENU OPEN/CLOSE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) VOLUME TV CONTROL 1 2 3 8 9 4 7 11 12 14 13 15 16 17 18 5 6 10 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 7 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 8 ChH SURROUND é¸åÂÂç°ç¹Âè²模张ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³章é«Âè²æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã SOUND å¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ鳿ÂÂé¸å®以調æÂ´ SFC 模å¼ÂãÂÂä½Âé³å é«Âä½Âç ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 8 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 11 é Âç åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ ãÂÂ第 17 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 以åÂÂ第 24 é Âç USB æÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂéÂÂé äºÂæÂ§å¶çÂÂ說æÂÂã 9 TV CONTROL æÂÂéµ éÂÂäºÂæÂÂéµå¯æÂ§å¶å ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âã 10 SHIFT æÂÂä¸Âå¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½æÂÂç¶ åÂÂçÂÂæÂ§å¶ã 11 î OPEN/CLOSE éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã 12 PLAYLIST æÂÂéµ å¯æÂ°å¢ÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ ï¼Â第 19 é Âï¼ ã 13 EXTRA PWR Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ ãÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂãÂÂ模张ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 14 MENU æÂÂä¸Âå¯顯示 DVD å Âç¢ÂæÂ USB é¸å®æÂÂå°Â覽å¨ ï¼Â第 12 å 25 é Âï¼ ã 15 RETURN å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã 16 LINE OUT æÂ¯å¦è¦Âè½ÂæÂÂçº徠LINE OUT 端å ï¼Â第 31 é Â@輸 åº混縮信èÂÂã 17 MUTE å¯å°Âè²é³éÂÂé ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå³å¯åÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂé³@ã 18 VOLUME /â å¯調æÂ´é³éÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 8 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 9 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 顯示屠1 DTS æÂ¤çÂÂæÂ¼æÂÂæÂ¾ DTS ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã 2 PRGSVE å¨é¸åÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Â頻輸åºæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 32 é Âï¼ ã 3 SOUND SFC æÂÂé³調æÂ§å¶ ï¼Âé«Âé³ãÂÂä½Â鳿ÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå æÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 4 F.SURR. é¸å ãÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂãÂÂ模张ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ æÂ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½® ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂèÂÂè½模张ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 5 RPT å RPT-1 RPT å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã RPT-1 å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾å®æÂ²æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 20 é Âï¼ ã 6 REC MODE å¨åÂÂå ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºã 模å¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 31 é Âï¼ ã 7 PGM æÂ¤çÂÂæÂ¼ç¯Âç®æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 19 å 21 é Âï¼ ã 8 調諧卿ÂÂ示ç â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨æÂ¥æÂ¶å°廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨èªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å° ç«Âé«Âè² FM 廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨é¸å FM å®è²éÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ã 9 RDM 鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 20 é Âï¼ ã 10 kHz/MHz çºæÂÂ示åÂÂå Â顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示çÂÂé »çÂÂå®你@kHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ AM ï¼ MHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ FM ï¼ ã 11 Ã¥ÂÂå Â顯示屠12 æÂ¤çÂÂå¨ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 14 é Âï¼ ã 13 î æÂ¤çÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 14 2 PL II æÂ¤çÂÂå¨ Dolby Pro Logic II 解碼æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã 15 2 D æÂ¤çÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾ Dolby Digital ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 2 PL 2 D RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM REC MODE 7 13 9 10 8 5 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 4 6 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 9 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 10 ChH 第 2 ç« éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® è« ä¾Â砧丠åÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂºæÂ¾ æÂÂè²å¨ï¼Â使堶ç¢çÂÂæÂ ä½³ç° ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ鱿ÂÂè²å¨å®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ÂæÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ æÂºè¨Âä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂ示@ã â¢ æ¨ÂæºÂç°ç¹Âè² 5 é»Âè¨Âç½® â éÂÂæÂ¯ä¸Â種è½æÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³ 5.1 è²éÂÂå®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂçÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂå¤Âè²éÂÂç°ç¹Âè² æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼Âã å é©ç¨ HTZ161DVD æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ è« è¦ÂæÂ¿é çÂÂ大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¹æÂ§é¸ æÂÂ使ç¨以丠çÂÂè¨Âå®Âé¸ é  ï¼ 1 ⢠åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² 3 é»Âè¨Âç½® â æÂ¤ç¨®è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼Âå¨ç¡泠é²è¡Âå¾Âç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂæÂºè¨ÂæÂ ï¼ æÂÂæÂ¨å¸ÂæÂÂè½é¿ å Âå¨èÂÂè½åÂÂå §ä½Âè¨ÂéÂÂé·çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨ç·ÂæÂ ï¼ ç¸ç¶ çÂÂ實 ç¨ãÂÂè« è ã åÂÂç½®ç° ç¹Âè²ãÂÂ模张丠起使 ç¨æÂ¤ç¨®è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼ ï¼ ä»¥åÂÂå å©ç¨çÂÂå£ÂÃ¥ÂÂ天è±æÂ¿ çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Âæ¢Âä»¶ï¼ÂæÂÂä¾Â極度é¼çÂÂçÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ ã å¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂæÂºè¨Âå¾Âï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¥èÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå 訠置è²éÂÂé³é ï¼Â第 28 é Âç æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® 以å®ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ çÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âç½®ã è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é è¨Âç½®æÂ¨ä¸»è¦ÂèÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂç¸å°Âè²éÂÂé³éÂÂã 2 1 æÂÂ丠TEST TONE ã 測試é³調æÂÂæÂÂ以ä¸Âé ÂåºÂ輸åº ï¼Âå¾Âç®åÂÂèÂÂè½模张ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨@@⢠L â 左åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠C â ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠R â å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SR â å³ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SL â 左ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SW â éÂÂä½Âé³ 3 2 使ç¨ VOLUME /â æÂÂéµ以調æÂ´é³éÂÂè³é©度 çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以輪æµÂ調æÂ´æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂé³éÂÂã ç¶ Ã¥ÂÂå¨主è¦ÂèÂÂè½你置ä¸Âï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂ該æÂ è½å°ä¾Âèª毠å æÂÂè²å¨åÂÂ樣é³é çÂÂ測試é³調ãÂÂè² éÂÂé³éÂÂç¯Âå çº ñ10 dB ã 4 å¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以éÂÂåº測試é³調 è¨Âç½®ã éÂÂ註 1 使ç¨æÂ¤é  è¨Âå®ÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Â確å®Âå¨é¸åÂÂä»»ä¸Âç°ç¹Âè²模å¼ÂæÂÂå·²å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²模张ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 左åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ å³åÂÂç½® å³ç°繠左åÂÂç½® å³åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠å³ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ 2 ⢠æÂ¤é  å å¨é¸å DVD/CD ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂè½使ç¨ãÂÂå¦è«Â確å®Âè³æ©Âå°ÂæÂªæÂ¥ä¸Âã â¢ è¦Â調æÂ´æÂÂèÂÂè½é³æÂÂä¾ÂæºÂçÂÂæÂ´é«Â平衡ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP éÂ括Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸å CH LEVEL ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ãÂÂ使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ å¾Âä¸Âè²éÂÂç§»è³å¦ä¸Âè²éÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ以 îÂÂ/î éµ調æÂ´è²éÂÂä½ÂæºÂãÂÂå¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 ç±æÂ¼éÂÂä½Â鳿ÂÂç¢çÂÂè¶ ä½ÂéÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âå æÂ¤å ¶é³æÂÂè½起ä¾ÂæÂÂè¼Â實éÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂé³éÂÂå®ÂéÂÂä¸ÂäºÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 10 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 11 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 使ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ çºäºÂ使ç¨æÂ¹ 便ï¼ÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂ¡ç¨äºÂ大 éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå½¢åÂÂç å¨ å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ ã æÂÂæÂÂç«é¢ç å°Â覽æÂ¹å¼ÂåºæÂ¬ä¸ ä¸¦ç¡ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè«Â使 ç¨ î ã î ã î ã î éµè®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½頠ç® @並æÂÂ丠ENTER å®ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂã 1 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠æÂ´æÂ¾ÂÂå @ãÂÂé¸åÂÂã æÂ¯æÂÂ使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµåÂÂç½ å¨å±Âç«é¢ä¸ÂçÂÂé  ç®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¹ÂæÂÂã æÂÂ示 â¢ å¨ OSD ç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹çÂÂæÂÂ鵿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¯åÂÂ訴æÂ¨æÂÂä½ ç«é¢æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂæÂÂéµã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ é©ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ã CD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã DivX è¦Âé »å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂåºæÂ¬ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ï¼Âå¨æÂ¤åÂÂé©ç¨ãÂÂé²éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½æÂÂå¨第 4 ç« ä¸Â詳細說æÂÂã 1 å¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨å°ÂæÂªéÂÂæ©Âï¼Âè«Âå°Âå®ÂéÂÂæ©Âã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾å«æÂÂå½±åÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå° é» è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂ並確å®Âè¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¯æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥ã 2 æÂÂ丠î OPEN/CLOSE 以置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂã 樠籤é¢æÂ ä¸Â置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âå© ç¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âæ§½å°Â溠ç¢Âç ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç½®å ¥çÂÂæÂ¯éÂÂé¢ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Â置堥æÂÂè«Âå° æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä¸Â颿ÂÂä¸Âï¼ ã 3 æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæÂ¯ DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼Â便 æÂ åºç¾ä¸Âé¸å®ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 12 é Âç DVD-Video 碠çÂÂé¸å® å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® 堧容ï¼Â以 çÂÂçÂ¥å°Â覽çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âã èÂ¥æÂ¯æÂ¨ç½®å ¥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂç¶ä¸Âå«æÂ JPEG ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂå±Â示ãÂÂèÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 17 é Âç æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂå §å« DivX è¦Âé »åÂÂå ¶ä»ÂåªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¡Âå ï¼Âä¾Â妠MP3 ï¼ ï¼Âé¦Âå Âè«Âå¾Âè¢å¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼Âä¸Âé¸åÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ ï¼ DivX ï¼ÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂåªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¡Âå @MP3 / WMA / JPEG / MPEG-4 AAC ï¼ ã 4 é³éÂÂ調æÂ´ã è«Â使ç¨ VOLUME ä¾ÂæÂ§å¶é³éÂÂã åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ 丠表ä¸Âå æÂÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç¨以 æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂç åÂÂé  åºæÂ¬ æÂ§å¶ 2 ã æÂ¨å¯以å¨第 4 ç« ä¸ÂæÂ¾å°堶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ã éÂÂ註 1 è¢å¹Âä¿ÂèÂ፬ÂåºÂæÂÂå¨系統éÂÂç½®äºÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂå¾Âåºç¾ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU 顯示î¿éÂÂåºå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® ENTER é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂ主é¸å®ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂä»»ä½Âè®ÂæÂ´ æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME æÂ LAST MEM çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥Â便æÂÂå¾ÂæÂ¢å¾© æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂå¾Âè¨ÂæÂ¶çÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âã 2 å¨æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂç¼ç¾æÂÂäºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶å¯è½ç¡æ³Âç¨ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂäºÂé¨åÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 11 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 12 ChH æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂåºç¾å¨è¢ å¹Âä¸Âï¼Â表示æÂ¨å¯以å¾Â該é»Âä½Âç½®ä¾ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD èÂÂ訠ï¼Âå³使éÂÂåº ï¼ æÂÂæÂ¾ä½Â置亦æÂÂå²åÂÂå¨è¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âè£Âã 1 ä¸Â次æÂ¨ç½®å ¥ç¢ çÂÂæÂ ï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂ顯示 LAST MEM çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣@å æÂÂè®ÂæÂ¨å¾ÂæÂ¤æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 妠æÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³ è¦Â渠é¤æÂ¢å¾© æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Âè«Âå¨è¢ å¹Â丠顯示 RESUME çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ ã DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® 許夠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«æÂ¨å¯以é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âè§Â賠堧容çÂÂé¸å®ã æÂÂæÂÂï¼ DVD-Video é¸å®æÂÂèªåÂÂå¨æÂ¨éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ é¡¯ç¤ºå¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âï¼Âå ¶ä»Âç¢ÂçÂÂåªæÂÂå¨æÂ¨æÂÂ丠MENU æÂ TOP MENU æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯示ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® æÂÂ亠VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å ·æÂÂæÂ¨å¯å¾Âä¸Âé¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âè§ è³Â堧容çÂÂé¸å®ãÂÂéÂÂäºÂ便æÂ¯ PBC ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ï¼Âé¸ å®ã æÂ¨å¯以ç´æÂ¥å©ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ï¼Âä¸Âç¨æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âå°Â覽 PBC é¸å®ï¼Â便坿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ´å¼µ PBC VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã î æÂ«åÂÂî¿繼çºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂã î å¯åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¶ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣@ã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿«è½Âã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«è½Âã î å¯跳è³ç®åÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂç« ç¯ÂçÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼Â以å åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿章ç¯Âã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂç« ç¯Âã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯ç¨以輸堥æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç®çÂÂç·¨èÂÂã æÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂæÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂæÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ï¼ ãÂÂ章篠@DVD-Video ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂ註 1 â¢ãÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD-Video ç¢Âç ï¼Âé¤ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW å¤Âï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯å²åÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂäºÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ TOP MENU 顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂç ãÂÂä¸Â層é¸å®ã æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½æÂÂè¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ丠åÂÂã MENU å¯顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® éÂÂæÂÂä¾ ç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¯è½è ãÂÂä¸Â層é¸å®ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç¸åÂÂã îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî å¨ç«é¢ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢移åÂÂ游æ¨Âã ENTER é¸åÂÂç®åÂÂé¸å®ä¸ÂçÂÂé¸頠ã RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂ顯示çÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯é¸åÂÂç·¨æÂÂèÂÂ碼çÂÂé¸å®é¸頠ï¼Âå é©ç¨æÂ¼æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ ãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ RETURN 顯示 PBC é¸å®ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ é¸åÂÂç·¨æÂÂèÂÂ碼çÂÂé¸å®é¸頠ãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã î 顯示åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ話@ã î 顯示ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ話@ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 12 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 13 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español èÂÂè½æÂ¶é³橠調諧å¨å¯以æÂÂ¥ FM å AM 堩種廣æÂÂï¼Â並è®ÂæÂ¨è½ 夠å°Âèª己æÂ è½çÂÂéÂȌ°è¨ÂæÂ¶ä¸ ä¾Âï¼ÂéÂÂ樣就ä¸Â忠毠次å¨è¦ÂæÂ¶è½æÂÂéÂÂå¾ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧ã 1 æÂÂ丠TUNER 以åÂÂæÂÂ調諧å¨ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé£çºÂæÂ ä»¥é¸å AM æÂ FM 波段ã è¢å¹ÂæÂ¤æÂÂæÂÂ顯示波段åÂÂé »çÂÂã 2 調é¸éÂÂè¦ÂçÂÂé »çÂÂã éÂÂ裡æÂÂä¸Â種調諧模张æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«ÂéÂÂ@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧 ï¼Âé£çºÂæÂ TUNE /â 以æÂ¹è®ÂæÂÂ顯示 çÂÂé »çÂÂã â¢ èªåÂÂ調諧 ï¼ÂæÂÂä½ TUNE /â ï¼Âç´å°æÂÂ顯示ç 頻çÂÂéÂÂå§Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçºæÂ¢ ï¼ ç¶å¾Âå°ÂæÂÂéµæÂ¾éÂÂã ä¸ÂæÂ¦ æÂ¾å°ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂȌ° ï¼Â調諧å¨å³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢åÂÂä½ ãÂÂé è¤ÂæÂ¥é©Â以繼çºÂæÂÂå°Âã â¢ é«ÂéÂÂ調諧 ï¼ æÂÂä½ TUNE /â ï¼Âç´å°顯示çÂÂé » çÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¿«éÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçºæÂ¢ ãÂÂç¹¼çºÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂéµ ï¼ ç´å° æÂ¨æÂ¾å°æÂÂéÂÂè¦ÂçÂÂé »ç ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂ忠覠@å¯使ç¨æÂ åÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ä¾Â微調頻çÂÂã æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨以ç«Âé«Âè²æÂ¶è½ FM éÂȌ°ï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å» å¾Â微弱ï¼Âé£麼æÂ¨ å¯以å°Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ å®è²éÂÂä¾ÂæÂ¹ å è²é³çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ質ã 1 調é¸è³ FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ FM MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å FM MONO ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 調諧å¨å¨å®è²éÂÂæÂÂ¥ æÂ¶æ¨¡å¼Â丠@å®è²éÂÂæÂÂ示 ç @ï¼ÂæÂÂ亮起ã é¸å FM AUTO 以åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模张ï¼ÂæÂ¶ è½章髠è²廣æÂÂæÂ ï¼Âç«Âé« è² æÂ ç¤ºç @@æÂ äº® èµ·ï¼ ã è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° æÂ¨å¯å²åÂÂå¤Âé 30 Ã¥ÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° ï¼ è®ÂæÂ¨æ°¸é å¯以輠輠é¬Âé¬Â便 è½æÂ¶è½åÂÂæÂ çÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âæ¯Â次 é½覠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧ã 1 調諧è³ AM æÂ FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ã å°ÂæÂ¼ FM 波段ï¼Âå¯è¦ÂéÂÂè¦Âä¾Âé¸åÂÂå®è²éÂÂæÂÂèªå 章é«Âè²ç æÂ¥æÂ¶æÂ¹å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¤é  è¨Â宠弿ÂÂé£åÂÂé Âè¨Âé» å°ä¸Âä½µåÂÂã 2 æÂÂ丠SETUP éµ並ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸æÂ ã ST.MEM. ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂ¶è½çÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°@ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° 1 確å®Âå·²é¸å TUNER Ã¥ÂÂè½ã 2 使ç¨ ST /â æÂÂéµ以é¸åÂÂä¸Âé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµä¾Âé¸åÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠å¯å°Âè¼Âå©ä¾Â溠ï¼Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂãÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨çÂÂï¼Â飿ÂÂ¥ è³ æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âï¼Âé éÂÂæÂÂè²å¨系統æÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂèÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂç æÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 31 é Âç é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻訠å ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ è¦Âå°Â丠USB è£Âç½®é£æÂ¥è³ USB 端åÂÂ丠@è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 24 é Âç USB æÂÂæÂ¾ ã 1 確å®Âå¤Âé¨ä¾Â溠ï¼Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂãÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨çÂÂï¼ å·²ç¶ÂéÂÂæ©Âã 2 æÂÂ丠LINE 以é¸åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂã 3 å¦ÂæÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæºÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 13 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 14 ChH è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¯ å¨æÂ¨ç¡ è ç´Âä¸Âå° æÂÂå¾Â尠系統é æ©Âï¼ æÂ¨å®Âå ¨ç¡é ÂæÂÂå¿Âã 1 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SLEEP 以é¸åÂÂé¸頠@ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é¸åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸頠@⢠SLP ON â ç´Âå¨ä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂå¾ÂéÂÂæ© â¢ SLP OFF â åÂÂæ¶Âç¡ç å®ÂæÂ å¨é¸å SLP ON å¾Âï¼ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SLEEP 以確èªÂä¸Âä¸Âå©é¤ÂçÂÂæÂÂé ã æ¯Âæ¢Âç·Â代表素12 Ã¥ÂÂé ï¼Âå©é¤ÂæÂÂéÂÂ@@調æÂÂ顯示å±Â亮度 æÂ¨å¯調æÂ´åÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ亮度ã 1 æÂÂ丠SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ DIMMER ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂæÂÂ顯示å¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Âã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å LIGHT æÂ DARK ï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂ註 1 è¨Âå®Âç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂï¼Â顯示å±ÂæÂÂ調æÂÂä¸Âä¾Âã SL P --- -- HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 14 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 03 15 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 3 ç« èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模å¼ÂæÂ¯ èÂÂè½主è¦ÂæÂ§ å¶çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ä¾ÂæºÂæÂ ç°¡ å®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âï¼ÂèªæÂ è²å¨çÂÂ輸åºåÂÂæÂ åºä¾ÂæºÂé¡ÂæÂ ä¸ çÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ丠SURROUND 以é¸å AUTO èÂÂè½模张ã 1 以ç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯以ç°ç¹Âè²ä¾ÂèÂÂè½ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾Â溠ã 2 ç° ç¹Âè²ä¾ÂèªæÂ¼æÂ¡ç¨æÂÂ種 Dolby Pro Logic 解碼模张çÂÂç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SURROUND 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種èÂÂè½模张ã 1 顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ çÂÂ鏿ÂÂæÂÂä¾ æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä¾ÂæºÂé¡Âå è æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ AUTO â èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张ï¼Âå¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂ述@⢠DOLBY PL (Dolby Pro Logic ï¼ â å¯ç¢ç 4.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠MOVIE (Dolby Pro Logic II Movie ï¼ â Pro Logic II 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼ ç¹åÂ¥é©åÂÂé»影侠æºÂï¼ å¯ç¨æÂ¼ä»»ä½Âä¸Â種éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠MUSIC (Dolby Pro Logic II Music ï¼ â å¯ç¢ç Pro Logic II 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂï¼ ç¹åÂ¥é©åÂÂé³ æ¨Âä¾Â溠ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠STEREO â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ ä¹Â篠說æÂ éÂÂç¨åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² å é©ç¨ HTZ161DVD æ©Âå åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²模å¼Âå¯é©ç¨æÂ¼é¸å DVD/CD æÂ USB ä½Âçº輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂï¼Âä¸ÂæÂ¡ç¨第 10 é Âç 家åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³ æÂÂ訠置 å æÂ è²å¨宠è£ÂæÂÂå 丠æÂÂè¿°ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°繠è² 3 é»Âå¼ÂæÂÂè²å¨è¨Âå®ÂæÂ¹å¼ÂçÂÂæÂ æ³Âã â¢ ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè² å¨ æÂÂç½® æÂ¼åÂÂç½® æÂ è²å¨丠æÂ¹ä¸¦é¢ å çÂÂå£Âã 1 æÂÂ丠SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ F.SURR ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å MODE ON ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ模 å¼Âï¼ÂæÂ MODE OFF ï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂ模å¼Âï¼ ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã 4 å¨é¸å MODE ON å¾Âï¼ å³å¯ä¸Â起使ç¨ç°ç¹ÂèÂÂè½ 模å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²åÂÂè½ã éÂÂ註 1 èÂ¥ä¾ÂæºÂçº Dolby Digital æÂ DTS ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂçÂÂç¸å°ÂæÂÂ示çÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 2 注æÂÂéÂÂå°Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ DVD/CD æÂ USB ï¼ÂæÂÂè½é²è¡Âå¤Âè²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 3 注æÂ F.SURR é¸頠å¨è³æ©ÂæÂ¥ä¸Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ã 4 ⢠è¨Âå®Âçº MODE ON æÂÂï¼Âè«Â確實æÂÂç §å®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè¿°ï¼ÂæÂÂè½ç¢çÂÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂã â¢ å°Âã å 大åÂÂçÂÂãÂÂè¨Âå®Âçº MODE ON ï¼Âç¶å¾Âå° ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂè¨Âå® MODE OFF æÂÂï¼ÂèÂÂè½模å¼Âå°ÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ AUTO ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 15 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 03 16 ChH 使ç¨å 大åÂÂçÂÂ模张ãÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂã 模å¼Âå¯è®ÂæÂ¨å¾Âç«Âé«Âè² ï¼ 2.1 è²éÂÂï¼ ä¾ÂæºÂ享åÂÂæÂ´è±Â寠ã å®ÂæÂ´çÂÂé³æÂ ã 1 ç¶æÂ¨èÂÂè½ DVD/ CD æÂ USB ä¾ÂæºÂæÂ ï¼ å³å¯使ç¨ ãÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂã 模张ã 使ç¨ HTZ161DVD ï¼ æÂ å°Âç°繠æÂÂè²å¨æÂ¾å¨ Ã¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ä¸ÂæÂ¹ ï¼Â並å°ÂæÂ æÂÂæÂÂè²å¨é¢æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 使ç¨ HTZ262DVD ï¼ æÂ å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½® Ã¥ÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè² å¨æ¯Âé°æÂ¾ç½®ï¼Â並å°ÂæÂ æÂÂæÂ è²å¨é¢æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ丠EXTRA PWR å¯é¸å MODE ON æÂ MODE OFF ã 2 é¸å MODE ON å¾ ï¼ åÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Âç F.SURR. æÂÂ示çÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯以å¨ ç« é«Âè²é³æÂ ä¸ èÂÂè½任 ä½ ä¸Â種ä¾Â溠章é«Âè²æÂ å¤Âè²éÂÂãÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾ å¤Âè²éÂÂä¾Â溠æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ è² éÂÂæÂÂ綠縮混å¾Âå³éÂÂè³å 置左î¿å³æÂ è²å¨åÂÂé ä½Âé³ä¹Âä¸Âã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SURROUND ç´å°顯示å±Âä¸Âåºç¾ STEREO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣çºæÂ¢ã æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ å¨æÂ¥ä¸Âè³æ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂåªæÂ STEREO 模å¼Âå¯以使ç¨ã 使ç¨ SFC 模张SFC ï¼Âé³場 æÂ§å¶ï¼Â模张å¯以é© ç¨æÂ¼ä»» ä½ çÂÂå¤Âè² é æÂÂç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂï¼Â以æÂ ä¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¼Âå ¶ä» çÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂ æÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å SFC MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 æÂÂ丠îÂÂ/î ï¼ÂæÂ¥èÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以é¸å SFC 鳿ÂÂ模å¼Âã è«Âé¸å OFF ï¼ÂéÂÂï¼ ã ACTION ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âï¼ ã DRAMA ï¼ÂæÂ²åÂÂï¼ ã ROCK ï¼ÂæÂÂ滾æ¨Âï¼ ã POP ï¼ÂæµÂè¡Âæ¨Âï¼ ã HALL ï¼Â鳿¨Â廳@æÂ LIVE ï¼Âç¾場æ¼Âå¥Âï¼ ã 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ 使ç¨ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³æÂ§å¶å¯調æÂ´å ¨é¢çÂÂé³調ã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸ BASS æÂ TREBLE ï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ調æÂ´è²é³ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ確èªÂã å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é æÂ¬ æ©Âå ±æÂÂäºÂ種ä½Âé³ 模å¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯ç¨侠å¢Âå¼·ä¾ÂæºÂ丠çÂÂä½Âé³é³éÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å BASSMODE ï¼Âä½Âé³模 å¼Âï¼ ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ調æÂ´è²é³ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ確èªÂã é¸å OFF ï¼ÂéÂÂï¼ ï¼ MUSIC ï¼Â鳿¨Âï¼ æÂ CINEMA ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢@ã éÂÂ註 1 ç¶é å ãÂÂå 大 å ç ãÂÂ模å¼Âï¼Â夠æÂ¸ é³ æÂ å è½ 便 ç¡ 泠使 ç¨ ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂ æÂ¨ å¨ ãÂÂå 大 å ç ãÂÂ模张å å æÂ è©¦ è 使 ç¨ å å° é å¶ ç å è½ ï¼Âé£麼 顯示å±Âå°ÂæÂÂçÂÂæÂ«éÂÂç EXTRAPWR çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ã 2 ⢠è«Â注æÂÂï¼Â使ç¨è³æ©ÂæÂÂï¼Â便ç¡æ³Â使ç¨ ãÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂãÂÂ模å¼Âã å¦ÂæÂÂå¨æÂ¥ä¸ è³æ©ÂæÂÂæÂÂ丠EXTRA PWR ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤º CANNOT ï¼Âç¡æ³ÂéÂÂä½Âï¼Âé¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ã â¢ è¨Âå®Âçº MODE ON æÂÂï¼Âè«Â確實æÂÂç §å®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè¿°ï¼ÂæÂÂè½ç¢çÂÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂã â¢ è¨Âå®Âçº MODE OFF æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¶è½模å¼Âå°ÂèªåÂÂè¨Âçº AUTO ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 16 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 17 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 4 ç« ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠å³使æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ實éÂÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂå 置堥çÂÂç¢Âç 種é¡ÂèÂÂæÂÂäºÂ許ä¸ÂçÂÂå·®ç°ï¼ÂæÂ¬ç« æÂÂæ¶µèÂÂçÂÂ許 å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ä»Âå¯é©ç¨æÂ¼ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã CD ã DivX è¦Â頻以å WMA/MP3/ MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG ç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ亠DVD æÂÂéÂÂå¶æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Â鍿©ÂæÂÂé è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂé¨åÂÂæÂÂå ¨é¨çÂÂ使ç¨ ã éÂÂ並 ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ 卿ÂÂæÂ¾ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂÂï¼ æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¨ PBC æÂ æÂ¾ æÂÂéÂÂ並 丠é©ç¨ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂ æÂ¨ æÂ³ è¦Â使ç¨ é 亠å è½ ï¼ è«Â使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ä¾ÂéÂÂå§Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂ度åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã 1 ⢠æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î æÂ î 以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂÂã é£çºÂæÂÂ以å¢Âå æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå¨å±Â顯示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種栢åÂÂä½ÂéÂÂ度ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å DivX è¦Âé »ã DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂå¯以åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ ¢å ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂä½ îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î éÂ括Âç´å°éÂÂå§Âæ ¢å ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çºæÂ¢ã é£çºÂæÂÂ以è®ÂæÂ´æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå¨å±Â顯示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¼é²î¿格éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以éÂÂæ ¼åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢Âç ã å°ÂæÂ¼ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å DivX è¦Âé » ï¼ æÂ¨åªå¯以使 ç¨格鲿ÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂ丠îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î 以å¾ÂéÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé²çÂÂæÂ¹ å¼Âä¸Â次ä¸Âæ ¼æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ å¨置堥堧å« JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠îÂʊȴ é å§Âå¾Â碠çÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ第ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ æÂÂ夾î¿åÂÂç éÂÂå§Âå¹»ç çÂÂç§ ã 3 æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Âé ÂåºÂä¾Â顯示æ¯Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾 ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂã â¢ è¥該è£Â置堧å«æÂ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂé³ é » æÂ æÂ¾ æÂ éÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ä»Âç¶ å¯ 以 使 ç¨跳é @î / î @ãÂÂæÂ æÂ ï¼ î / î @åÂÂæÂ«å @î @çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  åÂÂè½ã åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂ調æÂ´ä»¥ç¡éÂÂ填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ã éÂÂ註 1 DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂå é©ç¨ä¸Â種éÂÂ度ã 2 ⢠è¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ÂæÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂå¨è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå° DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂï¼ÂèªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ PBC 模å¼Âä¸Âç VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 以å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 ACC æÂ²ç® ï¼Âé ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ模å¼Âã ä¸Âï¼ ï¼ å°éÂÂæÂ²ç®çÂÂéÂÂé ÂæÂÂçµÂå°¾æÂ å°ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã 3 ⢠æÂ¬æ©Âå°Âä¸Â份æªÂæ¡Âè¼Âå ¥çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¨èÂÂæªÂæ¡Â容éÂÂæÂÂ大èÂÂå¢Âå ã â¢ ä¸Âå¼µç¢ÂçÂÂå¯å å«å¤Âé 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾å 648 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µçÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾èÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 17 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 18 ChH å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂ@使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢Âç 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å¯çÂÂ覽æÂ´å¼µ DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼ÂæÂ¾å°æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂé¨åÂÂã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨屠é¸å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 鏿ÂÂ檢è¦Âé¸頠ã å¯以使 ç¨çÂÂé¸頠覠置堥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種顠åÂÂæÂ¯å¦è¦ÂæÂ æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼Âç¶èÂÂä»Âå å«@⢠æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ 章篠â æÂ DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂç®åÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âä¸ÂçÂÂç« ç¯Âã â¢ æÂ²ç® â æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂ²ç®ã â¢ æÂÂé â æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Original: æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ç¢Âç ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âæ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Playlist: æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ç¢Âç ç¶ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®æ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Original: æÂÂé â æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Â堧容ä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Playlist: æÂÂé â æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã æÂ´åÂÂè¢ å¹Âç«é¢åÂÂå¾ ä¸Â次æÂÂå¤Âå¯æÂ¥é£ 顯示å Â張縮 å 影åÂÂãÂÂè¦Â顯示å ä¸ÂçµÂî¿ä¸Â丠çµÂå Â張縮åÂÂï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ î / î ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂ縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂã æÂ¨å¯使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 鵿ÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸ Ã¥ÂÂ縮åÂÂã 覠使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ é¸åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Â輸堥 å ©ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻ï¼ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³åÂÂä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並 æÂÂè½Âî¿翻åÂÂæÂÂ顯示çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並å°Âå çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂæÂ 1x ã 2x å 4x çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã MENU å¯顯示 ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂç«é¢ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå æ¨Â顠章篠01 04 02 05 03 06 ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂ: æ¨Âé¡ 01- 49: - - HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 18 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 19 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂ桠使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂæÂÂç §æªÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ÂæÂ¾ä¸Âç¹å®ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®丠é¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER ä¾ÂçÂÂ覽ã 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î å¯ä¸Âä¸Âç§»åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿æªÂæ¡Â渠å®ã 使ç¨ î 以åÂÂå°根è³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 1 使ç¨ ENTER æÂ î å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã â¢ ç¶åÂÂç½ JPEG æªÂæ¡Âï¼Â便æÂÂä¸Â縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂ顯示å¨ è¢å¹Âå³å´ã 3 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂç½çÂÂå½±é³è»ÂæÂ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ é¡¯ç¤ºåÂÂç½ç JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂï¼Â坿ÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç¶已é¸å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æÂ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂèª該æªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ æÂÂ夾çµÂæÂÂçºæÂ¢ã â¢ ç¶é¸åÂÂ亠JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Â峿ÂÂéÂÂ姠@並 å¾ÂæÂÂ鏿ªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä¸Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾æÂ æÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠å¨èÂÂè½ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ ï¼ ä¹Âå¯以åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ãÂÂåªéÂÂé¸å æÂ³è¦Âè è½çÂÂé³ é » 檠æ¡Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å æÂ³ è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡Âå³å¯ãÂÂæÂ¤æÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âå é³頻檠æ¡ÂæÂÂå æÂ ä¸ æÂ·éÂÂ褠æÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  æÂ æÂ¾ æÂ§å¶å é©ç¨æÂ¼ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã â¢ è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ´ å¼µ ç¢Âç èÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¯ åª æÂÂç®å è³ÂæÂÂ夾 ç 堧容 ï¼Âè«Âå  é åº ãÂÂç¢Âç 尠åÂÂã ï¼Âç¶徠使 ç¨ î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 使ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® é ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¤é  å è½ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以 å° å« æÂ WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC å JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂç¢Âç @製ä½ÂæÂÂä¸Â份 æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ï¼Âæ¯Â份 30 Ã¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âï¼ ãÂÂç±æÂ¼æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂè¨Âä½ æÂÂå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ張置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼ éÂÂå¨æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ å¿«éÂÂä¸Âè¼Âé¬Âå°æÂ´çÂÂ大éÂÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¸ç¶æÂÂç¨ ã 2 製ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® 1 å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並徠å¨å±Â顯示é¸å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âå å°æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã èÂ¥ä¸ÂçÂ¥éÂÂæÂÂ麼åÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âè¿° å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå° åÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂæ¡ ã 3 æÂÂ丠PLAY LIST1 ã 2 æÂ 3 ã æÂ¤æÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂå å°æÂÂé¸åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Âã 4 éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é© 2 å 3 ï¼Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂæÂÂä½Âå®ÂæÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以é²堥æÂÂä¸Â層ç ã .. ãÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂä½Âã 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps 2 該ç¢ÂçÂÂå¿ é Â置堥æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾å¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ç¶ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 19 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 20 ChH æÂÂ示 ⢠è¦Â卿²ÂæÂÂå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢çÂÂæÂ æ³Âä¸Âå 堥æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åªéÂÂå¨æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ丠PLAY LIST1 ã 2 æÂ 3 å³å¯ ï¼Âé¤å¨æÂÂæÂ¾é³頻 çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âå¤Âï¼ ã èÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠PLAY LIST1 ã 2 æÂ 3 ã æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Âç PGM æÂÂ示çÂÂæÂ äº® èµ·ãÂÂèÂ¥æÂªè¨ å®Âä»»ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 渠å®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ顯示屠ä¸ÂæÂ é¡¯ç¤º NO LIST ã â¢ èÂ¥æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®堧å«æÂ JPEG Ã¥ÂÂé³頻堩種æªÂæ¡Âï¼ åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡Âã 渠餿ÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ 1 éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¨çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ã 2 å¾Âã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂç«é¢ä¸Âï¼Âé¸åÂÂæÂ³å¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Â渠é¤çÂÂæªÂæ¡Â並æÂÂ丠CLEAR ã 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 ã A-B é è¤ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨æÂÂå®Âä¸Âå½±é³軠@CD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂæÂÂä¸Âæ¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD ï¼Âä¸ÂçÂÂå ©é» ï¼ A å B ï¼ ï¼Âä¾Âä¸Âç´ä¸ÂæÂ·å°循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ã A-B éÂÂè¤Âã ã 3 å¨ã A ï¼ÂéÂÂå§Âé»Âï¼ ãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Âç½® 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå§Âé»Âã 4 å¨ã B ï¼ÂçµÂæÂÂé»Âï¼ ãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Âç½® 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂçµÂæÂÂé»Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥ÂæÂÂè·³åÂÂè³éÂÂå§Âé»Âï¼ ç¶å¾ÂéÂÂå§Â循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âè«Âé¸å ãÂÂéÂÂã ã 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ é¤ äºÂÃ¥ÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾é¸頠å¤Âï¼Âä¹Âå¯ 以å°ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾åÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Â起使ç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 21 é ÂçÂʌȼ ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® ï¼Âã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂéÂÂè¤Âã ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸頠ã 1 妠æÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âå¯é¸å é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨Âå¼ ä¾ éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨ÂåºÂç·¨ 輯渠å®ï¼ÂæÂÂé¸å éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ Ã¥ÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾å®碠æÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ²ç® ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âå¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¯ éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âã 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ å¯使ç¨ æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½以 鍿ÂÂçÂÂé ÂåºÂä¾ÂæÂ æÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âï¼ DVD-Video ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼Âã 2 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼ éÂÂ註 1 WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂç¡æ³Â使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 2 ⢠æÂ¨å¯以å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè¨Âç½®é¨æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¸頠ãÂÂç¶èÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ç¡æ³Âå°Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé Âç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Â起使ç¨ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¸Âè½使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ VR 格张DVD-R/-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂã DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå¨ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸ å®已顯示çÂÂæÂ æ³Âä¸Â使ç¨ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 20 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 21 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 2 é¸å ãÂÂ鍿©Âã ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂä¸Âé¸頠ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ é¨ æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂÂï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂæÂ é 以éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂ鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ã æÂÂ示 â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂç¹¼çºÂå·衠@ç´å°æÂ¨å¾Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸ å®é¸頠ä¸Âé¸åÂÂ亠鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂéÂÂçºæÂ¢ã 建ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® æÂ¬é  åÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨ 編輯ç¢ÂçÂÂ丠æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ² ç® çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾é ÂåºÂç¨ÂåºÂã 1 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂç¨ÂåºÂ編輯ãÂÂç¶å¾Âå¾Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸頠渠å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç·¨åºÂåµ建î¿編輯ã ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â樠é¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç®ä½Âçºç®åÂÂå¨ç¯Âç®渠å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂ¥ é©Âã å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ æÂ¨éÂÂå¯以å¢Âå æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¯ç« ç¯Âã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ CD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®å å° ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ä¹Âä¸Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER é¸åÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç®徠@編庠æÂ¥é©Âç·¨èÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç§»åÂÂä¸Âä½Âã 4 è«ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é© 3 以建ç«Âä¸Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ã 丠份ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ä¸Âå¯ å å«å¤Âé 24 Ã¥ÂÂç·¨åºÂæÂÂ¥ é©Âã â¢ æÂ¨åªéÂÂå° æÂ¨ æÂ³é¡¯ 示æÂ°ç·¨ 庠æÂ¥é©Âç 你置åÂʊȴ Ã¥ÂÂç½åÂÂ輸 å ¥ æ¨Âé¡Âî¿ ç« ç¯Âî¿ æÂ² ç®編è ï¼Â便å¯ æÂÂ堥編åºÂæÂ¥é©Âã â¢ è¦Âåªé¤編åºÂæÂ¥é©Âï¼Âè«Âå°Âå ¶åÂÂç½å¾ÂæÂÂ丠CLEAR å³å¯ã 5 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ éµã 稠åºÂ編輯 渠宿ÂÂç¹¼çºÂÃ¥ÂÂå¨ï¼Âç´ å°æÂ¨éÂÂéÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂ æÂ¾ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ã åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® ï¼Âå é±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ï¼ÂéÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæ©ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠ç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ å¨ ç¨ÂåºÂç·¨ 輯é¸å®ä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂé¤ äºÂç·¨åºÂåµ建 î¿編輯以 å¤ÂçÂÂå ¶ä»Âé¸頠ã â¢ ç·¨åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂå§ â å¯éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å²åÂÂçÂÂç¨ÂåºÂç·¨ 輯渠å® â¢ ç·¨åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂ¢ â å¯éÂÂéÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä½Âä¸ÂæÂ åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® â¢ ç·¨åºÂåªé¤ â å¯åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®並éÂÂéÂÂ稠åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Âé¸åÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿樠é¡Âî¿章ç¯Âã î å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ç®åÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章篠çÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯é¨æ©Âé¸åÂÂå ¶ä» çÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âã éÂÂ註 1V R æ ¼å¼Âç DVD-R/-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂã DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®顯示æÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨ç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾å è½ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU å¯å²åÂÂç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®並éÂÂåºä½Â丠æÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ä¸ÂçÂÂä¸Âä¸Âå 編åºÂæÂ¥é©Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 21 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 22 ChH æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç æÂ¨å¯ 以æÂÂæ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âç·¨èÂÂï¼ æÂ æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂç´¢ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 坿ÂÂæÂ²ç®編 èÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂç´¢ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã ã æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂÂç´¢é¸頠æÂÂè¦Â置堥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡ÂèÂÂå®Âã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå¿ é ÂæÂÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä»¥ä¾¿ä½¿ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢åÂÂè½ ã 4 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æ¨Âé¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç®編èÂÂï¼ æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂã â¢ 使ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢æÂ ï¼ è«ÂæÂÂç §æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ç ä½Âç½®ä¾Â輸堥ç®åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD/DivX 覠頻ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé æÂ¸åÂÂç§ÂæÂ¸ãÂÂä¾Âå¦Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠4 ã 5 ã 0 ã 0 峿ÂÂå¾ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ第 45 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ãÂÂæÂ³è¦Â輸 å ¥ 1 å°ÂæÂÂã 20 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂå 30 ç§ÂæÂÂï¼Â坿ÂÂ丠8 ã 0 ã 3 ã 0 ã 5 æÂ ENTER éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂå DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸Â種以丠誠è¨ÂçÂÂå å¹Âï¼Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå 裠ä¸ÂæÂÂ渠æ¥ÂÃ¥ÂÂ訴æÂ¨ å¯以 使 ç¨çÂÂå å¹ÂèªÂè¨Â種é¡ÂãÂÂæÂ¨ å¯以卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ä¾Âå æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SUBTITLE 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種åÂÂå¹ é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®åÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå®Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 27 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂè³Â訠@è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 35 é  ç 顯示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã åÂÂæÂÂå°Âç½èªÂè¨Âî¿é³頻è²é å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂæÂÂ堩種以 ä¸ÂèªÂè¨Âå°Âç½ 堧容ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé å® è²éÂÂé³ æÂ çÂÂç¢Âç æÂ 2 æÂ¨å¯以å¨ æÂ æÂ¾ æÂÂéÂÂä¾ å æÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 3 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT AUDIO 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種å°Âç½èªÂ訠é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®å°Âç½èªÂè¨ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå®Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 27 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ 使ç¨æÂ¾å¤§åÂÂè½ ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以å¨è§Âè³ DVD ã DivX è¦Âé » æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ å°Âç«é¢æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¨ä½ÂæÂ¾å¤§ 2 Ã¥ÂÂæÂ 4 Ã¥ÂÂã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT ZOOM 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¾ 大çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼ÂæÂ£å¸¸ã 2x æÂ 4x ï¼ ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ä¾Âè®ÂæÂ´ç¸®æÂ¾åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã æÂ¨ å¯以卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé èªç±åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 大åÂÂæÂ¸ï¼Â以åÂÂæÂ¾ 大åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 4 éÂÂ註 1 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨ÂãÂÂæÂÂ丠TOP MENU æÂ MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã 2 æÂÂäºÂè¶ ç´ VCD éÂÂæÂÂ堩種é³è»ÂãÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ堩種é³è»Âï¼Â以åÂÂæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³è»Âç¨æÂÂçÂÂè²éÂÂã 3 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®Âå°Âç½èªÂè¨ÂãÂÂæÂÂ丠TOP MENU æÂ MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã 4 â¢ ç±æÂ¼ DVD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã DivX è¦Âé »æ¨Âé¡Âå JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂåªæÂÂåºå®ÂçÂÂè§£æÂÂ度ï¼Âå æÂ¤ç«質ç¹åÂ¥å¨æÂ¾å¤§ 4x æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ失çÂÂçÂÂæÂ å½¢ã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹çÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹å¡Âæ¶Â失ï¼Âå¯æÂ SHIFT ZOOM Ã¥ÂÂå°Âå®Â顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 22 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 23 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ堩種以ä¸Âè§Â度æÂÂæÂÂèÂÂæÂÂçÂÂå ´ æÂ¯ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂçÂÂ詳細說æÂÂã å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂ ï¼ å±Âå¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ示 ï¼ÂæÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以鏿ÂÂå°Âå®ÂéÂÂé è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 28 é Âç 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ«åÂÂæÂÂï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ SHIFT ANGLE 以åÂÂæÂÂè§Â度ã 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå¯尠åÂÂ種æÂ²ç®ãÂÂ章篠åÂÂæ¨Âé¡ÂçÂÂ賠訠顯示å¨å±Âå¹Âä¸Âã â¢ è¦Â顯示î¿åÂÂæÂÂî¿é±èÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Â訠@å¯é£çºÂæÂ DISPLAY ã æÂÂéÂÂçÂÂç¢Âç è³Âè¨Â亦æÂÂåºç¾å é¢æÂ¿çÂÂè¢幠ä¸ÂãÂÂæÂ ä¸ DISPLAY 以è®ÂæÂ´æÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Âè¨Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 23 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 05 24 ChH 第 5 ç« USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ å©ç¨æÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢ç USB ä»Âé¢就å¯以èÂÂè½éÂÂè²éÂÂé³ é » 1 並è§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂãÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹å¼Âé£æÂ¥ä¸ USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½® 2 ã 1 éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠USB ã 確å®Âé»è¦Âæ©Âå·²éÂÂ並è¨Âå®ÂçºæÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥ã 2 é£æÂ¥æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ã USB 端åÂÂçÂÂä½Â置就å¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âã 3 æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã èÂ¥æÂ¯æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ç¶ä¸Âå«æÂ JPEG ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹» çÂÂçÂÂå±Â示ãÂÂèÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 25 é Âç æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ 確å®Âå¨è«é¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ系統å¨徠æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âä¸Âï¼ ï¼Âå é¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Â顯示 USB DATA ã éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 è¥顯示å±Âä¸Âç USB ERR è¨ÂæÂ¯æÂÂ示çÂÂ亮起 ï¼ åÂÂ表 示該 USB è£Âç½®çÂÂ黿ºÂéÂÂæ±Âå°ÂæÂ¼æÂ¬æ©Âä¾Â說太é«Âï¼ æÂÂ該è£Âç½®ä¸Âç¸容ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ試以ä¸ÂæÂ¹æ³Â@⢠éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ éÂÂæÂ°å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å¨éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂå° USB è£Âç½®æÂ¥ä¸Âã â¢ é¸åÂÂå ¶ä»Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂï¼Â妠DVD/CD ï¼ ï¼ ç¶å¾Âå é Âé¸å USB ã â¢ 使ç¨åÂÂå» å°Âç¨ç AC 黿ºÂè®Âå£Âå¨ ï¼Âé¨è£Âç½®é è´Âï¼Âä¾ÂæÂ USB 黿ºÂã èÂ¥ä¸Âè¿°æÂ¹å¼Âç¡æ³Â解決åÂÂé¡Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ該æÂ¯æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ä¸Âç¸容ã åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ ä¸Â表çº說æÂÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨å¨ USB æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¹é¢æÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂ丠äºÂåºæÂ¾Â§å¶ã éÂÂ註 1 éÂÂå æÂ¬ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼Âé¤å«é²æÂ·å §å®¹æÂÂéÂÂå¶æÂÂæÂ¾å §å®¹çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âå¤Âï¼ çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã ç¡æ³ÂéÂÂé USB 端åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DivX æªÂæ¡ ã 2 ⢠ç¸容ç USB è£Âç½®å æÂ¬å±¬æÂ¼ FAT16/32 æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂç£Âç¢Âæ©Âã å¯æÂÂå¼Âå¿«éÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âï¼Âç¹æ®Âé¨身ç¢Âï¼ åÂÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾å¨@MP3 æÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âï¼ ã æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âè½é£æÂ¥è³åÂÂ人é»蠦ä¸Âé²衠USB æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å ÂéÂÂæ¦Âä¸Âä¿ÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂ USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½®çÂÂç¸容æÂ§ ï¼ÂæÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿µÂæÂÂ黿ºÂ@@亦ä¸ÂæÂ¿æÂÂé£æÂ¥è³æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂå¯è½é æÂÂè³ÂæÂÂéº失çÂÂç¸éÂÂ責 ä»»ã â¢ è³ÂæÂÂå«éÂÂå¾Â大æÂÂï¼Â系統æÂÂéÂÂè¦Âè¼Âé·çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾Âè®Âå USB è£Âç½®çÂÂ堧容ã USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½® USB ( A å ) æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î éÂÂå§ÂæÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã î æÂ«åÂÂî¿解é¤æÂ«åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿«è½Âã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«è½Âã î å¯跳è³ç®åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢ä½Â置@åÂÂè·³è³åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 24 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 05 25 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂÂæÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂ度åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î æÂ î 以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂÂã é£çºÂæÂÂ以å¢Âå æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå¨å±Â顯示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ æÂÂ丠î å¯éÂÂå§Âå¾Â第ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿åÂÂçÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹»ç çÂÂå±Â示ã 2 æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂä¾ÂåºÂ顯示ã â¢ è¥該è£Â置堧å«æÂ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂå±Â示åÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·éÂÂ褠æÂÂæÂ¾ ã é³頻æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂ¨ä»Âç¶å¯以使ç¨跳é @î / î @ã æÂÂæÂ ï¼ î / î @åÂÂæÂ«å @î @çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  åÂÂè½ã åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂ調æÂ´ä»¥ç¡éÂÂ填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ã 幻çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ å©ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂçÂÂ覽æªÂ桠使ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱æÂÂå° WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC å JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 3 1 æÂÂ丠MENU ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER ä¾ÂçÂÂ覽ã 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¸Âî¿ä¸Âç§»åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿æªÂæ¡Â渠å®ã 使ç¨ î 以åÂÂå°根è³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 4 使ç¨ ENTER æÂ î å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã â¢ ç¶åÂÂç½ JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼Â便æÂÂä¸Â縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂ顯示å¨ è¢å¹Âå³å´ã 3 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂç½çÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂ顯示åÂÂç½ç JPEG 檠æ¡Âï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç¶已é¸å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å æÂÂèª該檠桠éÂÂå§ æÂÂæÂ¾å° æÂ´ Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂ å¤¾çµÂæÂ çº æÂ¢ã â¢ ç¶é¸åÂÂ亠JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Â峿ÂÂéÂÂ姠@並 å¾ÂæÂÂé¸ æªÂæ¡Âé 姠æÂ æÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç´å° æÂ´ Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂ å¤¾ æÂÂæÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠å¨èÂÂè½ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ ï¼ ä¹Âå¯以åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ã åªéÂÂé¸å æÂ³è¦ÂèÂÂè½çÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»ç çÂÂç§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡Âå³å¯ ã æÂ¤æÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³ é »æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã åÂÂé  æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ å é©ç¨æÂ¼ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã â¢ 欲æÂÂæÂ¾ç 丠å æÂ¯ ç®åÂÂç 賠æÂÂ夾è æÂ¯ å ¨é¨ç 堧容æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂéÂÂåº ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂ並使ç¨ î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµã éÂÂ註 1 å¦Âçº WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æÂ²ç®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂå¾Â該æÂ²ç®çÂÂæÂÂçµÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âç½®èªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 2 ⢠æÂ¬æ©Âå°Âä¸Â份æªÂæ¡Âè¼Âå ¥çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¨èÂÂæªÂæ¡Â容éÂÂæÂÂ大èÂÂå¢Âå ã â¢ USB è£Âç½®å¯容ç´Âå¤Âé 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Â以å 648 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µçÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾åÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻ï¼ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³åÂÂä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂå±Â示並æÂÂè½Âî¿翻轠ç®åÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¯éÂÂæÂ°éÂÂå§Âå¹»çÂÂçÂÂå±Â示@ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並å°Âå çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂæÂ 1 Ã¥ÂÂã 2 Ã¥ÂÂå 4 Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã MENU å¯顯示 ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂç«é¢ ï¼Âå¦Â以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ã 3 æÂÂäºÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¨顯示æªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱æÂÂå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºã 4 æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以é²堥æÂÂä¸Â層ç ã .. ãÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂä½Âã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 25 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® 06 26 ChH 第 6 ç« é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ã é¸å®å¯æÂÂä¾Â調æÂ´ç¢ÂçÂÂè²é³çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢é¸ å ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´è¨ å®Âå¼ã é³頻 DRC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶@⢠è¨Âå®Âå¼@髠ã ä¸Âã ä½Âã é ï¼Âé Âè¨Âå¼@å¨以ä½Âé³éÂÂè§Âè³ Dolby Digital DVD æÂ ï¼Âå¾Â容æÂ å®Â堨失å»è¼ÂéÂÂçÂÂè²é³ å æÂ¬ä¸ÂäºÂå°Âç½å¨堧 ã 尠é³頻 DRC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ÂÂå©æÂ¼çªÂ顯 è¼Âè¼ÂçÂÂè²é³ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ§å¶è¼ÂéÂÂçÂÂè²é³ã æÂÂè½å°è²é³çÂÂå·®åÂÂ¥ ï¼ è¦ÂæÂ¨èÂÂè½çÂÂåªÂé«Â堧容èÂÂå® ã 妠æÂÂåªÂ髠堧容å¨é³é ä¸Âæ²ÂæÂÂ太å¤Âè®Âå ï¼Âé£æÂ¨ä¾¿ ä¸ÂæÂÂ注æÂÂæÂÂä½Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã 1 ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® å¾ ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç«é¢ä¸Âï¼ æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´è½ å½±é¿影åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢丠é¸å ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âå® å¼ã æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼@⢠é³度 â å¯調æÂ´ç«é¢éÂÂç·£çÂÂé³å©度 @精細ã æ¨Â溠ã æÂÂå @⢠亮度 â å¯調æÂ´æÂ´é«ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂ亮度 ï¼ âÂÂ20 è³ 20 @⢠å°Âæ¯Â度 â å¯調æÂ´äº®èÂÂæÂÂä¹ÂéÂÂçÂÂå°Âæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ ï¼ âÂÂ16 è³ 16 ï¼ â¢ ä¼½çª â å¯調æÂ´å½±åÂÂç ãÂÂæÂÂ度ã @é«Âã ä¸Âã 你ãÂÂé @⢠è²調 â å¯調æÂ´ç´ î¿綠平衡 ï¼ ç¶ è² 9 è³ ç´ è² 9 @⢠è²度çÂÂç´ â å¯調è²彩åÂÂç¾çÂÂ飽åÂÂ度 ï¼ âÂÂ9 è³ 9 @使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¾Â調æÂ´äº®åº¦ãÂÂå°Âæ¯Â度ãÂÂè²調åÂÂè²度 çÂÂç´ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 3 æÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¿Âå ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç« é¢ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ HOME MENU éÂÂåºåÂÂè½ç«é¢ã éÂÂ註 1 é³頻 DRC å 尠Dolby Digital é³頻ä¾ÂæºÂè½ç¼æÂ®æÂÂç¨ã é³頻è¨Âç½® é³頻è¨Âç½® é³頻 DRC 髠丠你é è¦Â頻調æÂ´ é³度 亮度 å°Âæ¯Â度 ä¼½çª è²調 è²度çÂÂç´ æ¨Â溠0 0 é 0 0 î î î î î î è¦Â頻調æÂ´ 亮度 æÂÂå° æÂÂ大 0 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 26 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 07 27 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 7 ç« ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã é¸å®æÂÂä¾Âé³頻åÂÂè¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã æÂÂ人éÂÂå®Âï¼Â以åÂÂ顯示è¨Âå®Âå¼çÂÂã å¦ÂæÂÂé¸頠å ç¾淡åºçÂÂç°è²ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表 示æÂ¤æÂÂç¡泠æÂÂ¥ Ã¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´ãÂÂæÂ¤ç¨®æÂ å½¢éÂÂ常æÂ¯å çº碠çÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ çÂʍ᣾ ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠DVD/CD ã 2 Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 以é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Â訠å®ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂé¸頠ã æÂ æÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å é¸頠å°ÂæÂÂå¨å¾Â纠çÂÂ堧容ä¸Â詳å 說 æÂÂã 1 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ éÂÂ註 1 ⢠å¨表ä¸Âï¼Âé Âè¨Â弿ÂÂ以 ç²Âé«Âå 顯示ï¼Âå ¶ä»ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂæÂÂ以 æÂÂé«Âå 顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã â¢ æÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ åÂÂæÂ¯ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ã å°Âç½èªÂè¨Âå åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âå¯è½尠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂ並ä¸Âå ·æÂÂç¨ ã éÂÂ常éÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼亦å¯徠DVD çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¸ å®ä¸Âä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âç½®ã åÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ï¼Âå¦è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 37 é Âç ç« é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张ä¹Â篠說æÂÂãÂÂï¼ 4:3 (Letter Box) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ãÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Âå ©å´æÂÂæÂÂé»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã 4:3 (Pan & Scan) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ãÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂè£ÂæÂÂå·¦å³堩å´ä¸Âé¨åÂÂï¼Â以å©填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âã 16:9 (Wide) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å¯¬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã è²差è¦Â頻輸åº ï¼Âå¦è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 32 é Âç 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂãÂÂï¼ éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂ¥ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¦ÂæÂÂé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ï¼Âè«Âå é±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ詳細說æÂÂï¼ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂä¸Â次 ENTER 確誠ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ丠RETURN Ã¥ÂÂæ¶Âè¨Â置@ã è«Â注æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »å å¯ç¶Âç±è²差è¦Âé »æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸åºã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å°Âç½èªÂ訠è±誠î¿ è±誠ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âå·²æÂÂè±èªÂè²è»Âï¼Â峿ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠î¿ 漢誠ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@å¦ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂèªÂ訠ï¼ÂæÂ æ¼¢èª é©ç¨æÂ¼å°ç£æ©Â種@ï¼Â峿ÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼ ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 27 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 07 28 ChH 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠è±誠î¿ è±誠ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂè±èªÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âï¼Â峿ÂÂ顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠î¿ 漢誠ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@æÂÂ顯示å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âé¸åÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠ï¼ÂæÂ æ¼¢èª é©ç¨æÂ¼å°ç£æ©Â種@ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼Âã DVD èÂÂå® èªÂ訠åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âé£å å¯è½çÂÂ話@DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®æÂÂ以åÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âç¸åÂÂçÂÂèªÂ訠顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å¯è½çÂÂ話@DVD é¸å®æÂÂ以æÂÂé¸çÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼Âã åÂÂå¹Â顯示 é åÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã é å¨æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂä¾Âé Âè¨ÂæÂ¹å¼Âä¿ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂçÂÂçÂÂæ Âã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å¨å±Â顯示èªÂ訠è±誠î¿ è±誠ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@è¢å¹Â顯示ç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂè±èªÂ顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠î¿ ä¸ÂæÂ ï¼Âå°ç£æ©Â種@å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂé¸çÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯示 ï¼ÂæÂ æ¼¢èª é©ç¨æÂ¼å°ç£橠種ï¼Âã è§Â度æÂÂ示ç é å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示ç¸橠åÂÂ示ã é ä¸Â顯示å¤Âè§Â度æÂÂ示åÂÂ示ã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ æÂÂ人éÂÂå® â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠說æÂÂã DivX (R) VOD Display è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 說æÂÂã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ â å¯æÂÂå®ÂæÂÂè²å¨èÂÂèÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂè·Âé¢ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 30 é Âç æÂÂè² å¨è·Âé¢ ï¼Âã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 28 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 07 29 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠⢠é Âè¨ÂçÂÂç´Âï¼ éÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âå¯Â碼@ç¡ ï¼ é Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼@us ï¼ 2119 ï¼ çºäºÂè®ÂæÂ¨å¯以æÂ§å¶ä¸Âè®ÂæÂ¨çÂÂå°Âå©使ç¨æÂ¨ç DVD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨è§Âè³Âå½±çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ亠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ ãÂÂæÂ äººéÂÂå® ãÂÂçÂÂå 素åÂÂè½ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂ æÂ¨ çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ å¨ 訠置çÂÂçÂÂç´Âè¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂçºä½Âï¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂ便ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¹ æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ´ ãÂÂå 家î¿å°åÂÂ代 碼ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ æÂ¾éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç æÂÂäºÂå ´æÂ¯ï¼Âè¦ÂæÂ¨ 訠置ç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ãÂÂèÂÂå®Âã çÂȎÂÂæÂ°å¯Â碼 è«Â輸堥å¯Â碼以è®ÂæÂ´ ã æÂ äººéÂÂå®Âã ç ç´ÂæÂ è¼¸å ¥ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã 1 1 é¸å ãÂÂå¯Â碼ã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥åÂÂä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼 è¦ÂæÂ´æÂ¹å¯Â碼ï¼Âè« å Â確èªÂç¾æÂ å¯Â碼ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸堥æÂ° ç å¯Â碼ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼ã ï¼Â輸堥ç¾è¡ÂçÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶ å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 輸堥æÂ°å¯Â碼並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã è¨Âç½®î¿æÂ¹è® ãÂÂæÂÂ人éÂÂå®Âã 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ¹è®Âç´Âå¥ã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æÂ¨çÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ°çÂÂçÂÂç´Â並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ î 以éÂÂå®Âå¨æÂ´é«ÂçÂÂ層次 ï¼ÂæÂ´å¤Âç¢Âç éÂÂè¦Â使ç¨å¯Â碼@ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ î 以åÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂå®Â層次 ã æÂ¨ä¸Âè½éÂÂå¨çÂÂç´ 1 ã è¨Âç½®î¿è®ÂæÂ´ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã æÂ¨å¯以å¾Â第 43 é Âç åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® ç¶丠æÂ¾å°ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ家代碼ã ï¼Â輸堥å¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã å¨æÂ¤æÂÂä¾Â堩種è¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Â@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼é¸åÂÂ@使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ以è®ÂæÂ´ãÂÂå 家î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂ代碼é¸å ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î éÂ括Âç¶å¾Â使ç¨æÂ¸ Ã¥ÂÂéµ輸堥åÂÂä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã å¨éÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼ æÂ°ç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã 便章å³çÂÂæÂÂã éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 çº亠讠DivX VOD ï¼Âé¨é¸è¦Âé » ï¼ÂçÂÂ堧容è½å¨æÂ¬ æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¿ é Âå ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容侠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç» éÂÂæÂ¬æ©ÂçÂÂè³ÂæÂÂã æÂ¨ å¯以è ç±ç¢çÂÂä¸Âçµ DivX VOD çÂȎÂÂ代碼 ï¼ ç¼éÂÂ給æÂ¨çÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾Âå®ÂæÂ çÂȎÂÂä½Âæ¥Âã 2 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠DivX VOD 堧容å DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ ç³» çµ±æÂÂä¿Âè· ãÂÂéÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå¶åªæÂÂä¸ÂäºÂç¹宠ã 已çÂȎ çÂÂè£Âç½®æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨æÂ¬æ©Â堧置堥ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂªç¶ÂæÂÂæ¬Â使ç¨ ï¼ å § å« DivX VOD 堧容çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ è¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂ顯示 Authorization Error ï¼ÂæÂÂæ¬Âé¯誤@çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂ堧容亦ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂ註 1 ⢠並éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ種é¡ÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé½é©ç¨ ãÂÂæÂÂ人éÂÂå®ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼ÂèÂÂä¸Â亦ç¡é Âå Â輸堥å¯Â碼æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¿Âè¨Âå¯Â碼ï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂéÂÂè¦Âå°ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨éÂÂç½®æÂÂè½ç»è¨ÂæÂ°çÂÂå¯Â碼 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 ï¼Âã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX (R) V OD å¯Â碼 æÂ¹è®Âç´ÂÃ¥ÂÂ¥ Ã¥ÂÂ家代碼 Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® 2 éÂÂç½®æÂ¬æ© ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 ä¸ÂçÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âè´使æÂ¨å¤±åÂȾ¨çÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代碼ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 29 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 07 30 ChH 顯示æÂ¨ç DivX VOD çÂȎÂÂ代碼 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂé¸頠ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¯ã DivX (R) VOD ã ã 3 é¸å ã Display ãÂÂã è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示æÂ¨çÂÂå «ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代碼ã è«Âè¨Âä¸Â代碼ï¼Âå çºå¨åÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD ä¾ÂæÂÂå çÂȎÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¦Âç¨å°ã æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX î VOD 堧容 æÂÂ亠DivX VOD 堧容å è½ä½Âä¸Âå®ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã å¨ æÂ¨ç½®å ¥å«æÂÂæÂ¤ç¨® DivX VOD 堧容çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå© 餠æÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡ æÂ¸ä¾¿æÂÂ顯示 å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¨ä¾¿ å¯以 鏿ÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¯以ç¨ä¸Âå ¶ä¸Âä¸Â種å©餠æÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸ ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ åÂÂæÂ¢æÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂ妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç½® å ¥ çÂÂæÂ¯å« æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå·²éÂÂç DivX VOD 堧容 ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Âï¼Â堧容ç å©é¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸æÂ¯é¶@ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â便æÂÂ顯示 Rental Expired ï¼Âç§ÂæÂÂå·²éÂÂï¼ çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容å Â許ä¸ÂéÂÂ次æÂ¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ é£ æÂ¨ä¾¿å¯ 以å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂç½® å ¥æÂ¬æ©Âï¼Â並æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¨å¸¸ çÂÂç 堧容ï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸Â亦ä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示任ä½Âè¨ÂæÂ¯ã æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ â¢ é Âè¨Âå¼@3.0m æÂ³ è¦Âå¾ÂæÂ¨ çÂÂ系統ä¸Âç¢ çÂÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âé³ æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå° ç¸è·ÂèÂÂè½ä½Â置堩å´çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨è¨Âå®ÂçºåÂÂçÂÂè·Âé¢ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂè²å¨ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¯ ãÂÂæÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ã ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂè²å¨ã 4 æÂÂ丠î éµ以è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨é è·Âã 5 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµè®ÂæÂ´éÂÂè·Âã â¢ å¨æÂ¨è®ÂæÂ´å·¦åÂÂç½® ï¼ L ï¼ æÂÂå³åÂÂç½® ï¼ R ï¼ÂæÂÂè² å¨çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ ï¼ æÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂéÂÂ跠亦æÂÂç¸å°Âè®ÂæÂ´ã â¢ å·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½® ï¼ L / R ï¼ÂæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âå¯以毠30 cm çºå¢Âå å®ä½Âï¼Âå¾ 30 cm è¨Âè³ 9 m ã 1 ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ï¼ C ï¼Âå¯ 以 âÂÂ2.1 m è³ 0 m çÂÂè·Âé¢ ç¸å°ÂæÂ¼å·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½®ã â¢ å·¦î¿å³ç°繠@SL / SR ï¼ÂæÂÂè²å¨å¯以è¨Âç½®å¾Âå¯ 以 âÂÂ6.0 m è³ 0 m çÂÂè·Âé¢ç¸å°ÂæÂ¼å·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½® æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½®ã 2 ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ ï¼ SW ï¼Âå¯以è¨Âç½®å¾Âå¯以 âÂÂ2.1 m è³ 0 m çÂÂè·Âé¢ç¸å°ÂæÂ¼å·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® ã 6 å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³è¦Âè®ÂæÂ´å ¶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âå¼ï¼Âè« æÂÂ丠î éµ以è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè²å¨渠å®ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以éÂÂåºæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âç«é¢ã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠Display Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX (R) V OD éÂÂ註 1 L å R æÂÂè²å¨åÂÂæÂ¯æÂÂå°ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ç¡æ³ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂä¾Âè¨Âç½®ã 2 å¨使ç¨åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² @第 15 é  ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå 大åÂÂçÂÂ模张@第 16 é  ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Â確實è¨Â置以ç¸åÂÂçÂÂéÂÂè·Âã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ L C R SR SL SW 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m Initial Settings HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 30 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 08 31 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 8 ç« å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨ AM 天ç·ÂæÂÂï¼ å¯使ç¨ 5 m è³ 6 m ä¹Âç¯ åºéÂÂ屬ç·Â並 å®Âè£Âå¨室堧æÂÂ室 å¤ÂãÂÂä¿ÂçÂÂé£æÂ¥ç ç° Ã¥ÂÂ天ç·ÂãÂÂåªè½使ç¨é¨éÂÂç AM ç°åÂÂ天ç·Âã é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨ FM 天ç·ÂæÂÂï¼Âå¯使ç¨ PAL é£æÂ¥é ÂæÂ¥ä¸ ä¸Âçµ FM 天ç·Âã é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå 使 ç¨ç«Âé«Âè²é¡Âæ¯Â輸 å ¥å¯é£æÂ¥å¡å¼ÂéÂÂé³座æÂ MD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨çÂÂå¤Âé¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âç¶Âç±æÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ 飿ÂÂ¥ AUDIO IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè³å¤Â鍿ÂÂæÂ¾è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¡ æ¯Â輸åºä¸Âã å¯使ç¨ RCA éÂÂé ÂÃ¥ÂÂç«Âé«Âè²é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾Âé£æÂ¥ã ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºãÂÂé¸頠ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºã åÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨æ±ºå®Âè²é³徠LINE OUT 端åÂÂ輸åºçÂÂæÂ¹å¼Âã 1 ⢠æÂÂ丠LINE OUT å¯å¨ LINE ON å LINE OFF é è½ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂæÂ¨çÂÂ鏿ÂÂã â¢ LINE ON â å¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂ混縮æÂ 2.1 è²é ï¼Âç«Âé«Âè²@ãÂÂå¾ LINE OUT 端åÂÂç¢çÂÂéÂÂè²é 混縮信èÂÂã â¢ LINE OFF â ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂè²å¨系統çÂÂä¸Âè¬夠è²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ãÂÂè«Â注æÂÂï¼ ä¸ÂæÂÂå¾ LINE OUT 端å ç¢çÂÂä»»ä½Âä¿¡èÂÂã 室å¤Â天締5 m è³ 6 m 室堧天締ï¼Âä¹Âç¯åº塠æÂÂéÂÂ屬ç·Âï¼ AM LOOP ANTENNA PA L é£æÂ¥é  éÂÂ註 1 ⢠éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé³è¨Â輸åº模å¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨å¤ÂæÂ¸é³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨åÂÂ試使ç¨ç¦Âç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Â顯示å±Âä¸Â便æÂÂç°¡çÂÂéÂÂç LINE ON ã é³è¨Â輸åºéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂçÂÂç¦ÂæÂ¢åÂÂè½ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ¹è®Â輸堥åÂÂè½ ï¼ DVD/CD ã TUNER çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂ黿ºÂï¼Âé³è¨Â輸åº模å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã â¢ èÂÂè½ LINE ä¾ÂæºÂè£Âç½®æÂÂï¼Âå°Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨æÂ¤é¸頠ã SURROUND SUB WOO FER FRONT CENTER SPEAKERS (4 ⦠- 6 ⦠) AUD IO R L R R L L R L VIDEO OUT V IDEO Y C R/ P R C B/ P B COMPONENT VIDEO I DEO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL è³é³頻 輸åº HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 31 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 08 32 ChH 飿ÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ S-video 輸堥 ï¼ æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨ æÂ¤ç«¯åÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ÂæºÂè¦Â頻輸åº以å¾ÂæÂ´å¥½çÂÂç«質ã â¢ 使ç¨ S-video é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ S-VIDEO OUT è³ æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸Âç S-video 輸堥ã å¨ æÂÂå ¥å ï¼Âè«Âå°ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç å°Âä¸Âè§Âå°ÂæºÂæÂÂé  ä¸Âç ç¸åÂÂæ¨Â示ã 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ S-video 輸堥 ï¼ æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨ æÂ¤ç«¯åÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ÂæºÂè¦Â頻輸åº以å¾Âå°æÂ´å¥½çÂÂç«質ã 1 ⢠使ç¨è²差è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ COMPONENT VIDEO OUT è³æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂè²差輸堥çµÂã éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ç¸ è¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » æÂ´è½æÂÂæÂÂç å åÂÂå½±åÂÂçÂÂæÂ æÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âç¢çÂÂç¸ ç¶穩å®Âï¼Âç¡跳å ç 影åÂÂãÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » å å¯éÂÂéÂÂè² å·®è¦Â頻輸åº 端åÂÂ輸åºã æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¹Âç¸容æÂ§ã â¢ æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » Macro Vision System Copy Guard ç¸容ã 2 SURR O FR O SP E AUD IO R L R R L R VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL é»è¦Âæ© è³ S-video 輸堥 éÂÂ註 1 è²差è¦Â頻輸åºå¯å¨éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂæ ¼å¼Âä¹ÂéÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 27 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã 2 æ¶Âè²»è æÂÂ注æÂ ï¼ ä¸¦éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂæÂÂ¢åÂÂå®Âå ¨ç¸容ï¼Âä¸Âå¯è½å°Âè´ç«é¢ä¸Âåºç¾人çºé æÂÂçÂÂç¾象 ã å°ÂæÂ¼ 525 éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ ç«é¢åÂÂé¡Âï¼Â建è°使ç¨è å¯å°Âé£æÂ¥ç«¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ ãÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂè§£æÂÂ度ãÂÂ輸åº ï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âä¾Âå 以æÂ¹åÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂç¼çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¨ç¸容 æÂ§æÂ¹é¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âï¼Âè«ÂèÂÂæÂ¬å ¬å¸çÂÂ客æÂÂä¸Âå¿Âè¯繫ã VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP é»è¦Âæ© è³è²差輸堥 HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 32 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 08 33 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español éÂÂæÂ¼æÂ§å¶輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ 許å¤Âå ÂéÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé½æÂ¯æÂ´ SR CONTROL é£æÂ¥ï¼ÂæÂ¨åª éÂÂå°Âä»»ä½Â已飿ÂÂ¥ è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§ å¨å°ÂæºÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨Âå ç æÂÂæÂÂå¨ï¼Âå³å¯使 ç¨æÂÂæÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂå¨ æÂ¨ä½¿ç¨éÂÂæÂ§ å¨ æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ§å¶信èÂÂæÂ ç¶Âç±æÂ´åÂÂé£çµÂå° éÂÂé©ç¶çÂÂ訠å ä¸ÂãÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂä¸Âå¥Â娠æ¨Âä¸Âå¿Âå §å å«å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨Âå æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¤ Ã¥ÂÂè½便ç¸ç¶實ç¨ã 注æÂÂå¨æÂ¨ä½¿ ç¨æÂŒÂÂè½æÂÂï¼Âè«Â確宠æÂ¨è³å°ÂæÂÂé£ æÂÂ¥ ä¸ÂçµÂé¡Âæ¯Âé³頻æÂ åÂÂè³堶ä»Âç è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Â以æÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂ¥ å° çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã â¢ å¨ ä»»ä¸Â端 使 ç¨å«å® è² éÂÂè¿·ä½ æÂ é ÂçÂÂé£ æÂÂ¥ ç· ï¼Âå¦ å®@ï¼Âå°Âå ¶ ä» å  é 訠åÂÂä¸Âç CONTROL IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥è³æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âç CONTROL OUT æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã éÂÂå¯è®ÂæÂ¨èÂÂç±尠堶éÂÂæÂ§å¨æÂ åÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¾ÂæÂ§å¶堶 ä» è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 33 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 34 ChH 第 9 ç« å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠ç¢ÂçÂÂî¿堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ æÂ¬æ©Âé©åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂ種é¡Âå ï¼ÂåªÂé«Âï¼ åÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂç¢Âç ã å¯ æÂÂæÂ¾ç ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âèάç¢Âç åÂÂî¿æÂÂç¢Âç å è£Âä¸ÂæÂ æÂ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ ä¸Âä¸Â種æ¨ÂèªÂãÂÂç¶ èÂÂè«Â注æÂÂæÂÂäºÂé¡ åÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯å¯çÂÂéÂÂå¼ CD å DVD ï¼Âå¯è½ä»Â屬æÂ¼ ä¸Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæ ¼å¼Âã æÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾ DVD R/ RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂ¯ FUJIFILM Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â¢ æÂ¯ DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Â亦è KODAK Picture CD ç¸容ã æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âå¯æÂ¯æÂ´è½ç¢çÂÂåªç°ç«質 ã éÂÂè²éÂÂç IEC çÂÂè¶ ç´ VCD æ¨ÂæºÂï¼Â並å¯æÂ¯æÂ´å¯¬å±Âå¹Âç«é¢ã éÂÂæÂ¼ DualDisc çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DualDisc æÂ¯ ä¸Â種堨æÂ°ãÂÂéÂÂé¢çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âä¸Âé¢å¯容 ç´ DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂå½±åÂÂãÂÂè²é³çÂÂï¼Âå¦ä¸Âé¢åÂÂå¯容素é DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻åªÂé«Â堧容ã èÂÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ容ç´Âé DVD é³頻çÂÂä¸Âé¢å ä¸Â符 CD-Audio çÂÂè¦Âæ ¼ï¼ÂæÂ å¯è½æÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DualDisc ç DVD é¢å¯å¨æÂÂ¢åÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DVD-Audio 堧容ä¸Âè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂé DualDisc è¦Âæ ¼çÂÂæÂ´å¤Â詳ç¡è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«Â洽詢碠çÂÂ製é åÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¶å®åÂÂã ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 DVD- Video DVD -R DVD -RW VCD Fu jicolor CD é³頻 CD CD-R CD-RW VIDEO CD Super Video CD ( è¶ ç´ VCD) åªÂé« ç¸容格张CD-R/-RW ⢠CD-Audio ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã ISO 9660 CD-ROM* * 符å ISO 9660 Level 1 æÂ 2 ä¹Â樠æºÂã CD 實é«Âæ ¼å¼Âï¼ Mode1 ã Mode2 XA Form1 ãÂÂè Romeo å Joliet 堩種 æªÂæ¡Â系統ç¸容ã â¢ å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂ段æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå¦ â¢ æÂªæÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå¦ DVD-R/-RW ⢠DVD-Video ï¼Â覠頻模张@ãÂÂ覠頻 éÂÂå½± ï¼ VR ï¼ * ã UDF Bridge DVD-ROM * 編輯黠å¯ è½ç¡æ³Âå®Âå ¨æÂÂ砧編輯 ç æÂ¹ å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ æÂÂæÂ¾å°編輯é»ÂæÂÂç«é¢å¯è½æÂÂæÂ çÂÂæÂ«ç©ºç½çÂÂæÂ å½¢ã â¢ å¤ÂéÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå¦ â¢ æÂªæÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå¦ PC 製你ç¢Âç â¢ 使ç¨ PC éÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯è½æÂÂå çºç¨以 製ä½Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂè»Âé«ÂæÂ¬èº«çÂÂè¨Âç½®èÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂæÂ¤æÂÂï¼Âè«Â檢æÂÂ¥ DVD-R/-RW æÂ CD-R/-RW è»Âé«ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂæÂ´å¤ éÂÂæÂ¼ç¸容æÂ§çÂÂ說æÂÂã â¢ 以å°Âå çÂÂéÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂéÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç¸容ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 34 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 35 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español éÂÂæÂ¼ DVD R/DVD RW ç¸容æÂ§ å å¯æÂÂæÂ¾ä»¥ ãÂÂè¦Â頻模张@DVD-Video 模å¼Âï¼ ã éÂÂ製並已å®ÂæÂÂå°ÂçÂÂç DVD R/DVD RW ãÂÂç¶è @æÂÂäºÂå¨éÂÂå½±æÂÂé æÂÂå®ÂæÂÂçÂÂç·¨ 輯堧容å¯è½æÂÂç¡ 泠精確å°æÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX DivX æÂ¯ç±ä¾Âèª DivX, Inc. ç DivX î è¦Â頻編碼æÂ è¡ æÂÂ建章çÂÂä¸Â種å£Â縮æÂ¸ä½ è¦Â頻格å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯æÂ æÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå¨ CD-R/-RW å DVD-R/-RW/-ROM ç¢Âç ä¸Âç DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ÂãÂÂä¿ÂæÂÂè DVD-Video ç¸å çÂÂè¡Â誠@ç¨ç¹ç DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱你ãÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âã ã çÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âå¨çº CD-R/-RW æÂ DVD-R/-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂ丠ç æªÂæ¡Âî¿ æ¨Âé¡Âå½åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Âè¨Âä½ å®ÂÃ¥ÂÂåºæÂ¬ä¸Âå°ÂæÂ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯ÂçÂÂé ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DivX è¦Âé »ç¸容æÂ§ ⢠æÂ£å¼ DivX î Certified ç¢åÂÂã â¢ æÂ¡ç¨ DivX î åªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¹å¼ ï¼ÂæÂ æÂ¾ æÂÂæÂÂçÂÂæÂÂ DivX î å½±åÂÂ堧容 ï¼Âå« DivX î 6 ï¼ ã 1 â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ .avi å .divx ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂå¯檠åÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âï¼ ã è«Â注 æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¡ç¨ .avi 坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ辨è æÂ MPEG4 ï¼Âä½ÂæÂ æÂ é 亠檠æ¡Â並é 丠宠æÂ¯ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âï¼Â亦å æÂ¤ä¸Âè¦Âå¾Âè½å¨æÂ¬æ©Â丠æÂÂæÂ¾ã 顯示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂ桠以 ä¸ÂæÂÂå çº DivX å¤Âé¨ Ã¥ÂÂå¹Â檠æ¡ÂæÂÂé©ç¨ç åÂÂå çµÂãÂÂæÂ¨ å¯以è ç±è¨Âå®Âè½符 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âç åÂÂ幠誠訠ï¼Âå¨第 27 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ¼è¢å¹Âä¸Â覠å°æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂã 2 群絠1 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq), Basque( å·´æÂ¯å  èª ) (eu), Catalan( Ã¥ÂÂæ³°ç¾ å°¼äºÂ誠) (ca), Danish( 丹麥誠) (da), Dutch( è·èÂÂ誠) (nl), English( è±誠) (en), Faroese ( æ³Â羠誠) (fo), Finnish( èÂÂ誠) (fi), French( æ³Â誠) (fr), German( 德誠) (de), Icelandic( å°島誠) (is), Irish( æÂÂç¾è é³頻å£Â縮 ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3) ã Wi ndows Media Audio (WMA) ã MPEG-4 AAC ⢠åÂÂ樣頻çÂÂï¼ 32 kHz/44.1 kHz/48 kHz ⢠ä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼Âä»»ä½Âå³輸ç ï¼Â建è°æÂ¡ç¨ 128 kbps 以ä¸Â@⢠VBR ï¼Âå¯è®Âä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼ MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå¦ â¢ WMA ç¡失çÂÂ編碼ï¼Âå¦ â¢ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ ç¸容æÂ§ï¼ ç¸容 ï¼Âå DRM ä¿Âè·ä¹Â鳿¨ÂæªÂæ¡Âå° ç¡泠å¨æÂ¬ æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ãÂÂï¼ â¢ å¯æªÂå @.mp3 ã .wma ã .m4a ï¼ÂéÂÂ使 ç¨éÂÂäºÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂ以婿ÂÂæÂ¾æ©Â辨 è MP3/ WMA/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼Âä¸Â張碠çÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âæ¯Âå è³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾åÂÂ檠桠ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ JPEG æªÂ桠⢠Baseline JPEG å EXIF 2.2* éÂÂæ Â影堿ªÂæ¡Âå¯é 3072 x 2048 è§£æÂÂ度ç«素* çºæÂ¸ä½Âç¸æ©Âå°Âç¨ä¹ÂæªÂæ¡Â格张⢠éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ JPEG ç¸容æÂ§ï¼Âå¦ â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ .jpg ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂå¯檠åÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è JPEG æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼Âä¸Âå¼µ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Â毠åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾å æªÂæ¡ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ åªÂé« ç¸容格张éÂÂ註 1 ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å®¹éÂÂ大æÂ¼ 4 GB ç .avi è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âã 2 ⢠å¨å¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¨å @æÂ¬æ©Âå¯æÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âæ ¼å¼ÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱 ï¼Âè«Â注æÂÂï¼ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡Âä¸ÂæÂÂå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®ä¸Â顯示@@.srt ã .sub ã .ssa ã .smi ⢠æÂÂäºÂå¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âå¯è½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºé¡¯ç¤ºæÂÂå®Âå ¨ç¡æ³Â顯示ã â¢ å½±çÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂæªÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿ é ÂéÂÂè¤Âåºç¾å¨å¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ÂæªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂä¸Âå½±çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âè½夠åÂÂæÂÂçÂÂå¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¸éÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå¤ÂéÂÂå®Âçº 10 ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 35 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 36 ChH 誠)(ga), Italian( 義大å©誠) (it), Norwegian ( æÂªå¨Â誠)(no), Portuguese( è¡èÂÂçÂÂ誠) (pt), Rhaeto-Romanic( éÂÂæÂÂç¾ æÂ¼ æÂ¯èª ) (rm), Scottish( èÂÂæ ¼èÂÂ誠) (gd), Spanish( 西çÂÂçÂÂ誠) (es), Swedish( çÂÂ堸誠) (sv) 群絠2 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq), Croatian( å Âç¾ å 西äºÂ誠) (hr), Czech( æÂ·å Â誠) (cs), Hungarian( Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂå©誠) (hu), Polish( æ³¢èÂÂ誠) (pl), Romanian( 羠馬尼äºÂ誠) (ro), Slovak( æÂ¯æ´Âä¼Âå Â誠) (sk), Slovenian( æÂ¯æ´Âç¶Âå°¼äºÂ誠) (sl) 群絠3 ï¼ Bulgarian( ä¿Âå å©äºÂ誠) (bg), Byelorussian( ç½ä¿Âç¾ æÂ¯èª ) (be), Macedonian( 馬堶é Â誠)(mk), Russian( ä¿Â誠)(ru), Serbian( å¡Âç¾ç¶ÂäºÂ誠) (sr), Ukrainian( çÂÂå ÂèÂÂ誠) (uk) 群絠4 ï¼ Hebrew( å¸Â伯ä¾Â誠) (iw), Yiddish( æÂÂ第ç·Â誠) (ji) 群絠5ï¼ Turkish( Ã¥ÂÂè³堶誠) (tr) DivX ã DivX Certified 以åÂÂç¸éÂÂæ¨ÂèªÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯ DivX, Inc. çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âï¼Â並ç²æÂÂæ¬Â使ç¨ã éÂÂæÂ¼ MPEG-4 AAC AAC ï¼ Advanced Audio Coding ï¼ÂæÂ¯ MPEG-4 AAC æ¨ÂæºÂçÂÂæ ¸å¿ÂæÂÂ衠@主è¦ÂçµÂå MPEG-2 AAC ï¼ æÂ¯æ§ÂæÂ MPEG-4 é³頻å£Â縮æÂÂè¡ÂçÂÂåºç¤ÂãÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨ çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âæ ¼å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¦Âç¨以é²衠AAC æªÂæ¡Âç·¨ 碼çÂÂæÂÂç¨ç¨Âå¼ÂèÂÂå®ÂãÂÂæÂ¬æ©Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾ç± iTunes î æÂ ç·¨ç¢¼ï¼Â坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂçº ã .m4a ãÂÂç AAC æªÂæ¡Âã DRM æÂÂä¿ è·çÂÂ檠æ¡Âä¸Âè½ æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以å ç±æÂÂ亠iTunes î ç æÂ¾ÂÂç·¨ 碼çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âä¹ å¯è½ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ檠åÂÂå¯ è½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºé¡¯ç¤ºã Apple å iTunes Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¯ Apple Inc. æÂ¼ç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ä»ÂÃ¥ÂÂ家註 Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¯æÂÂæÂ¾ Windows Media Audio çÂÂ堧容 ã WMA æÂ¯ Windows Media Audio çÂÂ縮寫ï¼Âä¸Âçº Microsoft Corporation æÂ ç Âç¼åºä¾Âç é³頻å£Â縮 æÂÂè¡ ã WMA 堧容 坿ÂÂç¨ Windows Media î Player version 7/7.1 ï¼ Windows Media î Player for Windows î XP ï¼ÂæÂ Windows Media î Player 9 Series çÂÂè»Âé«Âé²è¡Â編碼ã Windows Media æÂ¯ Microsoft Corporation å¨ ç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂÂ¢åÂÂå« Microsoft Corporation æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¹ÂæÂ è¡Âï¼ÂæÂªç¶ Microsoft Licensing, Inc. æÂÂæ¬Âè @ä¸Âå¾Âä»»æÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂæÂ£ä½Âã ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· æÂÂæÂ¿ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¿ Ã¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¡ä½Âå ¶ éÂÂ緣以å Âå¨ ç¢ÂçÂÂä»»ä½Â丠é¢ çÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂç´ÂãÂÂç°塵 æÂÂå®çÂÂãÂÂå·²ç¶ÂæÂ å£ÂæÂÂé«Â污ç ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå½±é¿æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæÂÂè½ã 妠æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç æÂÂæÂÂç´ÂãÂÂç°塵ç ä¸Âæ½Âç©ï¼Âè«Â使ç¨ æÂÂè»ÂãÂÂä¹¾çÂ¥çÂÂå¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¦æÂÂ乾淨ã 諠ç´åÂÂè¼Âè¼Âç±ç¢Âç ä¸Â央åÂÂå¤ÂæÂ¦ æÂÂãÂÂè«Âå¿以ç«å çÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂ¦æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ表é¢ã 妠æÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âè«Âç¨æÂ å¸Âæ²¾ä¸Âé Âç²¾ï¼ÂæÂ å¸Â颿ÂÂ購買 ç CD/DVD 渠æ½Â工堷ä¾ÂæÂ´å¾¹åºÂ渠æ½Âç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂçµÂ丠使 ç¨æÂ®ç¼åÂÂãÂÂç¨ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ å ¶ä»Âè¨Âè¨Âç¨ ä¾Â渠æ½Âé»Âè å±çÂÂçÂÂ渠æ½ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å²æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ é¿å Âå°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂå¨太å·ãÂÂ太æ¿ÂæÂÂ太ç± ï¼Âå æÂŒÂÂå° é½ å Âç´å°Âï¼ÂçÂÂç°墠ä¸ÂãÂÂä¸Âè¦Âå°Âç´Âå¼µ æÂÂè²¼ç´Âé»Âå¨ 碠çÂÂä¸Âï¼ÂæÂÂç¨éÂÂçÂÂãÂÂé¼ ç çÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä» å°Âé³çÂÂæÂ¸å¯« ç¨堷å¨ä¸Âé¢æÂ¸å¯«ãÂÂéÂÂ樣æÂÂæÂÂå£Âç¢ÂçÂÂã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂé¿å ÂäºÂ頠碠çÂÂä¿Â以é«ÂéÂÂå¨æÂ¬ æ©Âå §æÂÂè½ÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂ ç¢ÂçÂÂç¼çÂÂç è£ÂãÂÂ碠è£ÂãÂÂæÂÂæÂ²æÂÂå ¶ä» æÂÂå£ÂæÂ å½¢ï¼Âè«Âå¿ Ã¥ÂÂéª置 æÂ¼æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂçµÂæÂ¨å¯è½æÂÂ使æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂå£Âã æÂ¬ æ©Âå¨訠訠ä¸Âçºå å¯使ç¨ å³ çµ±ãÂÂå ¨åÂÂç 碠çÂÂã 堠éÂÂè²æÂÂï¼Âå°ÂæÂ¼å 使ç¨ è®Âå½¢çÂÂç¢Âç æÂÂå¼Âèµ·çÂÂæÂ æÂÂ責任ï¼Âæ¦Âä¸Â負責ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 36 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 37 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español DVD Video é©ç¨å°å æÂÂæÂÂç DVD Video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå°ä¸Âå°åÂÂæ¨Â示@以æÂÂåº該ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ¼å ¨çÂÂé©ç¨çÂÂå°å ãÂÂæÂ¨ç DVD ç³» 統亦æÂÂä¸Âå° Ã¥ÂÂæ¨Â示 ï¼Âå°± å¨èÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âï¼ ãÂÂä¾Âèª 丠ç¸容å°åÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå° ç¡æ³Âå¨æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 樠示 ALL çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯å¨任ä½ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã ç¶æÂ¨æÂÂ堥丠çÂÂæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨ç¡泠æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂç¢Âç æÂÂï¼Âå° æÂÂåºç¾以ä¸Âè¨ÂæÂ¯ï¼ éÂÂ堼容ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ碼 ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 æÂ¬å ¬å¸å¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂª ä¾Â幾年堧é½ è½ç¡æÂ çÂÂ享ç¨æÂ¬ ç³» çµ±ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¨é¸æÂ å®Âè£Âé¨ä½ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¬ è«Âç¢è¨Â以丠å é»Âï¼ åÂÂå¿ ... î å¨éÂÂ風è¯好çÂÂ室堧使ç¨ã î 置æÂ¼å¹³å¦ãÂÂæ°´å¹³çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸æ¡ÂãÂÂæÂ±æÂ¶æÂÂé³é¿æÂ¶ 丠ã åÂÂå¿ ... î å¨é«Â溫æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂå°é»Â使ç¨ï¼Âå æÂ¾ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂç¢ çÂÂé«Âç±çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Âã î 置æÂ¼çªÂ檯æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂ使系統åÂÂå°é½å Âç´å°ÂçÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨å¤Âç°æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂç°å¢Âä¸Â使ç¨ã î ç´æÂ¥æÂº å¨ æÂ´å¤§æ©ÂæÂÂé³é¿系 çµ± 裡使ç¨æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ漸讠ç±çÂÂå ¶ä»Âå Âä»¶ä¸Âã î å¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂ顯示å¨éÂÂè¿Â使ç¨ï¼Âå çºæÂÂå¯è½æÂÂç¢ç 干æÂ¾ ç¹åÂ¥æÂ¯å¦ÂæÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂ使ç¨室堧天ç·ÂæÂÂã î å¨å»ÂæÂ¿ æÂ å ¶ä»ÂæÂÂ使系統æÂ´ é² å¨æ¿Âç ÂæÂÂè¸氣ä¹Â丠çÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨åÂÂæ¯Â毯æÂ å°毯ä¸Â使ç¨ï¼ÂæÂ è¦ÂèÂÂå¸ÂæÂ é 樣 å¯ è½æÂÂ妨ç¤Â系統主æ©ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºæÂ£ç±æÂÂæÂÂã î 置æÂ¼ä¸Â平穩çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂæÂÂé¢ç©Âä¸Â足以æÂ¯æÂÂ系統主橠åÂÂè ³çÂÂ表é¢ä¸Âã 渠æ½Âè®Â寫é ÂæÂ DVD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨çÂÂè®Â寫é Âä¸Âè¬使ç¨æÂ¯ä¸ÂæÂÂå¼Âé«ÂçÂÂï¼ ä½ å¦Âå æÂ äºÂÃ¥ÂÂå ç©Âç° æÂÂé«Â污æÂÂï¼Âè«Â洽詢æÂ¨ æÂÂå¨ å° çÂÂå Âé æÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ丠å¿ÂãÂÂéÂÂç¶è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé Â渠潠åÂÂ丠è¬ å¸Âé¢丠é½å¯買å¾Âå°ï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¬å ¬ å¸ä¸Â建è°使ç¨以 å Âå¯è½é æÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé ÂæÂÂå£Âã 水氣åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂ顠妠æÂÂå°ÂæÂ¬ æ©Âç±溫æÂÂçÂÂ室堧 æÂŒÂ°å®¤å¤Âï¼ÂæÂÂ室堧溫 度 é½ç¶丠åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå §é¨便å¯è½æÂ æÂÂæ°´æ°£åÂÂçµÂãÂÂé ç¶ Ã¥ÂÂçµÂç 水氣ä¸ÂæÂÂå°ÂæÂ¬æ© é æÂÂæÂÂå£Âï¼Âä½Âå¯è½æÂ ä½¿ æÂÂè½ç æÂÂéÂÂå §åÂÂå°影é¿ãÂÂè« è®Âå ¶æÂÂä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂç æÂÂéÂÂæÂ¢å¾©è³è¼ÂæÂÂç±çÂÂ溫度ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¡ÂéÂÂæ©Âã æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂå¿ è¦Âç§»åÂÂå°主橠@ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âå §æÂÂç¢Âç @è«Âå Âå°Âå ¶åÂÂåºï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ON å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂãÂÂçÂÂå°è¢å¹Âä¸Âç GOOD BYE Ã¥ÂÂ樣æ¶Â失å¾Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Â黿ºÂæÂÂé ÂæÂÂ丠ã 1 çµÂä¸Âå¯å¨ æÂ æÂ¾æÂ éÂÂå°Â主 æ© è 起æÂÂæÂ¬ å å¯ è½ æÂÂ使é«ÂéÂÂæÂÂè½Âä¸ÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå£Âã ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂè½æÂ¶éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種çÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾Âï¼Âç¯Âä¾ å¾Âä¸Â荺 4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âç¯Âç®å°ç«é¢æ¯Âä¾Âé«Âé 7:3 ç CinemaScope 寬è¢å¹Âé»影 2 é½å¯以ã éÂÂ註 1 å¦Âå¨ GOOD BYE Ã¥ÂÂ樣èªè¢å¹Âä¸Âæ¶Â失åÂÂ便å°Â主æ©ÂæÂÂé ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂ使系統æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» çÂÂè¨Âç½®ã 2 許å¤Â寬è¢å¹Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂç¡è¦Â系統çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä¸Â管è¨Âå®Âå¼çºä½Âï¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂ以 ã letterbox ãÂÂçÂÂæ ¼å¼Â顯示ã Additional_information.fm Page 37 Friday, March 2, 2007 2:19 PM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 38 ChH é»è¦Âæ©Âä¹ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾ ï¼ ä¾Â妠ãÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂã ç 4:3 以åÂÂ寬å±Âå¹ 16:9 ã 1 é»è¦Â系統è¨Âç½® ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼å°ç£æ©Âå æÂ¬ 系統çÂÂé Âè¨Âå¼çº AUTO ï¼Âé¤é æÂ¨å¨æÂÂæÂ¾é¨å 碠çÂÂæÂÂ注 æÂÂå°影åÂÂæÂ å¤±çÂÂç¾象ï¼Âå¦åÂÂè«Â尠堶訠置çº AUTO ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç¼ç¾å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂç« é¢ åºç¾失 çÂÂçÂÂæÂ å½¢ï¼Âè«Âå° é»è¦Â系統è¨Âç½®æÂ ç¬¦å æÂ¨ æÂÂå¨å 家æÂÂå°åÂÂç 系統ãÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂ樣丠ä¾Âå¯ è½ æÂÂéÂÂå¶ æÂ¨å¯以è§Âç çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡ÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå å°Â砧表 @以 äºÂè§£åÂÂ種 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂé© ç¨çÂÂè¨Âå® å¼ ï¼ AUTO ã PAL å NTSC ï¼ ã 2 1 å°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ以é¸æÂ TV SYS ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é»è¦Âæ©Â系統æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¦Âä¸Â@⢠AUTO î NTSC ⢠NTSC î PAL ⢠PAL î AUTO 系統æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂå¨è¦Âå° WELCOME å¾Âï¼Âå¾Â顯示å±Âä¸ÂçÂÂè¦ÂæÂ°çÂÂé»è¦Â系統è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 3 é »çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âç½® 妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç¼ç¾æÂ¨ç¡泠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調é¸å° éÂȌ°ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表示頻 çÂÂéÂÂè·Âå¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂã 1 å°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å AM 9K/10K ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å AM 9K æÂ AM 10K ï¼Âç¶ å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂéÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ è«ÂæÂÂ砧以ä¸ÂæÂ¥é©ÂéÂÂéÂÂèªåÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ ï¼ÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂè½ æÂÂå¨é¦Â次æÂÂä¸Â黿ºÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼ 1 é ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¾ æ©ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸æÂ DEMO ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î å°é¸ å DEMO OFF 並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã è¨Âç½®æÂ 4:3 (Letter Box) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢幠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Â齿ÂÂåºç¾黠è²æ¢ÂéÂÂã è¨Âç½®æÂ 4:3 (Pan&Scan) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢幠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âå·¦å³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂªç çÂÂæÂ å½¢ãÂÂéÂÂç¶ç«é¢çÂÂèµ·ä¾Â大äºÂï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¨ çÂÂå°çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¯å¯¦éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´åÂÂç«é¢ã éÂÂ註 1 â¢å¦ÂæÂÂ卿¨Â溠4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ¡ç¨ 16:9 ï¼Â寬@çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂæÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¡ç¨任ä½Âä¸Â種 4:3 è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Â便æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢失çÂÂã â¢ ç¶æÂ¨è§Âè³Â以 4:3 æ ¼å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂç¢Âç @æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨é»è¦ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ä¾Â鏿ÂÂå½±åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂ¹å¼ ã æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ縮æÂ¾åÂÂ伸 å±ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Âç´°ç¯Âé¨åÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ æÂÂäºÂé»影çÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾ÂæÂÂè¼ 16:9 寬ï¼Âå æÂ¤å³使æÂ¯ä½¿ç¨寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©Âï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä»Âç¶æÂÂ以 ã letterbox ãÂÂçÂÂ樣å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 2 å¤ÂæÂ¸æÂ°åÂÂç PAL é»è¦Âæ©Â系統å¯åµ測 50 Hz ï¼ PAL ï¼ /60 Hz ï¼ NTSC @@並å¯èªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¯å¹ ï¼ ä»¥æ¶Âé¤顯示ç«é¢ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¶ç¸® ç¾象ã ä¸ÂéÂÂï¼ æÂÂäºÂæÂ æ³ÂæÂ¯å½±åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ä¸Âåºè²彩ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç PAL TV æ²ÂæÂ V-Hold æÂ§å¶åÂÂè½@便æÂÂå çº NTSC ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂèÂÂç¡ æ³Âè§ÂçÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ V-Hold æÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ調æÂ´ç´å°ç«é¢åÂÂæÂ¢æ»¾åÂÂçºæÂ¢ãÂÂé¨åÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸Âï¼Âç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¶ç¸®çÂÂç¾象ï¼Âè´ 使è¢å¹Âä¸Âä¸Âå ©å´çÂÂæÂÂé»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã æÂÂæÂ¾å¨è¨Âå®Âå¼ åªÂé«Âé¡Âå 系統 格张NTSC PAL AUTO DVD/ è¶ ç´ VCD/ VCD/DivX è¦Âé » NTSC NTSC PAL NTSC PAL NTSC PAL PAL CD/MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC/ JPEG/ ç¡ç¢Âç â NTSC PAL NTSC æÂ PAL 3 é²è¡Âæ¯Âé  è¨Âå®Âå¼è®ÂæÂ´ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¿ é Âå Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ© ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON ï¼Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 38 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 39 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ 人åÂÂç¶Â常é¯å°Âä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºä¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç¶æÂÂ系統æÂ éÂÂæÂÂç°常ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨èªÂçºæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂé£裡ä¸Âå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé» é²è¡Â檢æÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âå¯è½æÂ¯ä¾Âèª堶ä»Âè£Âç½®ãÂÂè«Âä»Â細檢æÂ¥å ¶ä»Â使ç¨ä¸ÂçÂÂè£Âç½®åÂÂéÂȌ¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂ¥ èÂÂéÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé»Âå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ÂéÂÂæÂ¯ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¹å @è«Âå°±è¿Â洽詢æÂ¨çÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂç¶Âé·å @åÂÂä¾Â代çºç¶Âä¿® ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ± æÂ¯å çºåÂÂå°éÂÂé» çÂÂå¤Âä¾ÂæÂÂæÂÂè´使 ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£å¸¸æÂÂä½Âï¼Âè«Â尠黿ºÂæÂÂé Âå¾Â輸åº æÂÂ座ä¸ÂæÂÂ丠åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå»ï¼Â以åÂÂ復æÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂä½ÂçÂÂæ Âã ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ åÂÂ顠解決辦泠黿ºÂæ²ÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂçªÂç¶ éÂÂæ© ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¯è½æÂ æÂÂä¸Âé¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯é¡¯ç¤ºï¼ ã â¢ éÂÂéÂÂæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«ÂçÂÂå¾ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂã â¢ 確å®Â主æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂç·ÂæÂÂç¡é¬Âè«çÂÂæÂ å½¢ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂé¬Âè«ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂé æÂÂ系統èªåÂÂéÂÂæ©Âã â¢ 檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã â¢ 確å®Â主黿ºÂçÂÂé»å£Â確實é©ç¨æÂ¼æÂŒÂÂæ©Â種ã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂ試éÂÂä½Âé³éÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âä»Âç¶åÂÂå¨ï¼Âè«Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂè³æÂÂè¿ÂçÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¶Âé·å èÂÂæÂ¥åÂÂç¶Âä¿®ã é¸æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¾Âï¼Âæ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ 輸åºã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£ä½¿ç¨å¤Âé¨輸堥ï¼Âè«Â確å®Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢º ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 31 é Âç é£ æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå ï¼Âã â¢ æÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç MUTE 以éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂé³åÂÂè½ã â¢ 調é«Âé³éÂÂã æ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ä¾Âèªç°ç¹Âè²æÂ ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ã â¢ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 10 é Âç è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é 以檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨ä½ÂæºÂã â¢ ç¶ TUNER æÂ LINE é¸åÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨åªè½以ç«Âé«Âè²è½åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂãÂÂå°Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ DVD/CD æÂ USB ç¢çÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂ鳿ÂÂã â¢ 確èªÂéÂÂ製模å¼Âå°ÂæÂªåÂÂå ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 31 é Âç ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºã é¸頠çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂï¼ ã â¢ 確å®ÂæÂ¨ä¸¦æÂªé¸æÂ STEREO çÂÂ鳿ÂÂ模张ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 15 é Âç 以ç°ç¹Âè²è è½ ï¼Âã â¢ æÂ£ç¢ºå°å°ÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂ¥ä¸ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂä½ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ã â¢ æÂ´æÂÂé»池ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ è«Âå¨ 7 m å §çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以 30 ð çÂÂè§Â度å°ÂæºÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂä½ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Â裠æÂÂå ãÂÂï¼Âã â¢ ç§»é¤éÂÂç¤Âç©æÂÂå¾Âå ¶ä»Âä½Âç½®æÂÂä½Âã â¢ é¿å ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨åÂÂå°é½å Âç´å°Âã â¢ å¦Âè¦ÂæÂÂä½Âå ¶ä»Âå ÂéÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè«Â確å®Âå·²æÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶é£æÂ¥ç·ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âæ¯Âé³頻é£æÂ¥ç·Âã 顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示 TRAYLOCK ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¡ æ³ÂéÂÂåºç¢Âç¤ã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î OPEN/CLOSE ï¼ÂéÂÂåºï¼Âéµä¸ÂæÂ¾ç´Âå «ç§ÂéÂÂãÂÂæÂ¥èÂÂ便å¯使 ç¨ î OPEN/CLOSE ï¼ÂéÂÂåºï¼Âéµä¾ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 39 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 40 ChH DVD/CD/VCD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ è¢å¹Âä¸Âåºç¾ SND. DEMO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥åÂÂæÂ§å¶ã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼Âéµä¸ÂæÂ¾ç´ÂäºÂç§ÂéÂÂãÂÂç¢Âç¤æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºï¼Â表示 ãÂÂ鳿ÂÂå±Â示ãÂÂ模å¼Âå·²åÂÂæ¶Âã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂé åºã â¢ 渠æ½Âç¢ÂçÂÂ並å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºå°ÂæºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âæ§½ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂ DVD-video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå°åÂÂ代碼èÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂ代碼ä¸Âç¸符ï¼Â該ç¢ÂçÂÂ便ä¸Âè½ 使ç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 37 é Âç DVD Video é©ç¨å°å @ãÂÂå¨æÂ¤æÂ æ³Âä¸Âï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåº ç¾ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ï¼ éÂÂ堼容ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ碼 î¿ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç ã â¢ è®ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨堧é¨çÂÂæ°´æ°£æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¸ç¼ãÂÂé¿å Âå¨空調è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Â使ç¨æÂ¬æ©Âã ç¡æ³Âé²è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂï¼Âè«ÂéÂÂæÂ°å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæ¨Â籤颿ÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¾å ¥ã 影åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸ÂæÂ¢ï¼Âä¸ÂæÂÂéµ ç¡æ³Â使ç¨ã â¢ æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂ括Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å Âå°Â黿ºÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ON æÂÂéµå°Â黿ºÂæÂ éÂÂã è¨Âå®Âå¼堨鍿¶Âé¤ã â¢ 黿ºÂç¼çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·æÂÂï¼Âå°ÂæÂÂæ¶Âé¤è¨Âå®Âå¼ã æ²ÂæÂÂå½±åÂÂî¿æ²ÂæÂÂè²彩ã â¢ 檢æÂ¥é£ç·ÂæÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºä»¥åÂÂæÂÂé ÂæÂ¯å¦å®Âå ¨æÂÂå ¥ã â¢ æÂ¥é±é»è¦Âæ©Âî¿顯示å¨çÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以確å®Âè¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã â¢ èÂ¥æÂ¯é¸å éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å»已ç¨è²差è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾Âé£æÂ¥éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂä¿¡èÂÂä¸Âç¸ 容çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âï¼Âå°Âå®Âå ¨ç¡æ³ÂçÂÂå°任ä½Âç«é¢ãÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂæÂÂæÂ S-video 端åÂÂæÂ¥ä¸Âé»覠æ©Âå¾Âï¼Âè«Âå° è²差è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼è®ÂæÂ´çº éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 27 é Âç è¦Â頻輸 åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼Âã è¢å¹Âç«é¢æÂÂé·æÂÂæ¯Âä¾Âæ² è®Âã â¢ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºãÂÂéÂÂæÂ°è¨Âç½®é»è¦Âæ©Âè¢å¹ÂçÂÂé¸頠ï¼Â使堶èÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨ çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âî¿顯示å¨ç¸符 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 27 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼Âã ç¶å¨ VCR ä¸ÂæÂÂéÂÂé AV 鏿ÂÂå¨é²è¡ÂéÂÂ製ï¼Â便æÂ å¹²æÂ¾å°影åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂ¬ç³»çµ±çºæÂ¡ç¨é²æÂ·æÂÂè¡Âï¼Â以é¿å ÂéÂÂé VCR æÂ AV 鏿ÂÂå¨ç¼çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂÂå½±åÂÂæÂ¹ é¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã ç«é¢å¨æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°干 æÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ä¸ÂçÂÂæ¼Âé»Âã â¢ æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨è Macro-Vision System é²æÂ·ç³»çµ±ç¸容ãÂÂæÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«é²æÂᏬÂèÂÂï¼ èÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âå¨ç«é¢ä¸Âä¸ÂäºÂå°æÂ¹æÂÂåºç¾å¦Âç·Âæ¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂéÂÂ訠ï¼Âè¦Â使ç¨ çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¼ÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ ãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âç¹åÂ¥çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨åÂÂè½åÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂéÂÂå¯è½æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢å¨åÂÂè½å·è¡Âç¶æÂÂï¼ çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾æ¼Âé»ÂæÂÂè¼Âå¾®æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç¾象ãÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Â便å çºç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ堧容ä¹ÂéÂÂçÂʌᨍ°èÂÂæÂ´å çªÂ顯ï¼Âä½Â並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂ éÂÂæÂÂè´ã DVD è CD é³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 å·®ç°ã â¢ DVD è CD 使ç¨çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂ¹å¼Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 40 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 41 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 調諧å¨ USB 飿ÂÂ¥ ç¡æ³Â辨è CD-ROM 碠çÂÂã â¢ 確宠CD-ROM æÂ¯ä½¿ç¨ ISO 9660 çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂéÂÂ製ãÂÂæÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§ç è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 34 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã ç¡æ³Â辨è DVD-ROM 碠çÂÂã â¢ 確宠DVD-ROM æÂ¯æÂ¡ç¨ UDF bridge æ ¼å¼ÂéÂÂ製ãÂÂæÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§çÂÂè³ è¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 34 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã æªÂæ¡Âç¡æ³Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿ ç¸çÂÂçÂÂ覽å¨ç¶ä¸Â顯示ã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âå¿ é Â以æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂå½åÂÂï¼Âè¬å¦Âï¼ MP3 æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .mp3 ï¼ WMA æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .wma ï¼ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .m4a ï¼ JPEG æÂ¡ç¨ .jpg ï¼Â大寫 æÂÂå°Â寫é½å¯以@ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 34 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 說æÂÂã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ WMA æÂ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âã â¢ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡ÂçºæÂ¡ç¨ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠æÂ¶è½éÂȌ°廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 çÂÂéÂÂé³ã â¢ è«ÂæÂ¥ä¸ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã ï¼Â並å 以調æÂ´æÂ¹åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Â以å¾Âå° æÂÂä½³çÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æ¢Âä»¶ãÂÂæÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸Âæ¢Â堧鍿ÂÂå¤Âé¨ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 31 é Âç é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締ï¼Âã â¢ å®Â堨伸å±Âé FM ç·ÂÃ¥ÂÂ天ç·Âï¼Â調æÂ´æÂÂä½³æÂ¥æÂ¶çÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Âç¶å¾Âåºå®ÂæÂ¼çÂÂä¸ÂãÂÂæÂ¨ä¹ å¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂçµÂå¤Âé¨ FM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 31 é Âç é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締ï¼Âã â¢ éÂÂéÂÂå ¶ä»Âå¯è½é æÂÂéÂÂè¨ÂçÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå°Â堶移走ã â¢ 調諧éÂÂè·Âä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶æÂÂå°åÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 38 é Âç 頻çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âç½® ç 說æÂÂ以åÂÂæÂÂ調諧éÂÂéÂÂã èªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶ å°æÂÂäºÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ éÂȌ°è¨ÂèÂÂ微弱ãÂÂèªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½å è½åµ測å°è¨ÂèÂÂç¼å°Âè¯好çÂÂç¡ç·ÂéÂȌ°ãÂÂæÂ³è¦ ç²å¾ÂæÂ´å éÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ調諧æ¢Âä»¶ï¼Âå¯æÂ¥ä¸Âä¸ÂçµÂ室å¤Â天ç·Âã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠æÂ¬ç³»çµ±ç¡æ³Â辨è USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½®ã â¢ 確å®Â已尠USB æÂ¥é Âå®Âå ¨æÂÂå ¥æÂ¬æ©Âå §ã â¢ 確èªÂè¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âæ ¼å¼Âçº FAT16 æÂ FAT32 ã â¢ ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ´å §å»ºæÂ USB éÂÂç·Âå¨ç USB è£Âç½®ã æªÂæ¡Âç¡æ³Âå¨å°Â覽å¨î¿ ç¸çÂÂçÂÂ覽å¨ä¸Â顯示ã â¢ æªÂæ¡Âå¿ é Âè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè¬å¦Âï¼ MP3 æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .mp3 ï¼ WMA æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .wma ï¼ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .m4a ï¼ JPEG æÂ¡ç¨ .jpg ï¼Â大寫æÂÂå°Â寫é½å¯以@ã â¢ 確å®ÂæªÂæ¡Â許坿¬ÂæÂªåÂÂéÂÂå¶ ï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂå¯Â碼çÂÂï¼ ã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ WMA æÂ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âã â¢ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡ÂçºæÂ¡ç¨ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 41 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 42 ChH é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 諠使ç¨å é¢æÂ¿æÂ§å¶å°Â系統 è¨Âå®Âå¼éÂÂæÂ° è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» é Âè¨Âå¼ã â¢ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂ系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON 並æÂÂä½ î USB ã 丠次å¨æÂ¨ éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂç³» çµ±è¨Âå®Âå¼é½å°ÂæÂ è¢«é 置ã è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂéµé (Key Lock) å° æÂÂéµé åÂÂè½æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå³å¯ Ã¥ÂÂç¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç åÂÂé  æÂÂéµã 1 é ÂÃ¥ÂÂ系統徠æ©ÂæÂÂ丠SETUP éÂ括Â並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸æÂ KEYLOCK ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂæÂÂ顯示å¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Âã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸å LOCK ON æÂ LOCK OFF ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® æÂÂäºÂèªÂè¨Âé¸頠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 27 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ è½è®ÂæÂ¨å¾Âä¸Âå èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ç 136 種èªÂè¨Âç¶ ä¸Âè¨Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂ人åÂÂ好çÂÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 é¸æÂ ãÂÂå ¶ä»ÂèªÂè¨Âã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代 碼ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代 碼ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå®ÂæÂ´èªÂè¨Â種顠åÂÂ代碼çÂÂ渠å®ã è¨ÂæÂ¯ 說æÂ LINE ON â¢ ç±æÂ¼åÂÂå ãÂÂé³è¨Â輸åºãÂÂ模å¼ÂèÂÂç¦ÂæÂ¢æÂÂä½ ï¼Â第 31 é Âï¼ ã EXTRAPWR ⢠使ç¨ ã EXTRA PWR ãÂÂ模å¼ÂæÂÂï¼Â便ç¡æ³Â調æÂ´ SFC 模å¼ÂæÂÂé³調æÂ§å¶ ï¼Âé«Âé³ã ä½Â鳿ÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³@ã SND. DEMO â¢ é³æÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 39 é Âç æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ ç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ ã CANNOT â¢ å æÂªé¸å DVD/CD æÂ USB ãÂÂè³æ©ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂÂå¨å Âç¢ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ丠TEST TONE éµèÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂä½Âã MUTING â¢ ç±æÂ¼é³æÂÂ被éÂÂé³ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä½¿ç¨æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°éÂÂå¶ ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠MUTE ï¼Âã STEREO â¢ å æÂªé¸å DVD/CD æÂ USB Ã¥ÂÂè½èÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂä½Âã TRAYLOCK ⢠ç¢Âç¤éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 39 é Âç æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ ç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ ã KEYLOCK ⢠æÂÂéµéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¨ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂéµé (Key Lock) 說æÂÂã USB ERR ⢠æÂ´å¤ÂèÂÂæÂ¤ç¸éÂÂçÂÂè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 24 é Âç 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ ç éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ã EEP ERR ⢠ç¶Âä¿®äºÂå®Âè«Â洽詢æÂ¨çÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¶Âé·åÂÂã EXIT ⢠æÂ¤è¨ÂæÂ¯æÂÂå¨é¸å®éÂÂç½®ä¸Â段æÂÂéÂÂå¾ÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºæÂÂåºç¾ã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 42 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 43 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® èªÂ訠ï¼ÂèªÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼@ã èªÂè¨Â代碼 Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼 Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Icelandic (is), 0919 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 1909 Slovak (sk), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo) , 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 é¿根廷 , 0118, ar 澳洲 , 0121, au 奧å°å© , 0120, at æ¯Âå©æÂ , 0205, be 巴西 , 0218, br å æÂ¿å¤§ , 0301, ca æÂºå© , 0312, cl ä¸Âå , 0314, cn 丹麥 , 0411, dk 菠, 0609, fi æ³Âå , 0618, fr å¾·å , 0405, de é¦Â港 , 0811, hk å°度 , 0914, in å°尼 , 0904, id 義大å© , 0920, it æÂ¥æÂ¬ , 1016, jp éÂÂå , 1118, kr 馬ä¾Â西亠, 1325, my 墨西åÂÂ¥ , 1324, mx è·è , 1412, nl ç´Â西è , 1426, nz æÂªå¨ , 1415, no å·´åºæÂ¯å¦ , 1611, pk è²å¾Âè³ , 1608, ph è¡èÂÂç , 1620, pt ä¿Âå ï¼Âä¿Âç¾ æÂ¯è¯é¦@, 1821, ru æÂ°å å¡ , 1907, sg 西çÂÂç , 0519, es çÂÂ士 , 0308, ch çÂÂå ¸ , 1905, se å°ç£ , 2023, tw æ³°å , 2008, th è±å , 0702, gb ç¾Âå , 2119, us HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 43 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 44 ChH è¦Âæ ¼ ⢠æÂ´å¤§å¨é¨å æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ輸åº@åÂÂç½®ãÂÂä¸Âç½®ãÂÂç°ç¹Âè² . . . . . . . æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè²é 60 W ï¼ 1 kHz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 4 ⦠@æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè²é 50 W ï¼ 1 kHz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 6 ⦠@éÂÂä½Âé³ . . . . . . . 60 W ï¼ 100 Hz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 4 ⦠@50 W ï¼ 100 Hz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 6 ⦠@⢠ç¢ÂçÂÂé¨å æÂ¸ä½Âé³頻ç¹æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD fs ï¼ 96 kHz ï¼ 24-bit é¡Âå . . . . . . . . DVD 系統@VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 系統 Ã¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³é¿系統 é »çÂÂé¿æÂ . . . . . . . . 4 Hz è³ 44 kHz ï¼ 96 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣çÂÂï¼Âï¼ 4 Hz è³ 22 kHz ï¼ 48 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣çÂÂï¼ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 測éÂÂéÂÂå¶ ( ñ 0.001 % W.PEAK ï¼Â以丠(JEITA) ⢠FM 調諧å¨é¨å 頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.5 MHz è³ 108 MHz 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ⦠ï¼Âä¸Â平衡张⢠AM 調諧å¨é¨å 頻çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ æÂ¡ç¨ 9 kHz éÂÂè· . . . . . . 531 kHz è³ 1602 kHz æÂ¡ç¨ 10 kHz éÂÂè· . . . . . 530 kHz è³ 1700 kHz 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ç°åÂÂ天締â¢ å ¶ä» é»æºÂéÂÂæ±Âï¼ æÂ°å å¡ãÂÂå°尼ãÂÂé¦Â港ãÂÂ馬ä¾Â西äºÂãÂÂè²å¾Âè³Âæ©Â種 . . . . . . . . . . . AC 220 V è³ 240 V ï¼ 50 Hz/60 Hz å°ç£æ©Â種 . . . . . . . . . . . AC 110 V ï¼ 50 Hz/60 Hz æ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 W å¾ æ©Âæ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.42 W 尺寸 . . . . . . 420 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 60 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 332 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ ï¼ DVD/CD æÂ¥æÂ¶å¨@éÂÂæÂ§å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6 ä¹¾é»池ï¼Âç¨以確èªÂ系統æÂÂä½Âï¼ . . . . . . . 2 è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç· ï¼Âé»Âè²æÂÂé Âï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AM ç°åÂÂ天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 FM 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 黿ºÂç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂå æÂ¾ÂÂä½ÂæÂÂå S-DV161 æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz è³ 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . 105 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 115 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 114 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60 kg ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz è³ 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . . 115 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 105 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 114 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60 kg ⢠ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Hz è³ 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . . 105 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 118 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 114 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.63 kg HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 44 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 45 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ä½Âé³åÂÂå°Âè½å°å 系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå¼ é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz è³ 2.0 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . 190 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 360 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 317 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ 鲿»Â墠ï¼Âå°ÂçÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 åºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 èº絲 ï¼Âåºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ç¨@. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 S-DV262T æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠åÂÂç½®î¿ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼Âè½å°å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨@ä½Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå x 2 é«Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 cm Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Hz è³ 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . 260 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 1096.3 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 260 mm ï¼Âæ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 kg ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Hz è³ 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . . 220 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 90 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 100 mm ï¼Â深@éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.70 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 æÂÂè²å¨åº座 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 èº絲 ï¼ÂåºÂ座ç¨@. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 S-DV262SW æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ä½Âé³åÂÂå°Âè½å°å 系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå¼ é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz è³ 2.5 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W 尺寸 . . . . 190 mm ï¼Â寬 ï¼ x 360 mm ï¼Âé« ï¼ x 320 mm ï¼Â深@éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 éÂÂ註 â¢ çºæ±Âç¢åÂÂæÂ¹è¯ ï¼Âè¦Âæ ¼åÂÂè¨Âè¨Âå¦ÂæÂÂè®ÂæÂ´ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠å¦è¡ÂéÂÂçÂ¥ã æÂÂ¢åÂÂç¶ÂNEC堬叿ÂÂæ¬Âï¼Â使ç¨FontAvenue î Ã¥ÂÂé«ÂãÂÂFontAvenueçºNECå ¬å¸çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂÂ¢åÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂçÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Âå©以å 堶ä»Â屬æÂ¼ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂçÂ¥è ç¢æ¬Âä¿Âè·ãÂÂ使ç¨該çÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡Âå¿ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂä¸Âç¶ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂåªè½ç¨ æÂ¼å®¶åºÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂè§Âè³ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè§£å¯Âç 亦屬æÂ¼ç¦ÂæÂ¢ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂã DRM(æÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂ)æÂ¯ä¸Â種èÂÂç±éÂÂå¶ å£Â縮é³頻æªÂæ¡Âå è½å¨é»蠦以å¤ÂéÂÂ製æÂ¤ 種æªÂæ¡Âå°Âç¨çÂÂè£Âç½®(æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂéÂÂ製è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂ) æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå°ÂçºæÂÂæÂÂé Âé²éÂÂæ³ÂæÂ·è²ÂèÂÂè¨Â訠çÂÂé²æÂ·æÂÂè¡ÂãÂÂç¸éÂÂ詳細è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± Ã¥ÂÂ人é»蠦åÂÂî¿æÂÂè»Âé«ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂå æÂÂ說æÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 45 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠09 46 ChH ç± Dolby Laboratories æÂÂæ¬Â製é ã ãÂÂæÂÂæ¯Âã ã ã Dolby ã ã ã Pro Logic ãÂÂè é D æ¨ÂèªÂæÂ¯ Dolby Laboratories çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â DTS âÂÂÃ¥ÂÂâ DTS Digital Surround âÂÂçºæÂ¸ç¢¼å½± é¢系統堬å¸ ï¼ DTS, Inc. ï¼ÂçÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂ¥æÂ¬å ÂéÂÂå ¬å¸åºçÂÂã çÂÂ欠é 2007 æÂ¥æÂ¬å ÂéÂÂå ¬å¸ã çÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂæÂÂã HTZ161DVD-ChH.book Page 46 Friday, March 2, 2007 11:37 AM
<XRE3159-A> P ublished by P ioneer Corporation. Copyright é 2007 P ioneer Corporation. All rights reser ved. Printed in PIONEER CORPORATION 4-1, Meguro 1-Chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. BOX 1540, Long Beach, California 90801-1540, U.S.A. TEL: (800) 421-1404 PIONEER ELECTRONICS OF CANADA, INC. 300 Allstate Parkway, Markham, Ontario L3R 0P2, Canada TEL: 1-877-283-5901, 905-479-4411 PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, B-9120 Melsele, Belgium TEL: 03/570.05.11 PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936 TEL: 65-6472-7555 PIONEER ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. 178-184 Boundary Road, Braeside, Victoria 3195, Australia, TEL: (03) 9586-6300 PIONEER ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO S.A. DE C.V. Blvd.Manuel Avila Camacho 138 10 piso Col.Lomas de Chapultepec, Mexico,D.F . 1 1000 TEL: 55-9178-4270 K002_B_En HTZ161DVD.bo ok 48 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ã åÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ